Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:16 +0000

Fig 7-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:17 +0000

Pick_Object

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:17 +0000

Fig-Step-1-1024x345-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:17 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:18 +0000

Fig Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:18 +0000

Fig Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:18 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:19 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:19 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

image17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Figure Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:20 +0000

Figure Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

image25

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

Figure Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

Figure Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

image31

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

Figure Step 15B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:21 +0000

image35

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:22 +0000

Figure Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:22 +0000

Figure Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:22 +0000

Autocad menu

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Figure Step 18b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Fig Step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Fig Step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Fig Step 25

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Fig Step 26

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:23 +0000

Fig Step 27

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Fig Step 28

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Figure Step 29A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Figure Step 29B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Fig Step 30

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Fig Step 31

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:24 +0000

Fig Step 32

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Fig Step 33A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Fig Step 33B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Fig Step 35

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Figure Step 36A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Figure Step 36B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:25 +0000

Figure 38A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 38B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 39

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 40A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 40B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 40C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:26 +0000

Figure Step 42

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Fig Step 43

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Figure Step 44

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Figure Step 45

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Figure Step 46

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Fig Step 48

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:27 +0000

Fig 1-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:28 +0000

Figure-1-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:28 +0000

Fig 1-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:28 +0000

Fig 1-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:29 +0000

Fig 1-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:29 +0000

the_toolbar_menu

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:29 +0000

Fig 1-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:29 +0000

Fig 1-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Toolbar Menu Pull-down

Fig 1-13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:30 +0000

Fig 1-15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig 1-16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig 1-17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig 1-18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:31 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:32 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:32 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:32 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

Fig Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

Fig Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

snap_cursor_2D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:33 +0000

snap_cursor_2D_off

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:34 +0000

Fig Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 14A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 14B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 15A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 15B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 15C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:35 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:36 +0000

Fig Step 18A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:36 +0000

Fig Step 18B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:36 +0000

Fig Step 19A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:36 +0000

Fig Step 19B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:37 +0000

Fig Step 21

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:37 +0000

Fig Step 23

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:37 +0000

Fig Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:37 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:37 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:38 +0000

Fig Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Fig Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

snap_cursor_2D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

snap_cursor_2D_off

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Figure Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Figure Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Fig Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Fig Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Figure Step 11_

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Figure Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:39 +0000

Figure 2-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:40 +0000

Fig 2-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:40 +0000

CTRL N

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:41 +0000

CTRL S

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:41 +0000

CTRL O

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:41 +0000

SaveAs

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:41 +0000

Close

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 4C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Ribbon Menu

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:43 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:44 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:44 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:44 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:44 +0000

Fig Step 18A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:44 +0000

Fig Step 18B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:45 +0000

Figure 2-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:45 +0000

Figure 2-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:45 +0000

Figure 2-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:45 +0000

WA Figure Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S4 Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

Ribbon Menu

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S5 Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S6 Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S7 Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S8 Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S9 Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S10 Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:46 +0000

S11 Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S12 Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S13 Fig Stepj 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S14 Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S15 Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S16 Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S17 Fig STep 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:47 +0000

S18 Fig Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Ribbon Menu

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:48 +0000

Fig Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:49 +0000

Fig Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:49 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Properties Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:50 +0000

Fig Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:51 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:51 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:51 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:51 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:51 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:52 +0000

Figure 4-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:52 +0000

Figure 4-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:52 +0000

Figure 4-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Command_Line

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Figure 4-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Figure Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:53 +0000

Figure Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Cmd_E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Figure Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Figure Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Figure Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Figure Step 3C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:54 +0000

Figure Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:55 +0000

Fig Step 3A compete drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:55 +0000

Fig Step 3B compete drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:55 +0000

Figure Step 4 units

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:55 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:56 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:56 +0000

Fig Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:56 +0000

Fig Step 3A complete drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:56 +0000

Fig Step 3B complete drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:56 +0000

Fig Step 4 4-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig Step 5 4-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig Step 6 4-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig Hint 1 4-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig Step 3B 4-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig Step 3C 4-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:57 +0000

Fig 5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:58 +0000

Fig 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:58 +0000

Fig 5-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:58 +0000

Fig 5-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:58 +0000

on-off

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

freeze-thaw-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

lock-unlock

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

red-blue

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

layer_properties

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

Format Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

home ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:59 +0000

Fig Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:00 +0000

Fig Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:00 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:01 +0000

Fig Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:01 +0000

Fig Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:01 +0000

palette

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:01 +0000

Fig Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:01 +0000

Fig Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:02 +0000

Fig Step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:03 +0000

Fig Step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:03 +0000

user-tip1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:03 +0000

user-tip2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:03 +0000

key-off

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:04 +0000

key-on

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:04 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:04 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:04 +0000

Figure Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Figure Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Figure Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Fig Step 8A 5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Fig Step 8B 5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Fig Step 9A 5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Fig Step 9B 5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:05 +0000

Fig Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:06 +0000

Step 4A 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:06 +0000

Step 4B 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:06 +0000

Step 5 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:06 +0000

Step 6 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:06 +0000

Fig Step 7 5-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:07 +0000

Fig Step Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:07 +0000

Step 4A 6-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:08 +0000

Step 4B 6-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:08 +0000

Fig 7-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:08 +0000

Fig 7-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Fig 7-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Fig 7-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Fig 7-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Fig 7-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Draw Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Draw Pulldown

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Home Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:09 +0000

Draw Toolbar Arc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Draw Pulldown arc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Home Ribbon arc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Fig 7-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Fig 3 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Fig Step 4A draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:10 +0000

Fig Step 4B draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:11 +0000

Fig Step 5 arc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:11 +0000

Fig Step 6A draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:11 +0000

Fig Step 6B draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:11 +0000

Fig Step 3 TTR

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 4A ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 4B ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 5a ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 5b ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 6A ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 6b ttr

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:12 +0000

Fig Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Fig Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Undo

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Redo

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Fig 7-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:13 +0000

Step 1-12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:14 +0000

Fig Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:14 +0000

Step 4A 7-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:14 +0000

Step 4B 7-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:15 +0000

Step 1-12_2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:15 +0000

Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:15 +0000

Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:15 +0000

Fig 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:16 +0000

Fig 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:16 +0000

Fig 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:16 +0000

Fig 8-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:16 +0000

Method 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:17 +0000

Method 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:17 +0000

Fig 8-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:17 +0000

Tools Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:17 +0000

Rt click

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:17 +0000

Lft click

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:18 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:18 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:18 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:19 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 13C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 15A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:20 +0000

Fig Step 15B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 17A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 17B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 17C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:21 +0000

Fig Step 19A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:22 +0000

Fig Step 19B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:22 +0000

Fig Step 20A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:22 +0000

Fig Step 20B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:22 +0000

Object Snap Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Rt click status

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Fig Step 3A 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Fig Step 3B 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Fig 1-12 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Fig Hint 1 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:23 +0000

Fig Hint 2 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Hint 3 8-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Step 3A 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Step 3B 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig 1-12 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Hint 1 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Hint 2 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:24 +0000

Fig Hint 3 8-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig Step 4A 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig Step 4B 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig 1-12 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig Hint 1 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig Hint 2 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:25 +0000

Fig Hint 3 8-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:26 +0000

Fig Step 1A 8-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:26 +0000

Fig Step 1B 8-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:26 +0000

Fig Step 1C 8-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:27 +0000

Figure 9-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:27 +0000

Figure 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

View Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

Zoom Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

Zoom Window

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

View Pull-down PAN

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

Pan realtime

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

Format LIMITS

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:28 +0000

View Pull-down REGEN

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Figure Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Figure Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Figure Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Zoom Previous

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:29 +0000

Zoom Pull-down Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:30 +0000

Fig Step 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:30 +0000

Fig Step 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:30 +0000

Fig Step 2C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:30 +0000

Step 1-12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:30 +0000

Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Hint 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Fig Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Fig Hint 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Fig Hint 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Fig Step 2A 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Fig Step 2B 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:31 +0000

Step 1-12 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 1 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 2 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 3 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 3B 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 4 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 5A 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig Hint 5B 9-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:32 +0000

Fig 10-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:33 +0000

Fig 10-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:33 +0000

Fig 10-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:33 +0000

Fig Step 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:33 +0000

Fig Step 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:33 +0000

Fig Step 1C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 1D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 1E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 1F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 1G

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig 10-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:34 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Line Distance

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 4C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 4D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:35 +0000

Fig Step 4E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:36 +0000

angle

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:36 +0000

Fig Step 4F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:36 +0000

Fig Step 4G

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Fig Step 10-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Fig Step 3 intersection

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Fig Step 4A intersection

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:37 +0000

Fig Step 5B L

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 5B L2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:38 +0000

Fig Step 6G

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 6H

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 6J

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Fig Step 3A 10-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:39 +0000

Points Units 10-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:40 +0000

Fig Step 3B 10-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:40 +0000

Fig Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:40 +0000

Fig Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:40 +0000

Fig Hint 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:40 +0000

Fig Hint 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:41 +0000

Fig Step 3A 10-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:41 +0000

Fig Step 3A Points Units

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:41 +0000

Fig Step 3B 10-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:41 +0000

Fig Hint 1 10-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:41 +0000

Fig Step 1A 10-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:42 +0000

Fig Step 1B 10-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:42 +0000

Fig Step 1C 10-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:42 +0000

Fig Hint 1 10-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:42 +0000

Picture1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:42 +0000

Fig Step 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:43 +0000

Fig Step 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:43 +0000

Fig 12-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:44 +0000

Fig 12-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:44 +0000

Fillet

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Modify fillet

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Home fillet

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Fig Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Fig Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:45 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Figure Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 8C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:46 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:47 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:47 +0000

Fig Step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:47 +0000

Fig Step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:47 +0000

Obj Snap

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:47 +0000

Step 4A tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:48 +0000

Step 4B tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:48 +0000

Step 5 tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:48 +0000

Step 6 tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:48 +0000

Step 7 tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:48 +0000

Step 8 tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Step 9 tangent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Fig Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Fig Step 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Fig Step 11 obj

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:49 +0000

Fig Step 12 obj

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Fig Step 13 obj

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Fig Step 4A draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Fig Step 4C draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Step 5 line

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Fig Step 6 AB

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Step 7 obj

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:50 +0000

Before fillet

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Before After

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Step 1A 12-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Step 1B 12-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Step 1-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Hint 1 12-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Step 1A 12-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:51 +0000

Step 1B 12-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:52 +0000

Step 1-12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:52 +0000

Hint 1 12-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:52 +0000

Hint 2 12-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:52 +0000

Fig 13-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:53 +0000

Fig 13-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

Fig 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

Standard Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

Tools Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

Properties Window

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

View Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:54 +0000

Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

linetypes

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:55 +0000

Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:56 +0000

Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:56 +0000

Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:56 +0000

Fig 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:56 +0000

Fig 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:57 +0000

Fig 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:57 +0000

Fig 15A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:57 +0000

Fig 15B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:57 +0000

Fig 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:57 +0000

Fig 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:58 +0000

Fig 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:58 +0000

Fig 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:58 +0000

methods

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:58 +0000

Step 1 obj

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 5 U

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 6A erase

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:42:59 +0000

Step 6B erase

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:00 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:00 +0000

Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:00 +0000

Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Step 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Figure 13-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Fig 1 & 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Step 1A 13-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Step 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:01 +0000

Step 1-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:02 +0000

Fig Hint Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:03 +0000

Fig Hint Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:03 +0000

Step 5 13-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:03 +0000

Step 1A 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:03 +0000

Step 1B 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:03 +0000

Step 1-8 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:04 +0000

Step 1 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:04 +0000

Step 2A 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:04 +0000

Step 2B 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:04 +0000

Step 2C 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:04 +0000

Step 3 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 4A 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 4B 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 4C 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 5 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 6 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 7 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:05 +0000

Step 8 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:06 +0000

Step 9 13-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:06 +0000

Step 5 13-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:06 +0000

Shapes

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:08 +0000

Fig 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:08 +0000

Fig 14-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:08 +0000

Step 14-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:08 +0000

Trim

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:08 +0000

Trim Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Trim Home ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Toolbar Extend

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Pull-down Extend

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Home Ribbon Extend

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:09 +0000

Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:10 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:10 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:10 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:11 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:12 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:12 +0000

Fig Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:12 +0000

Fig Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:12 +0000

Fig Step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:12 +0000

Fig Step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Fig Step 14A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Fig Step 14B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Tip Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:13 +0000

Tip Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:14 +0000

Fig Step 1A 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:14 +0000

Fig Step 1B 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:14 +0000

Step 1-12 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:14 +0000

Hint 1 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Hint 2 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Hint 3 14-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Fig Step 1A 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Fig Step 1B 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Step 1-6 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:15 +0000

Hint 1 Fig Step 1A 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Hint 1 Fig Step 1B 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 2 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 3 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 4 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 5 14-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 1A 14-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:16 +0000

Fig Step 1B 14-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:17 +0000

Fig Step 1C 14-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:17 +0000

Offset Modify Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:18 +0000

Offset Modify Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:18 +0000

Offset Home Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:18 +0000

Inquiry Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

ID Pull-down

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

ID Home Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

Fig 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

Fig Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:19 +0000

Fig Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:20 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:21 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:21 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:21 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:21 +0000

Fig Step 2 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:21 +0000

Fig Step 4 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:22 +0000

Fig Step 5 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:22 +0000

Fig Step 6 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:22 +0000

Fig Step 7 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:22 +0000

Fig Step 8 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:22 +0000

Fig Step 9 draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 10A Ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 10B Ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 11 EX

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 12A ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 12B ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:23 +0000

Fig Step 13 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:24 +0000

Fig Step 14 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:24 +0000

Fig Step 15 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:24 +0000

Fig Step 16 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:24 +0000

Fig Step 17 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:25 +0000

Fig Step 18 ex

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:25 +0000

Step 1A 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:25 +0000

Step 1B 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

1-12 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

Hint 1 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

Hint 2 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

Hint 3 15-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

Step 1A 15-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:26 +0000

Step 1B 15-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

1-13 15-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

Hint 1 15-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

Step 3A 15-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

Step 3B 15-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

Step 3C 15-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:27 +0000

Fig Step 1A 16-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:29 +0000

Fig Step 1B 16-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:29 +0000

Fig 17-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Fig 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Fig 17-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Fig 17-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Fig 17-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Fig 17-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Point-Draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:30 +0000

Point-Pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:31 +0000

Point-Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:31 +0000

Fig 17-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:31 +0000

Fig 17-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:31 +0000

ortho

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:31 +0000

Div Pulldown

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:32 +0000

div ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:32 +0000

Measure-Pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:32 +0000

Measure-Draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:32 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:33 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:34 +0000

Fig Step 17A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:35 +0000

Fig Step 17B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:35 +0000

Fig Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:35 +0000

Fig Step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:35 +0000

Fig Step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 21

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 23

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 24

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 26

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:36 +0000

Fig Step 28A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

Fig Step 28B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

Fig Step 30

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

Fig Step 31

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

UN Toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

Distance

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

DI Tools

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:37 +0000

DI Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Fig 17-9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Figure Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Figure Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Figure Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Figure Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:38 +0000

Figure Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:39 +0000

Figure Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:39 +0000

Figure Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:39 +0000

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 13a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 13b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:40 +0000

Figure Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Figure Step 17-9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Step 1A 17-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Step 1B 17-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:41 +0000

Hint 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:42 +0000

Hint 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:42 +0000

Hint 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:42 +0000

Hint 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:42 +0000

1A 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:43 +0000

1B 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:43 +0000

Hint 1 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:43 +0000

Hint 2 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:43 +0000

Hint 3 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

Hint 4 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

Hint 5 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

Hint 6 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

Hint 7 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

Hint 8 17-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:44 +0000

18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:45 +0000

18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:45 +0000

18-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:46 +0000

18-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:46 +0000

18-5-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:46 +0000

18-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:46 +0000

Myview Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:46 +0000

Myview Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:47 +0000

Myview Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:48 +0000

Myview Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:49 +0000

Myview Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:49 +0000

Myview Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:49 +0000

Myview Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:49 +0000

Myview Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:50 +0000

Myview Step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:50 +0000

Myview Step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:50 +0000

Myview Step 21A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:50 +0000

Myview Step 21B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:51 +0000

Myview Step 21C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:51 +0000

Myview Step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:51 +0000

layout

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:51 +0000

user_tip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:51 +0000

Zoom Extent

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:52 +0000

View Zoom

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:52 +0000

Step 1A 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:52 +0000

Step 1B 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:52 +0000

Step 1C 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:52 +0000

Step 3 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:53 +0000

Step 4 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:53 +0000

Step 5 18-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:53 +0000

misc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:53 +0000

Step 1A 18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:54 +0000

Step 1B 18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:54 +0000

Step 1C 18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:54 +0000

Step 3 18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:54 +0000

Step 4 18-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:55 +0000

1-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:55 +0000

19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

text syle

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

format text

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

home text

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

single line

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

draw single

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

home single

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

Obj snap

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:56 +0000

DDEDIT Tool

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:57 +0000

DDEDIT Pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:57 +0000

single step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:57 +0000

text step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:57 +0000

text step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:57 +0000

text step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:58 +0000

text step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:58 +0000

text step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:58 +0000

text step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:58 +0000

text step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:58 +0000

text step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:59 +0000

text step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:59 +0000

Edit Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:59 +0000

user text style

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:59 +0000

style Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:43:59 +0000

Figure Step 4

style step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Figure Step 5

style step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Style step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Style step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Style step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:00 +0000

Style step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:01 +0000

Style step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:01 +0000

Style step 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:01 +0000

Figure Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:02 +0000

Figure Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:02 +0000

user technic

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:02 +0000

Module 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:02 +0000

this is module 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:02 +0000

1A 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

1B 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

5 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

6 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

7 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

1-12 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:03 +0000

Hint 2 19-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

1A 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

1B 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

5 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

6 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

1-6 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:04 +0000

Hint 1A 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:05 +0000

Hint 1B 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:05 +0000

1-3 19-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:05 +0000

move toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:06 +0000

move pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:06 +0000

move ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:06 +0000

copy toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:06 +0000

copy modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

copy ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

clip copy

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

copy clip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

paste pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

paste ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

copybase

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:07 +0000

Figure Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:08 +0000

Figure Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:08 +0000

Figure Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:08 +0000

Figure Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:08 +0000

Figure Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:09 +0000

Figure Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:09 +0000

Figure Step 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:09 +0000

Figure Step7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:09 +0000

Figure Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:09 +0000

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 10D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:10 +0000

Figure Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:11 +0000

Figure Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:11 +0000

Figure Step13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:11 +0000

Figure Step 14A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:11 +0000

Figure Step 14B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:11 +0000

Figure Step 14C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:12 +0000

Figure Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:12 +0000

Figure Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:12 +0000

filetabclose

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:12 +0000

Step 2 work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:13 +0000

Step 3 work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:13 +0000

Step 4 work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:13 +0000

Step 5 work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:13 +0000

Step 6 work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:13 +0000

Step 9A work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 9B work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 9C work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 10A work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 10B work along

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:14 +0000

Step 11C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:15 +0000

Step 11D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:15 +0000

Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:15 +0000

Pt 2 Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:15 +0000

Pt 2 Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:15 +0000

Pt 2 Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:16 +0000

Pt 2 Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:16 +0000

Pt 2 Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:16 +0000

20-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:16 +0000

20-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:17 +0000

construction 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

construction 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

construction 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

construction 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

construction 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

construction 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

obj step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:18 +0000

obj step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:19 +0000

obj step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:19 +0000

obj step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:19 +0000

obj step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:19 +0000

obj step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:19 +0000

obj step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:20 +0000

obj step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:20 +0000

obj step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:20 +0000

obj step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:20 +0000

obj step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 21

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 23

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 24

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 25

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

obj step 26

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:21 +0000

filetab

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

filetab2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

filetab3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

1A 20-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

1B 20-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

1C 20-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:22 +0000

5 20-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:23 +0000

5A 20-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:23 +0000

1B 20-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:23 +0000

1C 20-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:23 +0000

Fig Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:24 +0000

hint 2A 20-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:24 +0000

hint 2B 20-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:24 +0000

5B 20-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:24 +0000

6 20-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:24 +0000

7 20-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:25 +0000

8 20-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:25 +0000

1A 21-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:26 +0000

1B 21-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:26 +0000

3 21-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:26 +0000

4 21-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:27 +0000

6 21-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:27 +0000

22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:27 +0000

22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

MI

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

Modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

Mirror

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

3A Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

3B Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

4A Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:28 +0000

4B Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:29 +0000

4C Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:29 +0000

4D Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:29 +0000

22-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:29 +0000

5A Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:30 +0000

5B Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:30 +0000

5C Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:30 +0000

5D Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

5D Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

6 Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

7 Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

1 Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

5 Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

7 Pt 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:31 +0000

8A Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

8B Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

8C Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

9A Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

9B Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

10 Pt 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

22-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:32 +0000

rotate

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO Modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO Rotate

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:33 +0000

RO 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:34 +0000

RO 4C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:34 +0000

RO 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:34 +0000

RO 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:34 +0000

RO 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:34 +0000

RO 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:35 +0000

RO 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:35 +0000

RO 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:35 +0000

RO 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:35 +0000

RO 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 10D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 10E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 10F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:36 +0000

RO 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:37 +0000

RO 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:37 +0000

RO 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:37 +0000

RO 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:37 +0000

RO 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:37 +0000

RO 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:38 +0000

1A 22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:38 +0000

1B 22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:38 +0000

4 22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:39 +0000

5 22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:39 +0000

6 22-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:39 +0000

1 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:39 +0000

2A 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:39 +0000

2B 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

3 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

4 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

5A 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

5B 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

6 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

7 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:40 +0000

8 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:41 +0000

9 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:41 +0000

10 22-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:41 +0000

23 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:42 +0000

23 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

array classic

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:43 +0000

23 Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:44 +0000

23 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:45 +0000

23 Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:45 +0000

23 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:45 +0000

23 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:45 +0000

23 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

23 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

23 13C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

23 13D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

Pt 2 Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

Pt 2 Step 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:46 +0000

Pt 2 Step 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 2C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:47 +0000

Pt 2 Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:48 +0000

USER TIP 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:48 +0000

USER TIP 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:48 +0000

Pt 3 Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:48 +0000

Pt 3 Step 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:48 +0000

Pt 3 Step 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:49 +0000

Pt 3 Step 2C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:49 +0000

Pt 3 Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:49 +0000

Pt 3 Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:49 +0000

Pt 3 Step 3C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

Pt 3 Step 3D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

methods-1-e1625507563228

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

methods2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

polygon Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

polygon Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

polygon Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:50 +0000

erase Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:51 +0000

erase Step 7C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:52 +0000

erase Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:52 +0000

erase Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:52 +0000

erase Step 8C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:52 +0000

erase Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

erase Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

erase Step 9C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

23-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

23-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

Lab 23 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:53 +0000

Lab 23 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 1C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 Hint 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 Hint 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 Hint 2C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:54 +0000

Lab 23 Hint3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:55 +0000

Lab 23 Hint4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:55 +0000

Lab 23 Hint5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:55 +0000

Lab 23-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:55 +0000

Lab 23-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:55 +0000

Lab 23-2 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:56 +0000

Lab 23-2 Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:56 +0000

Lab 23-2 Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:56 +0000

24-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

24-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

Stretch

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

Pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

scale

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:58 +0000

scale pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:59 +0000

scale ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:59 +0000

work along fig step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:44:59 +0000

scale 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:00 +0000

scale 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:00 +0000

24-1 Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:00 +0000

24-1 Step 5b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

24-1 Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

24-1 Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

24-1 Step 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

work along fig step 6a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

work along fig step 6b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:01 +0000

work along fig step 6c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:02 +0000

stretch 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:02 +0000

stretch 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:02 +0000

stretch 7C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:02 +0000

stretch 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:02 +0000

stretch 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:03 +0000

stretch 8C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:03 +0000

stretch 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:03 +0000

stretch 9Bjpg

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 10C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:04 +0000

stretch 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

stretch 12C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

stretch 12D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

stretch 12E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

rotate 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

rotate 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:05 +0000

rotate 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:06 +0000

rotate 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:06 +0000

rotate 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:06 +0000

rotate 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:06 +0000

rotate 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:06 +0000

rotate 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:07 +0000

24-1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:07 +0000

24-1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:07 +0000

24-1 sTEP 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:07 +0000

24-1 Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:08 +0000

24-1 Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:08 +0000

24-1 Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:08 +0000

24-1 Hint 2 Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:08 +0000

24-1 Hint 2 Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:08 +0000

24-1 Hint 2 Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:09 +0000

24-1 Hint 2 Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:09 +0000

24-1 Hint 2 Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:09 +0000

24-2 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:09 +0000

24-2 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:09 +0000

24-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:10 +0000

24-2 Hint 1 1-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:10 +0000

24-2 Hint 1 3-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:10 +0000

24-2 Hint 1 5jpg

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:11 +0000

24-2 Hint 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:11 +0000

multiline

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:12 +0000

multiline pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:12 +0000

Multi Home Ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:12 +0000

25-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:12 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:12 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:13 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:13 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:13 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:13 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:14 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:14 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:15 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:15 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:15 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:15 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:16 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:16 +0000

Fig Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:16 +0000

Fig Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:16 +0000

spell toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:17 +0000

25-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:17 +0000

25-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:17 +0000

spell step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:17 +0000

spell step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:17 +0000

spell step 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:18 +0000

spell step 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:18 +0000

spell step 4c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:18 +0000

spell step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:19 +0000

spell step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:19 +0000

qtext step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:19 +0000

qtext step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:19 +0000

explode step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:20 +0000

explode step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:20 +0000

explode step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:20 +0000

explode step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:20 +0000

explode step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:20 +0000

explode step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:21 +0000

25-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:21 +0000

25-2 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:21 +0000

25-2 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:22 +0000

26-1 Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:22 +0000

26-1 Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:23 +0000

26-1 Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:23 +0000

26-1 Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:23 +0000

26-1 Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:23 +0000

26-1 Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:23 +0000

26-1 Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:24 +0000

construction hint

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:24 +0000

26-1 Step 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:24 +0000

26-1 Step 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:24 +0000

working drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:25 +0000

completed drawing

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:25 +0000

27-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:25 +0000

27-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:26 +0000

27-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

27-9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

draw step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

draw step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

draw step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

draw step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:27 +0000

draw step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:28 +0000

draw step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:28 +0000

draw step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:29 +0000

straw step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:29 +0000

draw step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:29 +0000

27-1 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:29 +0000

27-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:29 +0000

27-1 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:30 +0000

27-1 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:30 +0000

27-1 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:30 +0000

27-1 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:30 +0000

27-1 1-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:30 +0000

feature

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:31 +0000

28-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:31 +0000

28-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:31 +0000

grid

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:31 +0000

snap f9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:31 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:32 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:32 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:32 +0000

snap enable

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:32 +0000

snap disable

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:33 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:33 +0000

Fig Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:33 +0000

Fig Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:33 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:33 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:34 +0000

Fig Step 3C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:35 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:35 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:35 +0000

Fig Step 4C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 4D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 4E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 4F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 4G

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 4H

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:36 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:37 +0000

Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:38 +0000

Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:38 +0000

Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:38 +0000

Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:38 +0000

Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:39 +0000

Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:39 +0000

Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:39 +0000

28-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:39 +0000

28-1 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:40 +0000

28-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:40 +0000

28-1 1-12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:40 +0000

28-1 Figure Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:40 +0000

28-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:40 +0000

28-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:41 +0000

28-2 hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:41 +0000

methods of selecting objects

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:42 +0000

29-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:42 +0000

29-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:42 +0000

29-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:43 +0000

pline draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:43 +0000

pline pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:43 +0000

pline ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:43 +0000

pline edit

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

pline modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

pline home modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

Fig Step 5a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

Fig Step 5b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:44 +0000

Fig Step 6a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:45 +0000

Fig Step 6b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:45 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:45 +0000

Fig Step 8a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:45 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:45 +0000

Fig Step 10a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:46 +0000

Fig Step 10b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:46 +0000

29-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:46 +0000

Fig Step 11A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:46 +0000

Fig Step 11B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:46 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

29-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

draw donut

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

donut home

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

draw bo

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:47 +0000

home bo

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

fill home

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

fill modify

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

fill explode

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

Fig 29-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

Figure Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:48 +0000

Figure Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:49 +0000

Figure Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:49 +0000

Figure Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:49 +0000

Figure Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:50 +0000

Figure Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:50 +0000

Figure Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:50 +0000

Figure Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:50 +0000

Figure Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:50 +0000

Figure Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:51 +0000

Figure Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:52 +0000

Figure Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:52 +0000

Figure Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:52 +0000

29-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:52 +0000

29-9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:52 +0000

poly tip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:53 +0000

29-1 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:53 +0000

Figure Hint 1A

29-1 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:53 +0000

Fig Hint 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

Fig Hint 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

Fig Hint 1C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

29-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

29-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

29-2 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:54 +0000

29-2 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:55 +0000

29-3 6C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:56 +0000

29-3 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:56 +0000

29-3 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:56 +0000

29-3 8A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:56 +0000

29-3 8B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:57 +0000

29-3 9A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:57 +0000

29-3 9B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:57 +0000

29-3 9C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:57 +0000

29-3 9D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:58 +0000

29-3 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:58 +0000

30-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:59 +0000

30-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:59 +0000

poly toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:59 +0000

poly pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:59 +0000

poly ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:45:59 +0000

rectangle toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:00 +0000

rectangle pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:00 +0000

rectangle ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:00 +0000

ellipse toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:00 +0000

ellipse pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

ellipse ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

30-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

30-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

Fig Step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

Fig Step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:01 +0000

Fig Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:02 +0000

Fig Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:02 +0000

Figure Step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:02 +0000

Figure Step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:02 +0000

Figure Step 6A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:02 +0000

Figure Step 6B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:03 +0000

Figure Step 7A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:03 +0000

Figure Step 7B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:03 +0000

Figure Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:04 +0000

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:04 +0000

Fig Step 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:04 +0000

Fig Step 10B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:04 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 12A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 12B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:05 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

before-after

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

area toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

area pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

area ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:06 +0000

area fig step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:07 +0000

area fig step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:07 +0000

area fig step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:07 +0000

area fig step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:07 +0000

area fig step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:08 +0000

area fig step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:08 +0000

area fig step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:08 +0000

degree-minutes

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:08 +0000

add-subtract

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:09 +0000

30-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:09 +0000

30-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:09 +0000

30-7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:09 +0000

30-1 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:10 +0000

30-1 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:10 +0000

30-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:10 +0000

30-1 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:10 +0000

30-1 Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:11 +0000

30-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:11 +0000

30-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:11 +0000

30-2 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:12 +0000

30-2 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:12 +0000

30-2 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:12 +0000

30-8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:12 +0000

30-2 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:12 +0000

30-2 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:13 +0000

30-2 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:13 +0000

30-2 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:13 +0000

30-2 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:13 +0000

30-2 Hint 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:14 +0000

30-2 Hint 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:14 +0000

30-2 Hint 2A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:14 +0000

30-2 Hint 2B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:15 +0000

30-2 Hint 2C

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:15 +0000

30-2 Hint 2D

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:15 +0000

30-2 Hint 2E

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:15 +0000

30-2 Hint 2F

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:15 +0000

Fig Step 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:16 +0000

Fig Step 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:16 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:17 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:17 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:17 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:18 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:18 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:18 +0000

hatch toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

hatch pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

hatch ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

edit toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

edit draw

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

edit ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:19 +0000

32-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

32-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

32-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

32-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

insert Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:20 +0000

step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:21 +0000

step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:21 +0000

step 8a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:21 +0000

step 8b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:21 +0000

step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:22 +0000

STEP 10A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:22 +0000

step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:22 +0000

step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:22 +0000

step 13a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:22 +0000

step 13bc

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 14a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 14b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:23 +0000

step 18a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

step 18b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

step 21a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

Step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:24 +0000

fill on off

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:25 +0000

edit step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:25 +0000

edit step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:25 +0000

edit step 3A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:25 +0000

edit step 3B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:25 +0000

edit sttep 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 7a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:26 +0000

edit step 7b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

edit step 7c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

edit step 7d

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

edit step 8a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

edit step 8b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

32-1 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:27 +0000

32-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:28 +0000

32-1 3a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:28 +0000

32-1 3b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:28 +0000

solid model isometric view

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:29 +0000

solid model sliced on cutting plane

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:29 +0000

solid model view bottom

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:29 +0000

32-2 1a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:29 +0000

32-2 1b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

32-2 1c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

32-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

32-2 Hint 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

solid model object

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

solid model of object 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:30 +0000

32-3 1A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:31 +0000

32-3 1B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:31 +0000

32-3 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:31 +0000

32-3 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:31 +0000

32-3 5A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:31 +0000

32-3 5B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:32 +0000

32-3 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:32 +0000

32-3 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:32 +0000

32-3 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:32 +0000

33-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:33 +0000

33-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

block toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

block pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

block ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

insert toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

insert pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

insert ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:34 +0000

create step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:35 +0000

create step 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:35 +0000

create step 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:35 +0000

create step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:35 +0000

create step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 7a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 7b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 8a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 8b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:36 +0000

create step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 13A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 13B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:37 +0000

create step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:38 +0000

create step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:38 +0000

create step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:38 +0000

create step 19A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:38 +0000

create step 19B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:38 +0000

create step 20A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:39 +0000

create step 20B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:39 +0000

create step 21

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:39 +0000

create step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:40 +0000

create step 23

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:40 +0000

create step 24

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:40 +0000

create step 25

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:40 +0000

create step 26A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:40 +0000

create step 26B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

user tip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

bathtub

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

uniform scale

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

33-1 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

33-1 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

33-1 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:41 +0000

33-1 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:42 +0000

33-1 4a2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:42 +0000

33-1 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:42 +0000

33-1 4c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:42 +0000

33-1 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:42 +0000

33-1 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:43 +0000

33-1 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:43 +0000

33-1 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:43 +0000

33-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:44 +0000

33-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:44 +0000

33-2 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:44 +0000

33-2 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:44 +0000

33-2 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:45 +0000

33-2 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:45 +0000

33-2 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:45 +0000

time

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:46 +0000

purge

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:46 +0000

rename

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:46 +0000

Fig Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 8a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 8b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:47 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 14a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 14b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:48 +0000

35-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:49 +0000

35-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:49 +0000

35-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:49 +0000

35-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:49 +0000

ASHADE

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:50 +0000

Name HDL

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:50 +0000

purge layer

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:50 +0000

layer cannot

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:50 +0000

34-1 1a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-1 1b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-1 2a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-1 2b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-1 hint 1a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-1 hint 1b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:51 +0000

34-2 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:52 +0000

34-2 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:52 +0000

34-2 7a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:52 +0000

34-2 7b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:52 +0000

34-2 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:52 +0000

35-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:53 +0000

Insert Pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:53 +0000

Ref Tool

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:53 +0000

Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:54 +0000

step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:54 +0000

step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:54 +0000

step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:54 +0000

step 26

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:54 +0000

step 31

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 32

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 33

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 34

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 35

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 36

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 37

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:55 +0000

step 38

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:56 +0000

step 39

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:56 +0000

step 40

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:56 +0000

41A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:56 +0000

41B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:56 +0000

Step 42

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:57 +0000

step 43

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:57 +0000

step 44

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:57 +0000

step 45

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:57 +0000

step 46

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:57 +0000

step 47

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:58 +0000

step 48

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:58 +0000

35-1 1a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:58 +0000

35-1 1b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:58 +0000

35-1 1c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:58 +0000

35-2 1a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:59 +0000

35-2 1b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:59 +0000

35-2 1c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:59 +0000

35-2 1d

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:46:59 +0000

36-1 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:00 +0000

36-1 3a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:00 +0000

36-1 3b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:01 +0000

36-1 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:01 +0000

36-1 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:01 +0000

36-1 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:02 +0000

36-1 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:02 +0000

36-1 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:02 +0000

36-1 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:02 +0000

styles toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:03 +0000

home ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:03 +0000

37-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:04 +0000

dimstyle toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:04 +0000

dimstyle pulldown

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:04 +0000

dimstyle ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:05 +0000

Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:05 +0000

Step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:05 +0000

Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:05 +0000

Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:05 +0000

Step 7a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 7b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 9a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 9b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:06 +0000

Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:07 +0000

Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:07 +0000

Step 14a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:07 +0000

Step 14b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:07 +0000

Step 15a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:08 +0000

Step 15b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:08 +0000

Step 16a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:08 +0000

Step 16b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:08 +0000

Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

Step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

Step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

user tip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

37-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:09 +0000

37-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:10 +0000

37-4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:10 +0000

37-5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:10 +0000

37-6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:10 +0000

dimension-toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:10 +0000

break pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:11 +0000

break ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:11 +0000

break toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:11 +0000

break pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:11 +0000

break ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:12 +0000

Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:12 +0000

draw step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:12 +0000

draw step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:12 +0000

draw step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:12 +0000

draw step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

draw step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

draw step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

draw step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

draw step 12a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

draw step 12b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:13 +0000

Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:14 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:14 +0000

draw 15a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:14 +0000

draw 15b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:15 +0000

draw 15c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:15 +0000

Fig Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:15 +0000

Fig Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:15 +0000

Figure Step 17

Fig Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:15 +0000

Fig Step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

must know annotate

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

measurement scale

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

37-1 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

37-1 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

37-1 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:16 +0000

37-1 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:17 +0000

37-2 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:17 +0000

37-2 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:17 +0000

37-2 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:17 +0000

37-2 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:17 +0000

Figure Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:18 +0000

Figure Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:18 +0000

Figure Step 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:19 +0000

Figure Step 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:19 +0000

38-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

style toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

dimension toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

home ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

home ribbon1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

Linear

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:20 +0000

Dimlin

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:21 +0000

dimlin 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:21 +0000

dimlin home

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:21 +0000

dimali aligned

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:21 +0000

dimension aligned

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dimali 1.8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dim aligned

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dim angular

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dimangular pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dimangular 120

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:22 +0000

dimangular ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimension toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimdia pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimdia 6.0

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimdia ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimrad toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimrad dimension

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:23 +0000

dimrad radius

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:24 +0000

dimrad ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:24 +0000

work step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:24 +0000

work step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:24 +0000

work step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:24 +0000

work step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:25 +0000

work step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:25 +0000

work step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:25 +0000

work step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:25 +0000

work step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:26 +0000

work step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:26 +0000

work step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:26 +0000

work step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:26 +0000

work step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:26 +0000

work step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:27 +0000

work step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:27 +0000

work step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:27 +0000

work step 20

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:27 +0000

work step 21

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:27 +0000

work step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:28 +0000

work step 23A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:28 +0000

work step 23B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:29 +0000

work step 24

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:29 +0000

38-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:29 +0000

nearest

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:30 +0000

qlead step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:31 +0000

38-1 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:31 +0000

38-1 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:31 +0000

38-2 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:31 +0000

38-2 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:32 +0000

38-3 4A

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:32 +0000

38-3 4B

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:33 +0000

autodesk

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:33 +0000

adc standard toolbar

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:34 +0000

adc standard pull

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:34 +0000

adc ribbon

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:34 +0000

work step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:34 +0000

Fig step 4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:34 +0000

Fig step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:35 +0000

Figure Step 7

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:35 +0000

Figure Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:35 +0000

Figure Step 8

Figure Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:36 +0000

Figure Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:36 +0000

Figure Step 11a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:36 +0000

Figure Step 11b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:36 +0000

Figure Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:37 +0000

Figure Step 14a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:37 +0000

Figure Step 14b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:37 +0000

Figure Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:37 +0000

Figure Step 17

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:37 +0000

Figure Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure step 19

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure step 20a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure step 20b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure Step 22

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure step 25

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:38 +0000

Figure Step 26

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:39 +0000

user tip

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:39 +0000

40-1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:40 +0000

Fig Step 2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:40 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:40 +0000

Fig Step 5a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:40 +0000

Fig Step 5b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:41 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:41 +0000

Fig Step 7a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:41 +0000

Fig Step 7b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:41 +0000

Fig Step 7c

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:42 +0000

Fig Step 8

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:42 +0000

Fig Step 9

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:42 +0000

Fig Step 10

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:42 +0000

Fig Step 11

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:42 +0000

Fig Step 12

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:43 +0000

Fig Step 13

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:43 +0000

Fig Step 14

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:43 +0000

Fig Step 15

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:44 +0000

40-2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:44 +0000

Figure Step 16

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:44 +0000

Figure Step 18

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:44 +0000

lwdisplay

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:44 +0000

must draw1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

must draw4

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

must draw2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

Module 1: AutoCAD’s User Interface

jgray — Wed, 28 Oct 2020 18:47:22 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe and configure AutoCAD's interface including the Graphic window, crosshairs, Graphic cursor, pickbox, Status bar, Model and Layout tabs, Pull-down menu, Toolbar menus, Ribbon menus, dialogue boxes, windows, using of the mouse, Command Line window, and the Text window.
List and describe the two basic AutoCAD menus systems; Toolbars and Ribbons.

AutoCAD's Graphic Window

AutoCAD's Graphic window is shown in Figure 1-1. The Graphic window is used most of the time when you are working in AutoCAD. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="460"] Figure 1-1[/caption]

Crosshairs and Graphic Cursor

The crosshairs indicates your current location on the Graphic window or in 2D space. If you were drawing by hand, think of it as the point of your pencil. It is one of AutoCAD's most important features and is used extensively when you are creating drawings. See Figure 1-1, and 1-3. When you move the crosshairs onto a menu item, it will change its display to the Graphic cursor as shown in Figure 1-2. You use it to select menu items. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="45"] Figure 1-2[/caption] Pickbox The pickbox is a small square located at the intersection of the crosshairs as shown in Figure 1-3. It is used to pick drawing objects. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="140"] Figure 1-3[/caption]

Status Bar

The Status bar, Figure 1-4, is positioned across the bottom of the Graphic window and becomes a very important part of your day-to-day AutoCAD work. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="638"] Figure 1-4[/caption] The coordinate location or the XYZ coordinates of the current location of the crosshairs is displayed near the center of the Status bar. The coordinate location display can be enabled or disabled by clicking it with the left mouse button. Toggle buttons for AutoCAD's features are located immediately to the right of the coordinate display. Many of these features will be taught in the AutoCAD 2D book.

Model and Layout Tabs

The Model and Layout tabs, Figure 1-5, are used to toggle the display of Model space or one of the layouts. This will be discussed in greater detail in Module 18. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Figure 1-5[/caption]

USER TIP: The size of the crosshairs can be changed. For the AutoCAD 2D book and most other AutoCAD work, it is best to have them full screen as shown in Figure 1-1.

AutoCAD's Menu Systems

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: AutoCAD has two basic menu systems, Toolbars and Ribbons. You can switch back and forth between them. Along with using either the Toolbar or Ribbon menu, you should enable the Pull-down menu and use it in conjunction with either menu. The AutoCAD 2D book shows all three menus. I advise the beginner to use the Toolbar menus while working on the AutoCAD 2D book and then try the Ribbon menu after completing it.

AutoCAD has two different menu systems that allows you to communicate with it. The two menu systems that you can choose from are the Toolbar menus and the Ribbon menus. See Figure 1-6. You can and should add the Pull-down menu to either the Toolbar or the Ribbon menu. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Figure 1-6a The Toolbar Menus[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="647"] Figure 1-6b The Ribbon Menus[/caption]

Pull-down Menus

The Pull-down menus are located across the top of the Graphic window. When you click one of the items on the menu, with the left mouse button, the menu will pull down as shown in Figure 1-7 and 1-8. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="263"] Figure 1-7 Pull-Down Menu[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="619"] Figure 1-8 AutoCAD's Pull-down and Toolbar Menus[/caption]

A Pull-down Menu Flyout

If an item on the Pull-down menu has a small solid triangle at the end, it has a Flyout menu associated with it. Place the Graphic cursor on the triangle to force the Flyout menu to display as shown in Figure 1-9. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="367"] Figure 1-9 Flyout Menu[/caption]

Toolbar Menus

Toolbar menus are a series of icons that are located on a collection of menu bars. See Figure 1-10. The display of each toolbar can be enabled or disabled at your discretion. If they were all displayed at the same time, they would virtually fill the Graphic window. Therefore, their display must be enabled or disabled, as required, by the current operation in the drawing. Toolbars can float inside the Graphic window or they can be docked along any one of its four sides. If the Graphic cursor is placed on an icon in a toolbar, a tooltip will display indicating the purpose of the icon as shown in Figure 1-11. AutoCAD allows you to create or edit existing toolbar menus. This is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="139"] Figure 1-10 An AutoCAD Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Figure 1-11 A Toolbar Menu - Showing a Tooltip[/caption]

Docked and Floating Toolbar Menus

In Figure 1-8, the toolbars across the top of the Graphic window are docked and the ones in the centre are floating.

Displaying Toolbar Menus

To enable or disable the display of a toolbar menu, place the Graphic cursor on any icon on a currently displayed toolbar and right-click the mouse. A list of all the available toolbar menus will display as shown in Figure 1-12. Click the name on the toolbar menu to toggle its display. A checkmark beside the toolbar's name indicates that it is currently displayed in the Graphic window. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure 1-12 Toolbar Menu Pull-down[/caption]

Dialogue Boxes and Windows

When a menu item has 3 dots after it as shown in Figure 1-13 it indicates that there is more. When clicked, it will open a dialogue box or a window. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="197"] Figure 1-13 Pull Down Menu - More[/caption]

Dialogue Boxes

AutoCAD uses many different dialogue boxes to speed the drawing process. A dialogue box is an effective and efficient method for AutoCAD to allow you to modify or enter information, settings, and sizes. While a dialogue box is open, no other work can be done in the current drawing. It must be closed before continuing to the next command. If you close a dialogue box by clicking the X in the top right corner, it will cancel your current input in the box. If you want to save your input, you must click the OK button. A typical dialogue box is shown in Figure 1-14. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="310"] Figure 1-14 A Dialogue Box[/caption]

Windows

AutoCAD uses many different windows to speed the drawing process. Compared to a dialogue box, a window is a more efficient method for AutoCAD and you to communicate. Windows are interactive and display data and information about the current drawing or objects in that drawing as the drawing is being worked on. Unlike a dialogue box, a window updates automatically and can remain on the screen as you work on the drawing. You must close a window by clicking the X in the upper corner. This will not cancel you input. A typical window is shown in Figure 1-15. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure 1-15 AutoCAD’s Property Window[/caption] Command Line Window The Command Line window is used, by you, to enter keyboard commands and user inputs. It is also used by AutoCAD to output information to you. See Figure 1-16. It is one of the ways that you communicate with AutoCAD and is a very important way for AutoCAD to communicate with you. It is important for you to watch this window closely when you are drawing. It is used by AutoCAD to ask for information, instruct you to what data it requires, or display answers to your inquiries. This will be discussed in much greater detail in Module 2. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="454"] Figure 1-16 Command Line Window[/caption]

Text Window

The Text window, Figure 1-17, displays all of the commands that were entered by you and AutoCAD's responses to those command for the duration that the current drawing is open. This is one way for you to look back at the commands, user input, and AutoCAD's responses. To toggle the display of the Text window, press F2. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="506"] Figure 1-17 AutoCAD’s Text Window[/caption]

The Mouse

AutoCAD is programed to use the three buttons on a mouse as follows: Left Button: This is the pick button. Use it to pick objects, pick menu items, or to select locations on the drawing. Middle Button: The middle button, or wheel, is used to zoom and pan around the drawing. This will be discussed in detail in Module 9. Right Button: The right button has two uses. If pressed and released quickly, it repeats the last command. If pressed and held in, it displays the cursor menu. See Figure 1-18. [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="157"] Figure 1-18 Cursor Menu for the FILLET Command[/caption] The cursor menu displays differently depending on the current or last command entered. It can be a very helpful menu once you become a more experienced user.

WORKALONG: Learning to Use AutoCAD's Interface Using Toolbar Menus

If you are using Ribbon menus, skip forward to WORKALONG: Learning to Use AutoCAD's Interface using Ribbon Menus.

Step 1

Launch AutoCAD. AutoCAD's blank window will display. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="401"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The blank window displays grey when there is no active drawing. Your window should closely match the figure.

Step 2

Click the New icon located in the upper right corner as shown in the figure. This will open the Select Template dialogue box. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

In the Select Template dialogue box, click the template file: 2D English to highlight it. Then click the Open button. This will open AutoCAD's Graphic window. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="552"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The four templates are part of the AutoCAD 2D book and must be used to complete all workalongs and lab exercises. If you do NOT see the four templates files shown in Figure Step 3, you must go back and redo module Introduction 2. If you only see the name and not the .dwt extension, that is OK. Do not continue in this module until your dialogue box shows the four templates. If you have trouble getting it to match and have an instructor, email him/her for help.

Step 4

Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: AutoCADbook to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside AutoCADbook as shown in the figure. Your Graphic window should match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="633"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your Graphic window should closely match the figure.

Step 5

Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. It is located on the bottom left corner of the window. If it is not enabled, click it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Model tab should be enabled at all times, while working on workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book, unless you are instructed otherwise. Module 18 will teach you how work in the Layout tabs.

Step 6

Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that display with a blue background as shown in Figure Step 6A. All features should display with a gray background as shown in Figure Step 6B. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="428"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or lab exercise while working on the AutoCAD 2D book, all features on the Status bar should be disabled as shown in Figure Step 6B.

Step 7

Click the coordinate display, located on the left side of the Status bar, to disable it shown in Figure Step 7A. Click it again to enable it as shown in Figure Step 7B. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="224"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The coordinate display should be enabled while working in AutoCAD. While it is not used very much in day-to-day drawing, it can be very handy at times.

USER TIP: You can easily check to see if a feature on the Status bar is enabled or disabled by holding your graphic cursor on the icon. A pop up window will display indicating the name of the feature and whether it is currently on or off as shown in the figures.

Step 8

Click the Draw item in the Pull-down menu to pull down the menu. Hold the Graphic cursor over the flyout triangle at the end of the Circle command to force the flyout to display. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="306"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Move the Graphic cursor onto any toolbar icon and right click the mouse. This will pull down a list of all available toolbar menus. The ones that are preceded with a checkmark are enabled and are currently displayed in the Graphic window. Ensure that the toolbars Draw, Inquiry, Layers, Modify, Properties, Standard, and Styles are the only ones enabled. Click on the name to toggle the display of the toolbar. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="240"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Move the Graphic cursor onto the lines at the end of the Layers toolbar. Press and hold the left mouse button down and drag the toolbar somewhere into the Graphic window and release the button. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="125"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="467"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="451"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This step may be a little tricky the first few tries. Practice it until you can do it easily.

Step 11

Move the cursor onto bars at the end of the Layers toolbar and hold it for a few seconds. The toolbar's name, Layers, will display as a tooltip. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Using what was taught in Step 9, drag all six toolbars into the Graphic window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="613"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="455"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

Step 13

Using what you learned doing Steps 9 and 12, drag all six toolbars back into position by docking them to the locations shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="612"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Dragging and docking the toolbar can be a little tricky at first. Practice it until it is easy for you to do. The six toolbars are now all docked.

Step 14

Using what you learned earlier in the workalong, enable the display of the Modify II toolbar. It will display as a floating toolbar. (Figure Step 14A and 14B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="290"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="575"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]

Step 15

Move the Graphic cursor onto the top edge of the Modify II toolbar until the cursor displays as double arrows. See Figure Step 15A. Press the left mouse button and while holding it down, drag the toolbar upwards until it matches Figure Step 15C. (Figure Step 15 A, 15B, 15C) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="175"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="175"] Figure Step 15B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="37"] Figure Step 15C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Changing the shape of a toolbar can be a little tricky at first. Practice it until it is easy for you to do.

Step 16

Using what was taught in Step 14 and 15, enable the display of the Object Snap toolbar and change its appearance to match the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="94"] Figure Step 16[/caption] Step 17 Close the Object Snap and Modify II toolbars by clicking the X in the top right corner of each toolbar.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As you can see, toolbars can easily be displayed, have there shape changed, or moved around the Graphic window as needed. You can enable their display, when required, in the drawing process and closed them when the process is completed. While working on the AutoCAD 2D book, leave the 6 toolbar displayed and docked at all times as shown in Figure Step 13.

Step 18

Click Format on the Pull-down menu and then click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 18A and 18B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="191"] Figure Step 18A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="324"] Figure Step 18B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Always close a dialogue box using the OK or the Cancel button. If you close it by clicking the X in the top right corner, you are cancelling all changes that you made while the box was open. If you want to cancel the changes, click the Cancel button to close the dialogue box. When you click OK, you are closing it and saving all the changes you made.

Step 19

Move the Graphic cursor onto the icons in the Standard toolbar. As you move it over the icons, tooltips with the toolbar's name will display. Find the Properties icon. Click it to open the Properties window. (Figure Step 19A and 19B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="306"] Figure Step 19A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="215"] Figure Step 19B[/caption]

Step 20

Click the X in the top corner of the window to close it.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Windows are different than dialogue box as they are interactive. Any changes made, while they are open, are saved immediately. That makes it OK to close them by clicking the X.

Step 21

Press the function key F2. It will open the Text window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 21) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="562"] Figure Step 21[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your Text window may not match the figure exactly.

Step 22

Press the function key F2 again to close the Text window.

Step 23

Click File on the Pull-down menu. Click Exit to close AutoCAD. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, click No. (Figure Step 23) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="361"] Figure Step 23[/caption]

Step 24

Go to Module 2.

WORKALONG: Learning to Use AutoCAD's Interface using Ribbon Menus

If you are using Toolbar menus, go to Module 2.

Step 1

Launch AutoCAD. AutoCAD's blank window will display. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="629"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The blank window displays grey when there is no active drawing. Your window should closely match the figure.

Step 2

Step 3

Step 4

Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: Drafting & Annotation to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside Drafting & Annotation as shown in the figure. Your Graphic window should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_140" align="aligncenter" width="633"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your Graphic window should closely match the figure.

Step 5

Step 6

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important. Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or lab exercise while working on the AutoCAD 2D book all features on the Status bar should be disabled as shown in Figure Step 6B.

Step 7

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The coordinate display should be enabled while working in AutoCAD. While it is not used very much in day-to-day drawing, it can be very handy at times.

Step 8

Click Format on the Pull-down menu and then click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="198"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

Step 9

Click the View tab on the Ribbon menu. Find the Properties icon. Click it to open the Properties window. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="214"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

Click the X in the top corner of the window to close it.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Windows are different than dialogue box as they are interactive. Any changes made, while they are open, are saved immediately. That makes it OK to close them by clicking the X.

Step 11

Press the function key F2. It will open the Text window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="679"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Press the function key F2 again to close the Text window.

Step 13

Click File on the Pull-down menu. Click Exit to close AutoCAD. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, click No. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_148" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Go to Module 2.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 1

The Graphic window is used most of the time when working in AutoCAD.
The crosshairs indicates your current location. Think of it as the point of the pencil. It is used extensively while working in AutoCAD. It is one of the most important tools.
The pickbox is a small square located at the intersection of the crosshairs.
The Status bar is positioned across the bottom of the Graphic window and becomes a very important part of your day-to-day AutoCAD work.
The Model and Layout tabs are used to enable the display of the model or a layout.
The Command Line window is used to enter keyboard commands and user inputs. It is also used by AutoCAD to output information to you.
The Pull-down menu Is located across the top of the Graphic window. If an item on the Pulldown menu has a small solid triangle at the end, it has a flyout menu associated with it.
The toolbar menus are a series of icons that are located on a collection of menu bars.
AutoCAD uses many different dialogue boxes to speed the drawing process. A dialogue box is an effective and efficient method for AutoCAD to allow you to modify or enter information, settings, and sizes.
AutoCAD uses many different windows to speed the drawing process. Compared to a dialogue box, a window is a more efficient method for AutoCAD and you to communicate.
AutoCAD is programed to use the three buttons on a mouse. The left button is the pick button.
AutoCAD's Text window displays all of the commands that were entered by you and AutoCAD's responses to those command for the duration that the current drawing is open. To toggle the display of the Text window, press F2.

Module 2: Getting Started

jgray — Wed, 28 Oct 2020 19:08:58 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a drawing, a drawing template, drawing names, and drawing file extensions.
Apply the NEW, QSAVE, OPEN, SAVEAS, and CLOSE commands to start a new drawing, name and save the current drawing into a specified folder, open a filed drawing, save the current drawing with a different name, and close the current drawing.
Describe AutoCAD commands, option prompts, and defaults.
Describe how to execute, repeat, and abort commands.
Describe how the Space, Enter, and Esc keyboard keys are used in AutoCAD.

An AutoCAD Drawing

An AutoCAD drawing is a database file containing graphical and non-graphical data. The file must have the extension .dwg. To be able to draw anything in AutoCAD, you must have an open drawing. Multiple drawings can be opened at the same time and you can switch between them, as required. Only one drawing can be current at a time. The current drawing is the drawing currently being affected by the commands you are entering. It is also called the active drawing.

Drawing Templates

A drawing template is a drawing file that may contain layouts, defaults, blocks, and standards set by the creator of the template. A template file must be used to start every new drawing. A template drawing is simply an AutoCAD drawing saved as a template file and must have the extension .dwt. Creating template files is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.

Drawing Templates for the AutoCAD 2D book

There are four drawing template files that are an important part of the AutoCAD 2D book. One of these templates must be used to start all new drawings for all workalongs and lab exercise throughout the book. These templates are supplied to each user of the AutoCAD 2D book and should be saved in the Templates folder as shown in Figure 2-1. [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="378"] Figure 2-1
AutoCAD 2D book Templates[/caption]

AutoCAD File Extensions

AutoCAD uses many different file extension names. The file extensions used in the AutoCAD 2D book are .dwg, .dwt, and .bak. See Figure 2-2. Many other AutoCAD file extensions are taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book. AutoCAD creates a .bak file when a previously saved drawing is saved. When the current drawing is saved, AutoCAD changes the extension of the existing drawing from .dwg to .bak and then creates a new file with the extension .dwg. If a drawing file ever gets lost or corrupted, the extension name of the .bak file can be changed to .dwg and opened in AutoCAD. [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Figure 2-2 AutoCAD File Extension Names[/caption]

The Drawing Name

Each drawing should be assigned a unique name. It is important for you to name a new drawing as soon as possible after you start it. Getting into a habit of doing this will save you many hours of searching the disk drive looking for existing drawings or redrawing lost drawings.

AutoCAD Command: NEW

The NEW command is used to start a new drawing. Shortcut: CNTL+N

AutoCAD Command: QSAVE

The QSAVE command is used to save the current drawing. Shortcut: CTRL+S

AutoCAD Command: OPEN

The OPEN command is used to open a saved drawing. Shortcut: CTRL+O

AutoCAD Command: SAVEAS

The SAVEAS command is used to save the current drawing with a new name. Shortcut: CTRL+SHIFT+S

AutoCAD Command: CLOSE

The CLOSE command is used to close the current drawing. Shortcut: none

MUST KNOW: When you save a drawing for the first time, AutoCAD adds the extension .dwg to the drawing's name. When you save a drawing that was previously saved, AutoCAD changes the extension of the existing drawing file to .bak and creates a new drawing file with the extension .dwg. If a drawing file ever gets lost or corrupted, the extension name of the .bak file can be changed to .dwg and opened in AutoCAD.

WORKALONG: Creating, Naming, Saving, Opening, and Closing Drawings

Step 1

Launch AutoCAD.

Step 2

Click the New icon. This will open the Select template dialogue box. Select the template: 2D English and then click Open (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you do NOT see the four templates files shown in Figure Step 2, you must go back and redo module Introduction 2. If you only see the name and not the .dwt extension, that is OK. Do not continue in this module until your dialogue box shows the four template shown in Figure Step 2 with or without the extension. If you have trouble getting it to match and have an instructor, email him/her for help.

Step 3

Note the drawing name: Drawing1.dwg displays on the top bar of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="255"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: AutoCAD automatically assigns this name.

Step 4

Enter the QSAVE command to open the Save Drawing As dialogue box. Find and select the folder: CAD Courses. Under it, select the folder: AutoCAD 2D and under that, the folder: Lab Exercise. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, and 4C) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4C[/caption]

Step 5

With Lab Exercises in the Save in box, enter the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1 in the File name: box. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I recommend that you save and name a new drawing immediately after you start it and then save it every 15 minutes after that. If there is a power failure or your computer freezes, the maximum amount of drawing time you can lose is 15 minutes. The first time you save your drawing, you will be asked to assign a name. Once it is named, you can save it quickly with the QSAVE command.

Step 6

Note that the folder location and the drawing name: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises\AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1.dwg displays on the top bar of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Until you are instructed otherwise, the Model tab should be enabled at all times while working on workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book. Module 18 will teach you how to work in the layouts.

Step 8

Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="484"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in the Ribbon menu. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Ribbon Menu[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="461"] Figure Step 9 Toolbar Menu[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise while working on the AutoCAD 2D book, the Model tab should be enabled, all features on the Status bar should be disabled, and ByLayer should be enabled in the first three boxes on the Properties toolbar or Ribbon menu.

Step 10

Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.

Step 11

Using what you learned in the first part of the workalong, start a new drawing using the template: 2D Metric. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-2 in the folder: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="663"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.

Step 14

Enter the OPEN command to open the Select File dialogue box. In it, locate the folder: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="624"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

With Lab Exercise in the Look in box, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="625"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

USER TIP: If the Select File dialogue box does not open when you enter the NEW command, enter the FILEDIA command and set the value to 1 as shown below: Command: FILEDIA Enter new value for FILEDIA <0>: 1 Command:

Step 16

Enter the SAVEAS command. It will open the Save Drawing As dialogue box. In the File name: box, enter the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-3. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="659"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.

Step 18

Minimize AutoCAD and open File Explorer. Find the folder: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. You should see three drawing files either with or without the .dwg extension as shown in the figures. (Figure Step 18A and 18B) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="447"] Figure Step 18A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="419"] Figure Step 18B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You may see some .bak files in your list with the same name as the drawing files. Note that drawing files have the AutoCAD icon preceding the drawing name. Figure Step 18A and 18B only shows the drawing files. If you see some .bak files, ignore them.

AutoCAD Commands

Most work in AutoCAD consists of you issuing instructions to AutoCAD. Those instructions are called commands. Commands are usually entered using the Command Line window, a Pull-down menu, a Toolbar menu, or a Ribbon menu. Figure 2-3 shows the LINE command being entered using all four methods. Regardless of the way you enter a command, AutoCAD does not know or care where the command was initiated. To AutoCAD, all commands look alike, therefore you can choose which method you want to use. There is no right or wrong method to enter a command. Throughout the AutoCAD 2D book, the different methods of entering commands is shown and the you can decided which method to use. [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="597"] Figure 2-3 Different Methods of Executing the LINE Command[/caption]

Executing Commands

Some menu items execute commands automatically but most of the time it is up to you to execute the command. Executing a command is your way of telling AutoCAD that you are finished and AutoCAD should do what was commanded. A command can be executed by either pressing the Enter key or the Space Bar.

Repeating the Last Command

AutoCAD can be very repetitive. To work faster, the last command that was executed can be repeated by pressing the Enter key, the Space bar, or by right clicking the mouse.

Option Prompts

After most commands are executed, AutoCAD will respond with an option prompt. An option prompt is AutoCAD asking you a question in response to a command or requesting some user input. Figure 2-4 shows three commands and the option prompts returned by each one. Your input is shown in bold. In the LINE command, AutoCAD's option prompt is ' Specify first point ' and you respond 2,2. AutoCAD then prompts ' Specify next point or [Undo]: '. It is important for you to watch the Command Line window to see what AutoCAD is asking from you next. [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure 2-4 Option Prompts[/caption]

Defaults

AutoCAD sets defaults for almost everything. A default is the value AutoCAD uses, if you do not supply one. Defaults are enclosed inside angle brackets ' < > '. If you want to use the default value, simply respond by pressing the Enter key or the Space bar. See Figure 2-5. [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="535"] Figure 2-5 AutoCAD Defaults[/caption]

Command Options

Command options are selections that you can choose from to change the default. Command options are enclosed inside ' [ ] ' as shown in Figure 2-5. An example of the defaults and options for the CIRCLE command are as follows: Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: Specify center point for circle - is the default. [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)] - are the options.

Cancelling or Aborting a Command

Commands can be cancelled or aborted by pressing the Esc key on the keyboard. Sometimes it must be pressed twice to completely abort the command and return to the Command: prompt.

MUST KNOW: The Enter key or the Space bar are used to execute commands. If either one is pressed when there is no active command, AutoCAD will repeat the last command. Right clicking the mouse will produce the same results.

USER TIP: AutoCAD's option prompts are a combination of upper and lower case letters. To help you work faster, only enter the uppercase character(s) when entering an option. For example: Command: LENGTHEN Select an object or [Delta/Percent/Total/DYnamic]: (For Delta, enter D, for Percent enter P, for Total enter T, and for DYnamic enter DY.)

WORKALONG: Entering, Executing, and Aborting Commands

Step 1

Using what you learned earlier in this module, start a new drawing using template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-4 in the Lab Exercises folder.

Step 3

Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If it is not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="484"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in the Ribbon menu. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Ribbon Menu[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="461"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will not be drawing anything in this module. You are learning how to enter commands and understand AutoCAD's prompts and defaults. You will be aborting all commands after you enter them. Be patient, you will start drawing in Module 4.

Step 6

Look in the Command Line window. Note that when there is no active command, AutoCAD displays ' Type a command ' prompt. The prompt is AutoCAD asking you to enter a command. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If the prompt does not display as shown in Figure Step 6, press the Esc key until it does.

Step 7

Enter the LINE command by selecting Draw on the Pull-down menu. In the Draw Pull- down, select Line. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="204"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Note in the Command Line window AutoCAD is now prompting ' Specify first point: '. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="416"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Press Esc to abort (cancel) the command. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="412"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

At the Command: prompt, enter the CIRCLE command by typing it on the keyboard. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="519"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that as you type the command, AutoCAD will suggest possible commands. If you see the command you want and it is blue, press the Enter key. If is grey, click it with the Graphic cursor to complete the full command.

Step 11

Press Enter to execute the command. Note how AutoCAD prompts ' Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: ' (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="621"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The AutoCAD prompt means the following: Specify center point for circle - The default. [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)] - This is the option prompt. If you do not want to use the default, you can enter 3P, 2P or T to select one of the options.

Step 12

Enter a T and press Enter. Take note of the new prompt ' Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: '. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="573"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Press Esc to abort the command. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="634"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Enter the ARC command by typing it in on the keyboard. Press the Space bar to execute command. Press Esc to abort the command. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="512"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that a command can be executed by either pressing the Enter key or the Space bar.

Step 15

Press Enter without entering a command. Note how AutoCAD will repeat the last command. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="536"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Press Esc to abort the command to return to the Command prompt. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Enter the QSAVE command by either typing it on the keyboard. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="520"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how some commands do not prompt you for anything.

Step 18

Enter the CLOSE command to close the drawing. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="377"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

MUST KNOW: Command options are selections that you can choose from to change the command default. Command options are enclosed inside square brackets ' [ ] '.Select first object [Polyline/Radius/Trim] - Enter either a P, R or T to change the default.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: To sum up: 1. Either the Enter key or the Space bar can be used to execute a 2. If there is no active command, AutoCAD will repeat the last command if you press the Enter key, the Space bar, or right clicks the 3. The Esc key will abort (cancel) any command or process and return you to the Command: prompt. 4. Most AutoCAD command prompts contain a default and an option 5. A default is the value AutoCAD uses, if you do not supply one. Defaults are enclosed inside angle brackets ' < > '. If you want to use the default value, simply respond by pressing the Enter key or the Space 6. Option prompts are enclosed inside square brackets ' [ ] '.

MUST KNOW: The Esc key is a very important when drawing in AutoCAD. When pressed, it will abort or cancel any command or process and return you to the command prompt. You will be using this key frequently while working in AutoCAD.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 2

1. An AutoCAD drawing is a database file containing graphical and non-graphical data and must have the extension .dwg. 2. A drawing template is a drawing file that may contain layouts, defaults, blocks, and standards set by the creator of the template and must be used to start a new drawing. 3. The AutoCAD file extensions taught in the AutoCAD 2D book are .dwg, .dwt, and .bak. .dwg is a drawing file. .dwt is a template file. .bak is a backup file. 4. Regardless of the way commands are entered, AutoCAD doesn't really know or care where the command was initiated. 5. A default is the value AutoCAD uses, if you do not supply one. Defaults are enclosed inside angle brackets ' < > '. If you want to use the default value, simply respond by pressing the Enter key or the Space bar. 6. In an AutoCAD command prompt, the options are enclosed inside square brackets ' [ ] '. 7. The Enter key or the Space bar are used to execute a command. If there is no active command and either the Enter key or Space bar are pressed, the last command will repeat. The same thing can be achieved by right clicking the mouse. 8. The Esc key will cancel or abort any AutoCAD command or process.

Lab Exercise 2-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2 IMPORTANT STEP

Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, the Model tab should be enabled. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3 IMPORTANT STEP

Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, all features on the Status bar should be disabled as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="484"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

If any icons in the Status bar are enabled as shown in Figure Step 4, click them until they are disabled as shown in Figure Step 3. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5 IMPORTANT STEP

Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, the first three box of the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in Ribbon menu should be set ByLayer . (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Ribbon Menu[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="461"] Figure Step 5 Toolbar Menu[/caption]

Step 6

Save and name the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 02-1. Save the drawing in the folder: C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises. Using the CLOSE command, close the drawing.

Step 7

Complete the following:

A Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D Metric
B Save and name the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 02-2
C Save the drawing in the folder:

C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises

D Using the CLOSE command, close the

Step 8

Complete the following:

A Using the OPEN command, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 02-2
B Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 02-3
D Using the CLOSE command, close the drawing.

Step 9

Minimize AutoCAD and open File Explorer. Locate the folder: C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises. It should contain 7 drawing files, with or without the extension .dwg, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="444"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_202" align="aligncenter" width="419"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You may see some .bak files in your list with the same name as the drawing files. Note that drawing files have the AutoCAD icon preceding the drawing name. Figure Step 9 only shows the drawing files. Your list may show some .bak files, ignore them.

Module 6: Competency Test 1 Open Book

jgray — Wed, 28 Oct 2020 19:29:46 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a one-hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material. If you are completing this book:

Without the aid of an instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.
In a classroom with an instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select the BEST answer.

What two keyboard keys, when pressed, execute a command or accept an AutoCAD default?
1. Esc and Space Bar
2. Enter and Esc
3. Enter and Space Bar
4. F2 and Enter
5. Space Bar and F6
To AutoCAD, what does the @ symbol mean?
1. A default
2. An option
3. Abort
4. Execute
5. The last absolute coordinate
What keyboard key opens and closes the Text window?
1. F1
2. F2
3. F3
4. F4
5. F6
What is the main purpose of the left mouse button?
1. To execute a command
2. The pick button
3. The abort button
4. Repeats the last command
5. The menu button
What is the name of AutoCAD's special layer that exists in all new drawings and cannot be deleted?
1. 0 (zero)
2. Object
3. 2
4. Special
5. Layer 1
What keyboard key aborts an AutoCAD command?
1. F2
2. Ctrl
3. Esc
4. F6
5. Shift
When a drawing object is inserted in a drawing, what layer will AutoCAD place it on?
1. Layer 0 (zero)
2. The last layer used
3. The current layer
4. The object layer
5. The displayed layer
Which layer cannot be frozen?
1. Layer 0 (zero)
2. The last layer used
3. Any layer that is currently displayed
4. The object layer
5. The current layer
Which one of the following inputs the relative coordinate location X2Y4?
1. 2,4
2. 4,2
3. <2,4>
4. @2,4
5. #2,4
What is the name of the file that contains the AutoCAD defaults and standards set by the creator?
1. The template file
2. The object file
3. The backup file
4. The text file
5. The readme file

Lab Exercise 6-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 06-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 06-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Object	All lines	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 06-1.

Step 3

Create layer: Object, color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.

Step 4

Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_304" align="aligncenter" width="124"] Figure Step 4A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_304" align="aligncenter" width="513"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: TYP means typical. This simply means that there is at least one other dimension that is the same. In this drawing, the opposite side of the slot on the bottom of the object is the same size as the dimensioned one.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There is no key for this lab.

must draw 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

must plot style

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

must plot options

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

must plot option2

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

40-3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:45 +0000

geometry scale

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:46 +0000

geometry standard

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:46 +0000

Fig Step 1

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:47 +0000

Fig Step 3

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:47 +0000

Fig Step 4a

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:47 +0000

Fig Step 4b

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:48 +0000

Fig Step 5

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:48 +0000

Fig Step 6

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:47:48 +0000

Appendix Module Index

jgray — Wed, 14 Jul 2021 17:45:27 +0000

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If using a digital copy, you can also search for specific terms. See For Students: How to Access and Use this Textbook for instructions on how to search digital versions of this book.

AutoCAD 2D Module Index

2D polyline......................................... Module 29 Abort.................................................. Module 2 Absolute Cartesian Coordinat.............. Module 4 ADCENTER.......................................... Module 39 Aligned Section................................... Module 34 Angles................................................ Module 10 Arc..................................................... Module 7 ARC.................................................... Module 7 AREA.................................................. Module 30 ARRAY................................................ Module 23 associative dimension......................... Module 37 associative hatch................................. Module 32 AutoSnap........................................... Module 8 BAK.................................................... Module 2 block definition table.......................... Module 33 Block and Layers................................. Module 33 BLOCK................................................ Module 33 Blocks................................................. Module 33 BOUNDARY......................................... Module 29 BREAK................................................ Module 37 byLayer.............................................. Module 5 Cartesian Coordinate System............... Module 4 CELTSCALE.......................................... Module 13 checking your drawing........................ Module 3 circle.................................................. Module 7 CIRCLE................................................ Module 7 CLOSE................................................. Module 2 closed polyline.................................... Module 29 color................................................... Module 5 command line window........................ Module 1 commands......................................... Module 2 construction objects............................ Module 8 Control Codes..................................... Module 25 controlling the drawing....................... Module 9 @....................................................... Module 4 COPY.................................................. Module 20 COPYBASE.......................................... Module 20 COPYCLIP............................................ Module 20 Cross window..................................... Module 13 Cross Polygon..................................... Module 23 Crosshairs.......................................... Module 1 Crosshatching..................................... Module 32 CTRL+C............................................... Module 20 CTRL+SHIFT+C..................................... Module 20 CTRL+V............................................... Module 20 current layer....................................... Module 5 DDEDIT............................................... Module 19 DDIM................................................. Module 37 Defaults.............................................. Module 2 Definition points................................. Module 37 Defpoints layer................................... Module 37 Degrees Minutes and Seconds............. Module 30 DesignCenter...................................... Module 39 DIMALIGNED...................................... Module 38 DIMANGULAR..................................... Module 38 DIMASO............................................. Module 37 DIMASSOC.......................................... Module 37 DIMCEN.............................................. Module 37 DIMCENTER........................................ Module 37 DIMDIAMETER.................................... Module 38 DIMEDIT............................................. Module 38 dimensioning style.............................. Module 37 Dimensioning..................................... Module 37 DIMLINEAR......................................... Module 38 DIMRADIUS........................................ Module 38 DIMSTYLE........................................... Module 37 DIMTEDIT........................................... Module 38 DIST................................................... Module 17 DIVIDE................................................ Module 17 Docked............................................... Module 1 Donuts............................................... Module 29 Drafting Settings dialogue box............. Module 17 drawing file extension names.............. Module 2 drawing extents.................................. Module 9 drawing limits..................................... Module 9 drawing template................................ Module 2 drawing.............................................. Module 2 DTEXT................................................. Module 19 DWG.................................................. Module 2 & 9 DWT................................................... Module 2 ELLIPSE............................................... Module 30 Endpoint............................................ Module 8 ERASE................................................. Module 4 erasing objects.................................... Module 4 ESC..................................................... Module 2 executing a command......................... Module 2 EXPLODE............................................. Module 29 exploded dimensions.......................... Module 37 EXTEND.............................................. Module 14 Extents............................................... Module 9 external reference file......................... Module 35 F......................................................... Module 21 F......................................................... Module 38 F7....................................................... Module 28 F8....................................................... Module 17 F9....................................................... Module 28 Fence................................................. Module 23 FILEDIA............................................... Module 2 FILL..................................................... Module 29 FILLET................................................. Module 12 floating toolbar................................... Module 1 flyout menu........................................ Module 1 freeze................................................. Module 5 Full Section......................................... Module 34 Glass Box Principle.............................. Module 27 Graphic window.................................. Module 1 graphic cursor..................................... Module 1 GRID................................................... Module 28 Grids.................................................. Module 28 Half Section........................................ Module 34 HATCH................................................ Module 32 HATCHEDIT......................................... Module 32 Hatching Boundaries........................... Module 32 Hatching Patterns............................... Module 32 hidden Line......................................... Module 27 ID....................................................... Module 15 Inquiry............................................... Module 17 Insert................................................. Module 33 INSERT................................................ Module 33 Inserting Dimensions.......................... Module 38 Layer Property Manager...................... Module 5 LAYER................................................. Module 5 Layers................................................. Module 5 LAYOUT.............................................. Module 18 Layouts............................................... Module 18 Limits................................................. Module 9 LIMITS................................................ Module 9 LINE.................................................... Module 4 linetype scale...................................... Module 13 linetypes............................................. Module 13 Lineweight to Objects.......................... Module 40 Lineweight by Color............................ Module 40 Lineweight.......................................... Module 40 LTSCALE.............................................. Module 13 manual object snap modes.................. Module 8 Match Properties................................ Module 22 MEASURE........................................... Module 17 Menus................................................ Module 1 MIRROR.............................................. Module 22 MIRRTEXT........................................... Module 22 model and layout tabs......................... Module 1 Model and Layout Tabs....................... Module 18 Model Space....................................... Module 18 motion paths...................................... Module 22 mouse................................................ Module 1 MOVE................................................. Module 20 MTEXT................................................ Module 25 Multiline Text..................................... Module 25 multiview drawing.............................. Module 27 MVIEW............................................... Module 18 Nested Objects................................... Module 34 NEW................................................... Module 2 Node.................................................. Module 17 non-associative dimensions................. Module 37 nonassociative hatch........................... Module 32 option prompt.................................... Module 2 ORTHO............................................... Module 17 orthographic projection....................... Module 27 OSNAP................................................ Module 8 object snap......................................... Module 8 object snap modes.............................. Module 8 object lines......................................... Module 27 object properties................................ Module 13 OFFSET............................................... Module 15 offsetting objects................................ Module 15 open polyline...................................... Module 29 OPEN.................................................. Module 2 PAGESETUP......................................... Module 40 PAN.................................................... Module 9 Panning.............................................. Module 9 Paper Space Icon................................ Module 18 Paper Space........................................ Module 18 PASTECLIP........................................... Module 20 PEDIT................................................. Module 29 Pick.................................................... Module 13 Pickbox............................................... Module 1 Pline................................................... Module 29 PLINE.................................................. Module 29 point of tangency................................ Module 12 POINT................................................. Module 17 Polar Array......................................... Module 23 Polar Coordinate System..................... Module 10 Polygon.............................................. Module 14 POLYGON........................................... Module 30 Polyline.............................................. Module 29 Previous............................................. Module 22 Properties dialogue box...................... Module 13 PROPERTIES........................................ Module 13 pull-down menu................................. Module 1 PURGE................................................ Module 34 QLEADER............................................ Module 38 QSAVE................................................ Module 2 QTEXT................................................ Module 25 Quadrant............................................ Module 8 RECTANGLE........................................ Module 30 Rectangular Array............................... Module 23 reference point................................... Module 15 Reference Files.................................... Module 35 REGEN................................................ Module 9 regenerating the drawing.................... Module 9 regular polygon................................... Module 14 Regular Polygons................................. Module 30 Relative Cartesian Coordinates............ Module 4 revolved Section................................. Module 34 ROTATE.............................................. Module 22 save drawing as.................................. Module 2 scale................................................... Module 9 SCALE................................................. Module 24 scroll bars........................................... Module 1 Sections.............................................. Module 34 selecting objects................................. Module 13 single line text.................................... Module 19 SNAP.................................................. Module 28 special layer........................................ Module 5 Special Text Characters....................... Module 25 SPELL.................................................. Module 25 status bar........................................... Module 1 STRETCH............................................. Module 24 STYLE.................................................. Module 19 Template............................................ Module 2 text justification.................................. Module 19 text.................................................... Module 19 Text window....................................... Module 1 Text Style dialogue box....................... Module 19 Thaw.................................................. Module 5 three standard views........................... Module 27 TIME.................................................. Module 34 toolbar menus.................................... Module 1 TRIM.................................................. Module 14 Types of Section Views........................ Module 34 Units.................................................. Module 9 UNITS................................................. Module 17 Unlock................................................ Module 5 Viewport Scales.................................. Module 40 VIEWRES............................................ Module 9 Window............................................. Module 13 Window polygon................................. Module 23 XBIND................................................. Module 35 Xref.................................................... Module 35 Xref Dependant Named Objects........... Module 35 XREF................................................... Module 35 ZOOM................................................ Module 9 Zooming............................................. Module 9

Versioning History

jgray — Wed, 21 Jul 2021 18:03:25 +0000

This page provides a record of edits and changes made to this book since its initial publication. Whenever edits or updates are made in the text, we provide a record and description of those changes here. If the change is minor, the version number increases by 0.01. If the edits involve substantial updates, the version number increases to the next full number. The files posted by this book always reflect the most recent version. If you find an error in this book, please fill out the Report an Error form.

Version	Date	Change	Details
1.00	November 3, 2021	Book published.
1.01	August 23, 2023	Updated link.	Changed link in Configure Your AutoCAD Software for where supplemental materials for the book can be found. The link was changed from open.bccampus.ca to collection.bccampus.ca.

AutoCAD-Series-Style-Sheet

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 21:32:16 +0000

Cover Image

hfriedman — Wed, 07 Dec 2022 20:09:22 +0000

Module 3: Checking the Accuracy of Your Drawings

jgray — Wed, 20 Jan 2021 23:44:14 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how you can check the lab exercise drawings you complete in the AutoCAD 2D book for accuracy.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is extremely important to create all drawings with 100% accuracy. This cannot be stressed strongly enough as it is essential that each object in the drawing is positioned and sized perfectly. Most lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book can be checked for accuracy by overlaying the drawing with a key. This helps you to know when your drawing is accurate and will display any objects that are drawn incorrectly. As you become more experienced drawing in AutoCAD 2021, you will not require the use of keys. Interface varies slightly for each release.

WORKALONG: Checking the Accuracy of Your Drawings

Step 1

Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 03-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If it is not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Ensure that all features on the Status bar are disabled by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="525"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or lab exercise while working on the AutoCAD 2D book, all features on the Status bar should be disabled.

Step 5

Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties menu. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="590"] Properties Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="439"] Home Ribbon
Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Unless otherwise instructed, each time you work on a workalong or a lab exercise while working on the AutoCAD 2D book, ByLayer should be enabled in the first three boxes on the Properties toolbar or Ribbon menu.

Step 6

Click Format on the Pull-down menu and click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="380"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

Step 7

Pull down the Insertion scale list and select Inches. Click OK to close the Drawing Units dialogue box. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="158"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Click Insert on the Pull-down menu and select Block. This will open the Insert dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="266"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="502"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The dialogue box in your AutoCAD may not match the figure exactly.

Step 9

Click the small triangle at the end of the Name: pull-down list to pull down the list of block names. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="254"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Select the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 03-1. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="499"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Always select the name of the current drawing.

Step 11

Ensure that the three Specify On-screen boxes are disabled as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="474"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: After you do this step once, it will keep the same settings unless you intentionally change it.

Step 12

Ensure that the Insert dialogue box matches the figure and click the OK button. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="501"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This is just a demo, therefore there is nothing for you to do but learn the process of checking your drawing for accuracy with a key. You will be checking your first drawing for accuracy in Module 4.

Step 13

This will insert a magenta colored key on your drawing. (Figure Step 13)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you see double objects or places where the red objects and the key's magenta objects do not match, your drawing is inaccurate. If there is only one object, even though it may share the colors magenta and red, your drawing is accurate. If the drawing is inaccurate, disable the key's display and correct the drawing. Enable the key's display and recheck it for accuracy. When your drawing matches the key, save and close the drawing and go on to the next lab exercise or module. Module 5 will teach you how to disable and enable the key's display.

[caption id="attachment_215" align="aligncenter" width="148"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 3

AutoCAD drawings must be drawn 100% accurate.
You can check the accuracy of most lab exercise drawings in the AutoCAD 2D book using a key.
The name of the key that you select to check your drawing for accuracy is always the same as the name of the current drawing.
Your drawing is not accurate if the magenta objects in the key do not match your drawing objects. If you only see one object, either magenta or red, your drawing is 100% accurate.

Module 4: Drawing Lines Using Cartesian Coordinates

jgray — Wed, 20 Jan 2021 23:45:50 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the geometry of points and lines.
Describe the Cartesian Coordinate System.
Define and explain the terms lastpoint, absolute coordinates, and relative coordinates.
Apply the LINE command to draw lines using the XY Cartesian Coordinate System using both absolute and relative coordinates.

Geometry Lesson: Points and Lines

A point is defined as a single XY coordinate. It does not have a width, height, or depth. A line is the shortest distance between two XY coordinates. Lines can be horizontal, vertical, or inclined. Lines that are the same distance apart are called parallel lines. Perpendicular lines are at right angles to each other or 90 degrees apart. See Figure 4-1 and 4-2. [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="601"] Figure 4-1 Points and Lines[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="525"] Figure 4-2 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines[/caption]

The Cartesian Coordinate System

To accurately draw an AutoCAD two dimensional (2D) drawing, you must enter XY coordinate locations. These XY coordinates are based on the Cartesian Coordinate System. [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="481"] Figure 4-3 The Cartesian Coordinate System[/caption] The Cartesian Coordinate System consists of two numbered lines crossing perpendicular to one another at their zero values. The horizontal axis is the X axis and the vertical axis is the Y axis. See Figure 4-3. A coordinate value is assigned to each location on the current construction plane. Throughout the AutoCAD 2D book you will be working on the same construction plane. Construction planes are fully explained in the AutoCAD 3D book. When you are using a AutoCAD 2D command, each coordinate value consists of a pair of numbers, the first is the X coordinate and the second is the Y coordinate, written X,Y. The X and Y values must be separated by a comma. For example, X2,Y4 (entered in AutoCAD as 2,4) is the location 2 units to the right (positive) and 4 units up (positive) from X0,Y0 or 0,0. The values can be either positive or negative. Positive numbers are default so the plus sign is not required. If the value is negative, the minus sign must precede the number. For example if entered in a an AutoCAD command, -3,5 is X minus 3 and Y positive 5. Cartesian coordinates can be entered in a AutoCAD command as either absolute coordinates or relative coordinates.

Absolute Cartesian Coordinates

Absolute Cartesian Coordinates are always referenced to the absolute origin 0,0. The Absolute Cartesian Coordinate 3,4 (X3Y4) is 3 units to the right and 4 units upwards from 0,0 (X0Y0). Negative values can also be used. The Absolute Cartesian Coordinate -4,2 (X-4,Y2) is 4 units to the left and 2 units upwards from 0,0 (X0Y0).

Relative Cartesian Coordinates

Relative Cartesian Coordinates are incremental to the lastpoint. To indicate to AutoCAD that the coordinate being entered is relative, the @ symbol must precede the coordinate value. For example, @2,6, which means ' from the lastpoint go 2 units in the positive X and 6 units in the positive Y '. Another example using negative values @4,-2 which means ‘ from the lastpoint go 4 units in the positive X and 2 units in the negative Y.

Lastpoint

The lastpoint is the last XY location that was used in an AutoCAD command. The lastpoint is very important to you when drawing in AutoCAD. AutoCAD remembers the lastpoint entered and saves it in the @ symbol. The @ symbol means ' The last absolute coordinate location '.

USER TIP: When you start a drawing, the first XY location is always specified using an absolute coordinate. After that, relative coordinates are used. It would be too difficult to draw using all absolute coordinates.

AutoCAD Command: LINE

The LINE command is used to draw lines. Shortcut: L

WORKALONG: Drawing Lines Using Cartesian Coordinates - Part 1

Step 1

Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises

Step 3

Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object shown in the figure. Keep in mind that you enter what is in bold font, the author's comments are in italics, and everything else are AutoCAD responses or prompts. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="360"] Figure Step 3[/caption] Command: LINE Specify first point: 1.75,4 (Always start with an absolute coordinate. It must be a X then a Y separated with a comma.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0 (Then change to relative coordinates. Note the @ first, then X and Y.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-2.5,0 (A negative coordinate is used since the line is going in the negative X direction.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1.5 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1,1 (When both the X and Y coordinates have a value other then zero, the line will be inclined.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1.5,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C (You can use a C or 1.75,4 to close the last line and return to the first point.) Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Rather then just entering the coordinate values, try to understand the values you are entering by studying the Figure Step 3.

Step 4

Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="213"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have trouble drawing this object the first try, do not be concerned. Start it over again, from scratch, until you can complete it. The more practice you get drawing, the easier it will get.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: When drawing inclined lines using Cartesian Coordinates, the value of both the X and the Y coordinates cannot be zero. See example below. [caption id="attachment_227" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Figure 4-4 Drawing Inclined Lines Using Cartesian Coordinates[/caption] Command: LINE Specify first point: 4,3 Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Undo]: @-1.5,1 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command: Note to draw the inclined line, you have to enter a X value and a Y value that is not zero. In this example, @-1.5,1 If either X or the Y is zero, then the line would be either horizontal or vertical. See Figure 4-4. In Module 10, you will be taught how to draw incline lines using Polar Coordinates.

WORKALONG: Drawing Lines Using Cartesian Coordinates - Part 2

Step 1

Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-2. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="418"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 3

Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) Command: L (L is the shortcut for the LINE command) Specify first point: 7,5 Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Undo]: @-2,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @.75,1 (You can draw an inclined line by entering a number other then zero for both the X and Y.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-3.5,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-.75,-1 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: U (When you make an input error, enter a U to go back one step. More than one U can be entered to step back further. Ensure that you press the ENTER or SPACE after each one.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @.75,-1 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-2,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,-2 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,.5 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @4,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,-.5 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: 7,5 (The object was closed by entering the absolute coordinate of the first point.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command:

Step 4

Your completed object should match the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="263"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: When entering a decimal number the ends in a zero, for example 4.0, enter the number up to the zero only. In this case, 4. If the number is 3.6700, all you have enter is 3.67. AutoCAD will automatically adds the zeros.

Deleting Objects

To delete existing drawing objects, you can either use the ERASE command or the Delete key.

Using the ERASE Command

When deleting drawing objects using the ERASE command, the drawing objects can either be selected before or after the command is entered. If the command is entered before selecting the objects, select the objects when prompted by the ' Select Object ' prompt, as shown below. If the objects are selected before entering the ERASE command, there is no prompt. Command: ERASE Select Object: Command:

Using the Delete Key

When deleting objects using the Delete key, select the object or objects before pressing the key.

AutoCAD Command: ERASE

The ERASE command is used to permanently remove drawing objects from the drawing. Shortcut: E

WORKALONG: Deleting Drawing Objects

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-3. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="668"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Move the pickbox onto the horizontal line and select it by pressing the left mouse button. Move the cursor onto the vertical line and select it. Press the Enter key to execute the command. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C) Command: ERASE Select objects: 1 found Select objects: 1 found, 2 total Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="161"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="162"] Figure Step 3B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="159"] Figure Step 3C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When you select a drawing object inside a command they will highlight and appear dashed.

MUST KNOW: The lastpoint is the last XY location that was used in an AutoCAD command. The lastpoint is very important to you when drawing in AutoCAD. AutoCAD remembers the lastpoint entered and saves it in the @ symbol. The @ symbol means ' The last absolute coordinate location '.

Step 4

To delete drawing objects without entering a command, move the pickbox onto the lines, as shown in the figure, and select them by clicking the left mouse button. They will highlight and appear dashed with small blue squares on them. When the lines display as shown in the figure, press the Delete key on the keyboard. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="169"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="174"] Figure Step 3A
Completed Drawing[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The small blue squares that display on a selected object when selected are called grips. You will learn more about them later in the book and how to use them in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you want to unselect one or more drawing objects, press the Esc key. Sometime you have to press it twice to totally unselect the selected objects.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: To enter a positive number in AutoCAD, enter the number only. Positive is the AutoCAD default. If the number is negative, the ' - ' sign must precede the number. For example, if the number is 4.0, enter 4. If the number is -4.0, enter -4.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 4

The Cartesian Coordinate System consists of two numbered lines crossing perpendicular to one another at their zero values. The horizontal axis is the X axis and the vertical axis is the Y axis.
Absolute Cartesian Coordinates are always referenced to the absolute origin 0,0.
The @ symbol means ' The last absolute coordinate location ' or sometimes called the lastpoint. Relative Cartesian Coordinates must be preceded with @ symbol.
To close the last line of a series of lines, enter either ' C ' (Close) or the absolute coordinate of the first point.
To delete existing drawing objects, you can either use the ERASE command or the Delete key.
Objects can either be selected before or after a command is entered.
To unselect a selected drawing object, press the Esc key. Sometimes it has to be pressed twice.

Lab Exercise 4-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-1

2D English

Inches

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-1 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Using the LINE command, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="174"] Figure Step 3A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="641"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can find the Insertion scale in the Units column in the table under the lab exercise title.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="498"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have trouble doing this, redo Module 3.

Step 6

Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="303"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Step 5 will insert a magenta colored overlay key on your drawing. If you see double objects or places where your objects and the magenta objects do not match, your drawing is inaccurate. If you only see one object, even though it may share the colors magenta and red, your drawing is accurate.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have trouble completing this drawing the first try, do not be concerned. Start it over again, from scratch, until you can complete it. The more practice you get drawing, the easier it will get. When you get to Module 8, you will be taught how to fix a drawing so that you do not have to start over.

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and can not complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

See Figure Hint 1. [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="574"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 4-2

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-2	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-2 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have trouble doing this, redo Module 3.

Step 6

Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

See Figure Hint 1. [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="574"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 4-3

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-3	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-3

2D English

Inches

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-3 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Using the LINE command, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_249" align="aligncenter" width="156"] Figure Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key.

Step 6

Save and close the drawing.

Module 5: Layers

jgray — Wed, 20 Jan 2021 23:46:01 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe AutoCAD's layering system.
Apply the LAYER command to create, toggle on/off, thaw/freeze, lock/unlock, select color, and set the current layer in the current drawing.

Layers

AutoCAD's layering system is one of its most important features. Layers allow you to organize, segregate, set the drawing object's color and linetype, control the visibility, and manage plotting of the drawing. Think of layering as being able to draw on transparent overlays with each overlay containing relevant or grouped objects as shown in Figure 5-1. When all of the overlays are stacked together as shown in Figure 5-2, you can see and work on all of them. At any time, while you are working on drawing or printing it, you can control the layer's visibly. [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Figure 5-1 Layers Seen as Overlays[/caption] There is no limit to the number of layers that can be created in an AutoCAD drawing. Layers can be named by you or you can allow AutoCAD to automatically name them. A color, linetype, lineweight, and plot style can also be assigned. In this module, only naming and assigning a color to layers will be taught. In addition to what was just discussed, the visibility of each layer can be controlled by toggling layers off or on and freezing or thawing them. A layer can also be locked to prevent objects on them from being modified. [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure 5-2 Stacked Layers[/caption]

AutoCAD's Special Layer

AutoCAD has a special layer, named 0 (the number zero). Each new drawing created in AutoCAD will automatically contain this layer. It cannot be deleted or renamed. The importance of layer 0 will be discussed further in future modules.

The Current Layer

The current layer is the layer that AutoCAD will place all newly created drawing objects on. One layer is current at all times. The current layer can be turned off but never frozen. You can change which layer is the current layer at any time.

ByLayer vs ByObject

AutoCAD assigns the color, linetype, and lineweight properties to drawing objects either ByLayer or ByObject. In the AutoCAD 2D book, all work is done ByLayer. An easy way for you to check if you are working ByLayer is to look at the first three boxes in Properties menu as shown in Figures 5-3 and 5-4. [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="439"] Figure Step 5-3 Home Ribbon[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="590"] Figure 5-4 Properties Toolbar[/caption] The three properties boxes should always display the words ByLayer as shown in the figure. Simply, ByLayer means that when a drawing object is inserted into the drawing or an existing drawing object is regenerated, it looks in the drawing’s database to see what color, linetype, and lineweight it should display. If it is set ByLayer, it checks what layer the drawing object resides on and displays the color, linetype, and lineweight assigned to that layer. Most company standards require the color, linetype, and lineweight properties of their drawings to be drawn Bylayer. It is important to know the different between a layer that is Off and a layer that is Frozen. A layer that is Off does NOT display but WILL regenerate. A layer that is Frozen does NOT display and will NOT regenerate. The importance of this will become apparent in future AutoCAD 2D modules. Study the following four properties and their symbols:

On/Off:

Toggles the drawing object's display on that layer on or off. In other words, visible or not visible.

Freeze/Thaw:

Toggles the layer to be frozen or thawed. The drawing objects on a frozen layer are not visible and do not regenerate. The objects on a thawed layer are visible and will regenerate.

Lock/Unlock:

Toggles the layer locked or unlocked. Drawing objects on a locked layer are visible but cannot be modified or deleted. Drawing objects on an unlocked layer are visible and can be modified or deleted.

Color:

Sets the color for the layer. All drawing objects on that layer, with the property ByLayer, will display the color assigned to the layer.

AutoCAD Command: LAYER

The LAYER command is used to open the Layer Property Manager window. Shortcut: LA [caption id="attachment_262" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Layer Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_262" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Format Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_262" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

MUST KNOW: The current layer can be turned off but CANNOT be frozen. To freeze it, set one of the other layers as the current layer.

WORKALONG: Working with Layers

Step 1

Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 05-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises

Step 3

Enter the LAYER command to open the Layer Properties Manager window. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Take note of layer 0 (zero). It exists in all AutoCAD drawings and cannot be deleted or renamed. The other two layers are part of the template drawings, ignore them for now. Note the Check Mark icon beside layer 0. This indicates it is the current layer.

Step 4

Click the small arrow in the upper right of the Filters area to close it. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="660"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can leave the Filter Area closed for the duration of this book. Layer filters are taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.

Step 5

Click the New Layer icon. AutoCAD will create a new layer and automatically name it: Layer1. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="473"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

Step 6

Rename the layer to: Object. (Figure Step 6.) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Set the color of layer: Object by clicking the color name white. This will open the Select Color dialogue box. Enable the Index Color tab. Select the color red by clicking it or enter the name in the Color box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="525"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="403"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

MUST KNOW: Unless otherwise instructed while working in the AutoCAD 2D book, select the colors from the Standard Color Palette in the Index Color tab as shown in the figure on the right. The colors included in this palette are the common colors and are named. White and black are the same color to AutoCAD. White will display black on a white background and black will display white on a black background.

Step 8

Click layer: Object to highlight it. Click the Set Current icon. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Green Check Mark icon in the Status column indicates that the current layer is Object as you can see in Figure Step 8B.

Step 9

Toggle the on/off, thaw/frozen, and lock/unlock properties of the layers by clicking the icons to match the figure. Close the window by clicking the X in the top left corner. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Once you have created the layers in the drawing, you can use the Layer toolbar menu, to change the current layer or to toggle the layer properties. This is much faster than using the Layer Properties Manager window. The Layer toolbar's display should always be enabled and located across the top left side of the Graphic window.

Step 10

Take note how the current layer will display in the Layer toolbar. In this case, it is Object. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Pull down the layer list by clicking the small triangle on the right side. Change the current layer to 0 by clicking the layer name. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 11B[/caption]

Step 12

Pull down the layer list again and this time toggle the layer properties so that all four layer are on, thawed, and unlocked. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Change the current layer to: Object. (Figure Step 13A and 13B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 13B[/caption]

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: It is important to know the difference between a layer that is Off and a layer that is Frozen. A layer that is Off does NOT display but WILL regenerate. A layer that is Frozen will NOT display and will NOT regenerate. This is important as you will learn as you work your way through the book.

USER TIP: To quickly set the current layer in the Layer Property Managers window, double click the Status icon beside the layer name as shown in the figures below.

MUST KNOW: AutoCAD does not know the difference between the colors black and white. On a black background, the color black will display white and on a white background, the color white will display black.

MUST KNOW: AutoCAD has a special layer named 0 (the number zero). Each new AutoCAD drawing will contain layer 0 . It cannot be deleted or renamed. It has other special attributes as you will see in future modules.

USER TIP: In Module 3, you were shown how to insert a key onto your drawing to check it's accuracy. The key resides on the layer Key. If you are required to work on your drawing after you inserted the key, toggle layer Key off. To re-check your drawing after you finish the editing, toggle layer Key on as shown in the figures below. [caption id="attachment_284" align="aligncenter" width="422"] Key Off[/caption] [caption id="attachment_284" align="aligncenter" width="435"] Key On[/caption]

MUST KNOW: The current layer is the layer that any newly created drawing object will reside on. It is important to always be aware of what the current layer is before creating drawing objects. The current layer cannot be frozen.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 5

AutoCAD's layering system is one of the most important AutoCAD features. Layers allow you to organize, segregate, set the drawing object's color, control the visibility, and manage plotting of the drawing.
The current layer is the layer that any newly created drawing object will reside on.
AutoCAD has a special layer named 0 (the number zero). Each new drawing created in AutoCAD will automatically contain layer 0. It cannot be renamed or deleted.
A layer that is Off, does NOT display but WILL A layer that is frozen does NOT display and will NOT regenerate.
The current layer can be turned off but not frozen.

Lab Exercise 5-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Object	All lines	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Create a new layer and name it: Object. Set its color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.

Step 4

Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="452"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="122"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can find the Insertion scale in the Units column in the lab exercise title.

Step 6

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="501"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have trouble doing this, redo Module 3.

Step 7

The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Step 6 will insert a magenta colored overlay key on your drawing. If you see double objects or places where your objects and the magenta objects do not match, your drawing is inaccurate. If you only see one object, even though it may share the colors magenta and red, your drawing is accurate.

Step 8

Pull down the layer list and turn layer: Key off. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="189"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you had made errors on the drawing you first have to turn layer Key off. Then you can make the changes to the drawing. After you make the changes, turn layer Key back on , as done in Step 9, to check the accuracy of your changes.

Step 9

Pull down the layer list and turn layer Key on. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

[caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="492"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Lab Exercise 5-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-2	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Object	All lines	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-2. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Create the layer: Object, color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.

Step 4

Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="504"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="154"] Figure Step 4B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can find the Insertion scale in the Units column in the lab exercise title.

Step 6

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="502"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="231"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

[caption id="attachment_300" align="aligncenter" width="581"] Figure Step Hint 1[/caption]

Module 7: Circles and Arcs

jgray — Wed, 27 Jan 2021 19:50:52 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the geometry of circles and arcs.
Apply the CIRCLE and ARC commands to draw circles and arcs.
Describe how to undo a command or redo an undo.

Geometry Lesson: Circles

A circle is defined as a closed curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point. The center point is a single XY coordinate. A circle is 360 degrees and can be divided into four quadrants. All points on a circle are at a given distance from is center point. The distance between any of the points and the center is called the radius. Study the drawings in Figure 7-1, 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4 for a description of the geometry of a circle. [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="393"] Figure 7-1 Geometry of a Circle - Part 1[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="381"] Figure 7-2 Geometry of a Circle - Part 2[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="374"] Figure 7-3 Geometry of a Circle - Part 3[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Figure 7-4 Geometry of a Circle - Part 4[/caption]

Geometry Lesson: Arcs

An arc is defined as an open curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point. Study the drawings in Figure 7-5 and 7-6.for a description of the geometry of an arc. [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="686"] Figure 7-5 Geometry of an Arc - Part 1[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="695"] Figure 7-6 Geometry of an Arc - Part 2[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: CIRCLE

The CIRCLE command is used to draw circles. Shortcut: C

[caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="373"] Draw Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="344"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="228"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: ARC

The ARC command is used to draw arcs. Shortcut: A

[caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Draw Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="371"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

MUST KNOW: When you are drawing arcs, it is best to specify the center point first and the start point second. The radius and the direction of the arc can be entered at the same time. Enter the angle or the end point to complete the arc. [caption id="attachment_320" align="aligncenter" width="345"] Figure 7-7 Constructing an Arc[/caption] Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C Specify center point of arc: 3,4 Specify start point of arc: @0,-2 (Specifying the radius and the direction for the start point.) Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A Specify included angle: 180 Command:

WORKALONG: Drawing Circles and Arcs

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 07-1.

Step 3

Create layer: Object, color red. Set it as the current layer. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Using the figures and what you already leaned, draw the two lines shown in Figure Step 4B. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="532"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="210"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw the two lines using the LINE command twice.

USER TIP: By default, AutoCAD draw arcs counterclockwise which is the positive arc angle. If you use the Angle option, AutoCAD allows you to draw an arc by entering a negative angle.

Step 5

Enter the ARC command, as shown below, to draw the arc. (Figure Step 5) Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C (If possible, always draw arcs starting with the center point first.) Specify center point of arc: 2.5, 5 (Enter the center point.) Specify start point of arc: @4,0 (Enter the start point. Here the trick is to give AutoCad the start point and the radius of the arc at the same time) Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A Specify included angle: 90 (Enter the angle of the arc. In this case, it is 90 degrees.) Command: [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="316"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

USER TIP: Arcs can be drawn in either counterclockwise or clockwise direction by holding down the CTRL key, while in the ARC command, to reverse the direction.

Step 6

Enter the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw the four circles to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3.5,6 (Since this is the first circle, enter an absolute coordinate for the center point.) Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D (Circles are usually dimensioned with diameters rather then a radius, enter D) Specify diameter of circle: 0.65 Command: CIRCLE (Press Enter or Space bar as that will repeat the last command.) Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @1,0 (Notice here, since AutoCAD always remembers the lastpoint, use an @. The lastpoint was the center of the first circle placed.) Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.3250>: D Specify diameter of circle <0.6500>: 0.75 Command: CIRCLE (Press Enter or Space bar as that will repeat the last command. Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0,1.5 (Use an @ from the center of the last circle drawn.) Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.3750>: D Specify diameter of circle <0.7500>: 1 Command: CIRCLE (Press Enter or Space bar. That will repeat the last command and save you entering it again.) Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @-1,0 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.5000>: D Specify diameter of circle <1.0000>: 0.5 Command: [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="186"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="186"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Drawing Circles Using the TTR Option

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 07-2.

Step 3

Create layer: Object, color red. Set it as the current layer. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Using the dimensioned drawing as a guide and what you already learned, use the LINE command to draw the four outside lines. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="550"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the 2 inch diameter circle. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P1 (Using the graphic cursor, move it on the top horizontal line. When the tangent snap icon appears, press the left mouse button.) Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P2 (Move the cursor on the vertical line. When the tangent icon appears, pick it.) Specify radius of circle <0.7000>: 1 (Enter the radius of the circle. Be careful, since circles are usually dimensioned in diameters you will have to divide it in half.) Command: [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: TTR means ' Tangent Tangent Radius '. Do not enter the P1 or P2 on the keyboard. They simply mean Pick 1 and Pick 2. To pick, move the Graphic cursor to the desired location, wait for the tangent Autosnap marker to display and when it dose, press the left mouse button.

Step 6

Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the 2.5 inch diameter circle. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P3 Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P4 Specify radius of circle <1.0000>: 1.25 Command: [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="285"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Keep in mind that you do not enter the P3 or P4 on the keyboard. They simply mean Pick 3 and Pick 4 of this workalong.

Step 7

Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the middle 2 diameter circle. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P5 Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P6 Specify radius of circle <1.2500>: 1 Command: [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: A very useful feature in AutoCAD is being able to undo a command or redo an undo. All of the commands in the current drawing session can be undone, one at a time. The last undo only can be reversed with a redo.To undo the last command, enter the U command, press CTRL+Z, or click the icon as shown in the figure on the right. Command: U If more then one U is entered, it will step back one command at time. This is useful if you made an error several commands earlier. Command: U Command: U Command: U Enter the REDO command, press CTRL+Y, or click the icon as shown in the figure on the right to redo the undo. The redo will undo the last undo only. Command: REDO

Drafting Lesson: Reading Dimensions for Circles and Arcs

Circles and arcs are dimensioned as follows: Circles are dimensioned with their diameter. For example: 2.0 DIA. Arcs are dimensioned with their radius. For example: 1.5 R When there is more than one circle of the same diameter, it is only dimensioned once. For example: 0.5 DIA., 4 PLACES Sometimes multiple arcs are dimensioned as typical (TYP.). For example: 2.0 R TYP. Typical simply means that there is at least one more arc of the same size. See Figure 7-8 [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="565"] Figure 7-8 Reading Dimensions[/caption]

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 7

A circle is 360 degrees and can be divided into four quadrants.
All points on a circle are at a given distance from is center point.
An arc is defined as an open curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point.
By default, AutoCAD draws arcs counterclockwise.
When drawing arcs it is best to specify the center point first, the start point that sets the radius second, and an angle to locate the endpoint third.
A very useful feature in AutoCAD is being able to undo a command or redo an undo.

Lab Exercise 7-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Object	All lines, circles and arcs	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing with the name shown above.

Step 3

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 4

Draw the object shown in the figure. In this drawing, all objects should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="137"] Figure Step 4A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="548"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 6

Check the drawing's accuracy with the key.

Step 7

If there are any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.

Step 8

Turn layer Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.

Step 9

Turn layer Key off.

Step 10

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES: The following steps are the construction technique suggested by the author to help you learn how to construct objects using AutoCAD. It is only the suggested method and if you can complete the drawing accurately using a different construction technique, that is what is important. You may want to compare your construction technique with the authors.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

(Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="476"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 7-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-2	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Object	All lines, circles and arcs	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing with the name shown above.

Step 3

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 4

Draw the object shown in the figure. In this drawing, all objects should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="140"] Figure Step 4A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.

Step 6

Check the drawing's accuracy with the key.

Step 7

If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.

Step 8

Turn layer: Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.

Step 9

Turn layer: Key off.

Step 10

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hints to help you.

Hint 1

Draw the two circles using the TTR option. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Draw the four smaller circles using the @ as shown below. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_347" align="aligncenter" width="385"] Figure Hint 2[/caption] Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 85,170 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D Specify diameter of circle: 10 Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @40,0 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>: Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0,20 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>: Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @-40,0 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>: Command:

Module 8: Object Snap

jgray — Wed, 27 Jan 2021 23:04:50 +0000

Learning Outcomes

Describe object snap, AutoSnap, and manual object snap modes.
List the object snap modes for a line, a circle, and an arc.
Apply the OSNAP command to set the object snap modes for AutoSnap.
Describe how to enable and disable object snap and its importance when creating drawings.
Use object snap to complete drawings.

Object Snap

Object snap allows you to immediately locate and attach to predefined object snap modes (locations) on existing drawing objects. All drawing objects have at least one object snap mode. In this module, the object snap modes for the drawing objects line, circle, and arc are taught. Many more will be taught throughout the AutoCAD 2D book. Using object snap allows you to draw quickly and accurately using the existing geometry in the drawing. This is done without having to know the coordinate locations of those objects. Object snap is one of the most important features in any CAD system. Study Figure 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3. They show the object snap modes and their locations for a line, a circle, and an arc. A line has 3 snap mode locations that can be snapped to while circles and arcs have 5 each. When requested, AutoCAD can find and snap to these exact locations. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Figure 8-1 Object Snap Modes for a Circle[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="655"] Figure 8-2 Object Snap Modes for a Line[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Figure 8-3 Object Snap Modes for an Arc[/caption]

AutoSnap

AutoSnap is a visual aid to help you see and use object snap modes (locations) more efficiently. It allows you to set the object snap modes that AutoSnap will find automatically when object snap is enabled. Object snap can be enabled or disabled anytime by pressing F3. While a command is active, AutoSnap displays a marker and a tool tip when the cursor is moved over an object snap mode location that it has been set to find. In Figure 8-4, AutoSnap is indicating that it found the endpoint of the line. Note that the Graphic cursor does not have to be located exactly at the endpoint of the line. It only has to be close. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="171"] Figure 8-4[/caption]

Geometry Lesson: Finding the Center of a Square or Rectangle

Using geometry, the center of a square or a rectangle can easily and accurately be located without knowing its size or doing any math. To do this, either one of the following methods can be used.

Method 1

Step 1

Draw a construction line between any two diagonal corners by snapping to the endpoints.

Step 2

The midpoint of the construction line that you inserted in Step 1 is the center of the square or rectangle.

Step 3

In this step, a circle is inserted at the midpoint of the line. The circle is located exactly in the center of the square or rectangle. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="174"] Method 1[/caption]

Method 2

Step 1

Draw a line between the midpoints of two opposite sides of the rectangle or square.

Step 2

Draw another line between the midpoint of the other opposite sides of the rectangle or square.

Step 3

The midpoint of either line and the intersection of the two lines is the center of the rectangle or square. Actually, one line would have been enough to find the center. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="174"] Method 2[/caption]

Geometry Lesson: Using Construction Objects

The best way to construct most drawings is to draw construction objects as an aid. There will be more and more drawings like this in future lab exercises. Construction objects are objects that are drawn by you to be used for construction only and will not be part of the finished drawing. It is important to save those objects for later use or to see how the construction was preformed. From this point forward, in all workalongs and lab exercises, create a layer and name it Construction, color 253. Draw all construction objects on this layer and do not delete them. When you complete the drawing, freeze layer Construction. When required, simply thaw layer Construction to display the construction objects. See Figure 8-5. The drawing on the left has layer Construction thawed while the drawing on the right has layer Construction frozen. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure 8-5
Construction Objects[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Some drawings do not require any construction objects to be drawn while others have a lot.

Using Construction Objects

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There are many ways to draw using AutoCAD and it seems that each CAD operator has his/her own drawing method. There is no right or wrong way to draw as long as the drawing is complete and accurate. Layers are used extensively by companies to keep the drawings standardized and consistent within the company. Layers are also used when plotting the drawings to achieve lineweight as you will see later in the AutoCAD 2D book. I recommend using a construction layer. The construction layer contains drawing objects that are used to construct the object being drawn but in the end are not part of the actual drawing itself. After you complete the drawing, freeze the construction layer so it cannot be seen by others. If in the future, you have to make revisions to the drawing simply thaw the construction layer and use the construction objects. That means you do not have to redraw them, which will save you time. Some drawings do not have any construction objects while other have a lot of them. As an AutoCAD instructor, it also help me to see how student's are constructing drawings. This is especially true for online students. When I cannot observe a student drawing, I use the construction layer to help me see the student's drawing techniques. When I draw in AutoCAD, I draw all objects on the layer Construction and complete the drawing. After I complete the drawing, I change the layers of the objects I want to be part of the finished drawing. The objects that remain on layer Construction are the construction objects. There are many ways to draw and each person has to choose his/her method that works the best for them. As you work your way through the book, you will learn many techniques and drawing methods. Over time, you will develop your own method of drawing that suits you best

AutoCAD Command: OSNAP

The OSNAP command is used to open the Drafting Settings dialogue box which allows you to set object snap mode defaults for Autosnap. The function key F3 toggles osnap off and on. Shortcut: OS [caption id="attachment_359" align="aligncenter" width="285"] Tools Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_359" align="aligncenter" width="194"] Right click Status Bar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_359" align="aligncenter" width="468"] Left click Status Bar[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using Object Snap

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 08-1.

Step 3

Create layer: Object, color red and layer: Construction, color 253. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the OSNAP command to open Drafting Settings dialogue box.

Step 5

Step 4 will open the Drafting Settings dialogue box. Enable the Object Snap tab. In the Object Snap modes area, enable the modes to match the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="483"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Autosnap is now set to look for the object snap modes Endpoint, Midpoint, Center, Quadrant, Intersection, and Extension. These settings can be changed at anytime. I do not suggest enabling too many or all of the snap modes at one time as this may cause confusion when drawing.

Step 6

Enable object snap by pressing the function key F3. Notice how the Object Snap icon in the Status bar will display enabled as shown in Figure Step 6A. Press F3 again and note how the Object Snap icon displays disabled as shown in Figure Step 6B. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="526"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="524"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

Step 7

Set layer: Construction as the current layer. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, enter the LINE command and draw the 4 lines to form the outer rectangle. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="549"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="234"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Since layer Construction is the current layer, the lines in your drawing should be colored gray.

Step 9

Press F3 to enable object snap. Check to ensure that it is enabled by checking its status in the Status bar.

Step 10

Enter the LINE command and move the cursor on the top horizontal line. Move it approximately to the midpoint of the line. When the AutoSnap marker displays the midpoint icon and the tool tip, pick it. Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that each object snap mode marker displays a different icon. For midpoint, it is a triangle.

Step 11

Move the cursor to the bottom horizontal line and do the same as Step 10. Press Enter to exit the command. You now have a vertical line from the midpoint of the top line to midpoint of the bottom line. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="234"] Figure Step 11B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that you do not have to have Graphic cursor exactly at the object's snap mode location. As long as the AutoSnap marker is displayed when you pick it, AutoCAD will snap exactly to that location. It takes a little practice to using object snap.

Step 12

Enter the CIRCLE command. To locate the center of the circle, move the cursor to the midpoint of the vertical line that you drew in Step 11. When the midpoint icon and the tool tip displays, pick it. Enter a D, for diameter, and then 0.75 to complete the circle. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The circle is located exactly in the center of the rectangle.

Step 13

Enter the LINE command and for the first point snap to the center of the circle. For the second point, snap to the endpoint in the top right corner. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, and 13C) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="254"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="323"] Figure Step 13B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="234"] Figure Step 13C[/caption]

USER TIP: The function key F3 toggles object snap enabled, or disabled. Although there are other ways to do this, try to get into the habit of using F3 as it will greatly improve your drawing speed.

Step 14

Repeat Step 13 three additional times to draw 3 lines from the center of the rectangle to each of the corners of the rectangle. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Enter the CIRCLE command. For the center location of the circle, snap to the midpoint of one of the diagonal lines. Enter the radius of 0.125 or the diameter of 0.25. (Figure Step 15A and 15B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="249"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 15B[/caption]

Step 16

Repeat Step 15 three times to draw a circle at the midpoint of each inclined line. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Enter the LINE command and for the first point, snap to the top quadrant of the top left circle. For the second point, snap to the top quadrant of top right circle. (Figure Step 17A, 17B, and 17C) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 17A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure Step 17B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 17C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Zoom in on the drawing if you have to snap to the quadrant.

Step 18

Repeat Step 17 three additional times to draw 3 more lines. Ensure that you snap to the quadrant of the circle to locate the end of each line. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

Step 19

Without entering a command, individually select the objects that you want to reside on layer Object. While the objects are selected, pull down the Layer toolbar list and click layer: Object. After you select the name, click inside the Graphic window and then press Esc to clear the selected objects. (Figure Step 19A and 19B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 19A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 19B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The objects you selected in Step 19 should display red. If they do not display red, redo Step 19. This process is a little tricky so it may have to practice it a few times to complete it successfully.

Step 20

Pull down the layer list again and freeze layer: Construction. Your drawing is complete and should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20A and 20B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="503"] Figure Step 20A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="239"] Figure Step 20B[/caption]

Step 21

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: Whenever possible, disable object snap. When it is enabled at the wrong time during the drawing process, it can cause drawing problems. It is important to use object snap whenever necessary, but it is also important to disable it when you do not require it. It can be toggled enabled or disabled with the F3 key.

Manual Object Snap Modes

Object snap modes can be entered manually inside any command that uses them. This can be a handy feature for modes that are not used very often and are not enabled in AutoSnap. It also overrides the current settings to force AutoCAD to find the snap mode you entered. i.e. Command: LINE Specify first point: end of (Inside the LINE command, you must start the next line at the end of an existing Line. Instead of using AutoSnap, enter the mode end on the keyboard to AutoCAD's prompt. When a line is picked, AutoCAD will snap to the closest endpoint on that line.) or Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: mid of (In the CIRCLE command, the snap mode mid is entered and AutoCAD responds of. Pick an existing object and AutoCAD will snap to its midpoint.)

USER TIP: When manually entering object snap modes, the Object Snap toolbar can be used rather than typing the object snap modes. A tool tip will open as you pass your cursor over each icon to see which mode each one represents. [caption id="attachment_388" align="aligncenter" width="450"] Object Snap Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_388" align="aligncenter" width="236"] Right Click Status Bar[/caption]

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 8

Object snap is one of the most important features in any CAD system. Use object snaps to quickly and accurately draw using existing geometry in the drawing.
The function key F3 toggles object snap between enabled or disabled.
Use geometry and object snap rather than math to find the centers of squares or rectangles.
Disable object snap when you are not using it.
Draw construction objects on layer Construction and freeze that layer after you complete the drawing.
You can override or force AutoCAD to snap to an object snap location on an object by manually entering the osnap mode in the command line.

Lab Exercise 8-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object 1	All lines and arcs	Red
Object 2	All circles	Blue

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 3

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. In this drawing, place the lines and arcs on layer: Object 1 and the circles on layer: Object 2. Lines and arcs should display red and the circles should display blue. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="260"] Figure Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 5

Check the drawing's accuracy with the key.

Step 6

If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.

Step 7

Turn layer Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.

Step 8

Turn layer Key off.

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Use object snap modes and snap to as many locations as possible rather then entering XY coordinates on the keyboard. (Figure Hint 1) Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C Specify center point of arc: (end) P1 Specify start point of arc: (end) P2 Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A Specify included angle: 60 Command: [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Use object snap modes and snap to as many locations as possible rather then entering XY coordinates on the keyboard. (Figure Hint 2) Command: LINE Specify first point: (end) P3 Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P4 Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="212"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

There should be two construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="254"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Lab Exercise 8-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-2	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-2

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object 1	All lines and arcs	Red
Object 2	All circles	Blue

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above. [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="306"] Figure Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 3

Draw the object shown below using the layering scheme. In this drawing, place the lines and arcs on layer: Object 1 and the circles on layer: Object 2. The lines and arcs should display red and the circles blue. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.

Step 6

If you have any errors, turn layer Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.

Step 7

Turn layer Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.

Step 8

Turn layer Key off and freeze layer: Construction

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

The arcs on the corners can be drawn using the command shown below. (Figure Hint 1) Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C Specify center point of arc: (end) P1 Specify start point of arc: @-1.5,0 (This sets the radius and the direction of the start point.) Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: (end) P2 Command: (Repeat on the other three corners. Keep in mind that arcs are constructed counterclockwise in AutoCAD.) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="395"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

The arcs on the sides can be drawn using the command shown below. (Figure Hint 2) Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C Specify center point of arc: (mid) P3 Specify start point of arc: (mid) P4 Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: (mid) P5 (Do the same on the other side. Ensure that you construct the arc counterclockwise.) Command: [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

The figure shows the construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Lab Exercise 8-3

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-3	N/A	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-3

N/A

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object 1	All lines and arcs	Red
Object 2	All circles	Blue

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-2.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save it with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-3.

Step 3

Turn off all the layers except for layer: Key. If the magenta key from Lab 08-2 displays, select it and press the delete key. Turn all of the other layers back on.

Step 4

Complete the object by adding and erasing objects to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="273"] Figure Step 4B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 6

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.

Step 7

If you have any errors, turn layer Key off and correct them.

Step 8

Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Locate the larger circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="607"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Locate the smaller circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

The figure shows the construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="595"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Lab Exercise 8-4

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-4	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-4

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Gasket	All drawing objects	Blue

Step 1

Draw the top view of the simple gasket shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 1A
Simple Gasket[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_409" align="aligncenter" width="307"] Figure Step 1C
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 3

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

Module 9: Controlling the Drawing

jgray — Sat, 30 Jan 2021 22:46:43 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the drawing terms; limits, extents, scale, units, and regeneration.
Apply the ZOOM, PAN, REGEN, and VIEWRES commands and explain how you use them to control the drawing.

Controlling the Drawing

To control the drawing and improve your drawing speed, it is important for you to understand the drawing terms; limits, extents, scale, units, and regeneration and how they relate to the current drawing.

Drawing Limits

An AutoCAD drawing has an unlimited amount of model space available to draw in. The drawing limits are a user defined rectangular or square shape of 2D model space. The size of the drawing limits can be changed, as required, at anytime. Drawing limits were important before layouts were added to AutoCAD in AutoCAD 2000. They are not that important to AutoCAD 2000 and newer users but are still part of the software. [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="200"] Figure 9-1 The Drawing Limits[/caption]

Drawing Extents

The drawing extents is defined as the smallest rectangle that will fit around all existing drawing objects in the current drawing that are visible (on a thawed layer). It is possible to draw outside the drawing limits and therefore objects that are outside the limits may not be visible in the normal drawing display. By being able to display the drawing extents, all visible (thawed) drawing objects that exist in the current drawing will display in the Graphic window. Being able to display the drawing extents is very important. Since Model space is very large, objects are sometimes placed, by accident, somewhere out in space. If this happens in a drawing, it can severely derogate the performance of the drawing. Sometimes the only way to work on a drawing that is derogated is to find the erroneous objects and delete them. They can easily be found by displaying the drawing extents. [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="212"] Figure 9-2 The Drawing Extents[/caption]

Drawing Scale

The general rule for all AutoCAD drawings is to always draw the object at full scale or full size. Scaling is done in the viewports in the layouts. This is taught in Module 18.

Drawing Units

AutoCAD drawings are unitless. If a unit of 1 is entered into a drawing and the units selected by the creator for that drawing are inches, then 1 means 1 inch. From that point forward all units entered into that drawing must be entered as inches. In another drawing, the operator creating the drawing picks the units to be millimeters. All numbers entered in that drawing must be entered in millimeters. To sum up, when a drawing is first started, the creator must make a decision as to what units will be used for that drawing. From that point on, all numbers entered into that drawing must be entered in those units.

Zooming

Zooming is the process of moving the drawing objects closer or further away from your eyes without actually changing the size of the objects or their location in model or paper space. It is an important tool for you and is used extensively in the drawing process. Drawings can be very large and therefore you must be able to zoom in to be able to see in greater detail and zoom out again to work on the overall drawing. The most efficient method to zoom a drawing is to locate the Graphic cursor in the center of the area to be zoom and then rotate the wheel on the mouse forward or backward. While the AutoCAD command ZOOM can be also used to zoom the drawing, using the wheel to zoom will greatly increase your drawing speed.

Panning

Panning is the process of moving the existing drawing objects around the Graphic window without actually physically moving any of the drawing object's current location in model or paper space. The most efficient method to pan a drawing is with the wheel on the mouse. Press and hold the wheel down and them move the mouse to pan the drawing. A Pan Hand cursor will replace the Graphic cursor when you hold the mouse wheel down. While the AutoCAD command PAN can be used to pan the drawing, using the wheel will greatly increase your drawing speed.

Regenerating the Drawing

AutoCAD stores all existing drawing objects and their properties in a database format in the .dwg file. When a drawing is opened, AutoCAD reads the .dwg file and constructs the drawing objects, one at time, displaying them in the Graphic window. There are times when working on a drawing that it must be reconstructed from the .dwg file. This is called regeneration. The command used to do this is REGEN. There are many reasons for regeneration and they will become clear in future modules. Since some commands do not automatically regenerate, it is up to you to manually execute the REGEN command to force the display of any changes that happened when those commands was executed.

AutoCAD Command: ZOOM

The ZOOM command is used to move the existing drawing objects closer or farther away from the user's eyes without changing the drawing object's physical size. Shortcut: Z [caption id="attachment_416" align="aligncenter" width="381"] View Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_416" align="aligncenter" width="443"] Zoom Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_416" align="aligncenter" width="374"] Zoom Toolbar[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have a mouse with a wheel as the center button, you can use it to zoom in and out of your drawing by first locating the Graphic cursor in the center of the area to be zoomed and then rotating the wheel forward or backward. While the AutoCAD command ZOOM can be used to zoom the drawing using the wheel will greatly increase your drawing speed. If you don't have a wheel mouse, you must use the ZOOM command and its options to accomplish the same thing.

AutoCAD Command: PAN

The PAN command is used to move the drawing objects around the Graphic window without physically moving them. Shortcut: P [caption id="attachment_418" align="aligncenter" width="379"] View Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_418" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Standard Toolbar[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you have a mouse with a wheel as the center button, you can use it to pan your drawing by holding wheel down and moving the mouse. While the AutoCAD command PAN can be used pan the drawing using the wheel will greatly increase your drawing speed. If you don't have a wheel mouse, you must use the PAN command and its options to accomplish the same thing.

AutoCAD Command: LIMITS

The LIMITS command is used to set the drawing limits. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_419" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Format Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: REGEN

The REGEN command is used to reconstruct the drawing objects from the .dwg file and display them in the Graphic window. Shortcut: RE [caption id="attachment_420" align="aligncenter" width="238"] View Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: VIEWRES

The VIEWRES command sets the number of vectors that AutoCAD uses when it displays circles and arcs in the Graphic window. Shortcut: none

MUST KNOW: AutoCAD drawings are unitless. The creator of the drawing makes the decision of what units will be used for that drawing. From that point forward, all numbers entered in that drawing must be in those units.

MUST KNOW: The general rule for all AutoCAD drawings is to draw the object at full scale or full size. Scaling is done in the viewports in the layouts.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The only objects AutoCAD can construct in any drawing are lines and points. Circles and arcs are constructed using many lines connecting two XY coordinate points that are calculated each time the drawing is regenerated. The more lines AutoCAD uses to construct the circles and arcs, the smoother or more circular they will display. The VIEWRES command sets the zoom percentage of the lines that AutoCAD uses when it constructs or regenerates the circles and arcs in the drawing. When VIEWRES is set to 20000, the maximum, the circles and arcs will appear very smooth. On the other hand, it will take AutoCAD much longer to calculate that many points for each circle and arc in the drawing. You have to take all of this into account when you are setting the viewres for the drawing.

WORKALONG: Using the LIMITS, ZOOM, PAN, REGEN, and VIEWRES Commands

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 08-1.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 09-1.

Step 3

Enter the ZOOM Extents command, as shown below. The drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) Command: ZOOM Specify corner of window, enter a scale factor (nX or nXP), or [All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Previous/Scale/Window/Object] : E Command: [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I find it easier to enter the ZOOM Extents command on the keyboard. It is fast if you use the shortcuts Z and E.

Step 4

Practice zooming the drawing in and out by rotating the wheel on the mouse.

Step 5

Move the crosshairs to approximately the center of the object and push the middle wheel down and hold it. A Hand icon will replace the crosshairs. While holding the wheel down, pan the drawing around.

Step 6

Enter the ZOOM Extents command to zoom the drawing to its extents. Step 7 Enter the LIMITS command, as shown below, to set the drawing limits. Command: LIMITS Reset Model space limits: Specify lower left corner or [ON/OFF] <0.0000,0.0000>: Specify upper right corner <12.0000,9.0000>: 8.5,11 Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is always best to set the lower left corner of the drawing limits to 0,0. Doing that, help keeps the drawing objects in the positive quadrant. In other words, both X and Y are positive.

Step 8

Use the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw a 1 diameter circle with its center at X20,Y22. Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 20,22 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D Specify diameter of circle: 1 Command:

Step 9

Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="369"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Use the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw a 1 diameter circle with its center at X-35,Y-35. Command: C CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: -35,-35 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D Specify diameter of circle: 1 Command:

Step 11

Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="396"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Notice how the ZOOM Extents command zooms the drawing so that it displays all of the existing objects in the drawing.

Step 12

Delete the two circles that you inserted in Steps 8 and 10. Enter the ZOOM Extents command again. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the VIEWRES and REGEN commands, as shown below. (Figure Step 13) Command: VIEWRES Do you want fast zooms? [Yes/No] : Y Enter circle zoom percent (1-20000) <2000>: 20000 Command: REGEN Regenerating model [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Always answer Yes to fast zooms in the VIEWRES command. The circles will now display using 20,000 vectors. Since the VIEWRES command does not automatically regenerate the drawing, the REGEN must be executed after it to reconstruct the drawing objects to display the new resolution.

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: Since the ZOOM Extents command is used a lot during the drawing process, there is a shortcut to execute this command. Move the cursor to somewhere on the Graphic window and double click the wheel or middle button on the mouse.When attempting to find all the existing objects by displaying the drawing extents, ensure that all layers are thawed and on.

USER TIP: If you have a mouse with a wheel as the center button, use it to zoom in and out of the drawing by rotating the wheel forward or backward. Using the wheel to zoom, rather than commands, will increase your drawing speed. If your computer is not equipt with a wheel mouse, you must use the ZOOM command.The wheel can also be used to pan the drawing. Move the crosshairs to the part of the drawing to be panned and press down on the wheel. A Pan Hand icon will display as the Graphic cursor. While holding down the wheel, move the mouse to pan the drawing. Using the wheel to pan will also increase your drawing speed. If your computer does not have mouse with a center wheel, you must use the PAN command.

MUST KNOW: At times, the current drawing must be regenerated from the .dwg file. Drawing regeneration is accomplished with the REGEN command. If you are in doubt about the current appearance of the drawing, you should regenerate it.

USER TIP: The ZOOM Previous command allows you to step back through the previous zoomed states. This allows you to quickly zoom in on an object, draw or edit, and then return back to the previous zoomed state. [caption id="attachment_427" align="aligncenter" width="676"] Zoom Previous[/caption] [caption id="attachment_427" align="aligncenter" width="385"] View Pull-down[/caption]

USER TIP: The ZOOM Extents command is a very important command and if used when required, can prove to save you a lot of time and effort. When you are opening a drawing for the first time, especially one that was drawn by someone other than you, the first thing you should do is to ensure that all layers are on and thawed. Then execute the ZOOM Extents command. Doing this will display all existing drawing objects in the Graphic window which will show you the size and scope of the drawing before you begin working on it.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not use a calculator to complete any lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book. By using geometry principles, drawing techniques, object snapping, and construction objects, AutoCAD will do all the math for you.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 9

The drawing extents is the smallest rectangle that will fit around all the existing drawing objects in the drawing.
Always draw all objects in Model space at full size or full scale.
AutoCAD drawings are unitless. The operator who creates the drawing makes the decision what units will be used for that drawing.
When a drawing is regenerated, AutoCAD reconstructs the drawing from the .dwg file. Drawings regenerate when they are opened but you can force an open drawing to regenerate with the REGEN command.

Lab Exercise 9-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-1	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-1

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 2

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="692"] Figure Step 2A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not use a calculator to complete this lab exercise or any other lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book. By using geometry principles, drawing techniques, object snapping, and construction objects, AutoCAD will do all the math for you.

[caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="310"] Figure Step 2B
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Figure Step 2C
Detail[/caption]

Step 3

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.

Step 4

Check the drawing's accuracy with the key.

Step 5

If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing.

Step 6

Turn layer: Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.

Step 7

Turn layer: Key off.

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

See the figures. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="530"] Figure Hint 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="686"] Figure Hint 1B[/caption]

Hint 2

Construction lines for circle B. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="332"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

Construction to draw circle D. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="361"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Hint 4

Construction objects in the drawing. (Figure Hint 4) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="251"] Figure Hint 4
Construction Lines[/caption]

Lab Exercise 9-2

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-2	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-2

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 2

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A and 2B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This is a very small object. You will have to zoom in to work on it.

[caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="577"] Figure Step 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="120"] Figure Step 2B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 3

Set the viewres to 10,000 and regenerate your drawing.

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.

Step 6

If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing.

Step 7

Turn layer: Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.

Step 8

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Draw two construction lines from end of arc to end of arc as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Draw two circles locating their centers at the midpoint of the construction lines that you drew in Hint Step 1. Construction an arc from center of the circle on the right side to the center of the circle on the left side. Draw a circle at the midpoint of the arc. (Figure Step Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

Erase the construction arc you drew in Hint Step 2. Draw a construction arc from the center of the circle to the center of the circle. Draw a circle at the midpoint of the arc. You will have to repeat this three more times. (Figure Hint 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="549"] Figure Hint 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure Hint 3B[/caption]

Hint 4

Insert four construction lines from the end of arc to the end of arc. Draw a construction line from the midpoint of line to midpoint of line on both sides. (Figure Hint 4) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="303"] Figure Hint 4[/caption]

Hint 5

Draw a circle at the midpoint of the line on both sides. Erase the construction line and draw a new construction line from the quad of the circle to the midpoint of the line. It is important to draw from the quad to the midpoint. Insert a circle at the midpoint of the line. Erase the construction line and repeat as shown in the figures. (Figure Hint 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="661"] Figure Hint 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_446" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint 5B[/caption]

Module 10: Drawing Lines Using Polar Coordinates

jgray — Tue, 02 Feb 2021 22:50:13 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the geometry of angles.
Describe the Polar Coordinate System.
Apply the LINE command to draw lines using the Polar Coordinate System.

Geometry Lesson: Angles

An angle is formed by two intersecting lines. When measuring an angle in a drawing, AutoCAD defines zero degrees at 3:00 o'clock with the positive angle in the counterclockwise direction and a negative angle in the clockwise direction. Study angle geometry in Figure 10-1, 10-2, and 10-3. These principles are used extensively to construct drawings in AutoCAD. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 10-1 Angles - Part 1[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 10-1 Angles - Part 2[/caption] All angles are express in either positive or negative degrees. AutoCAD will accept either. Since positive is the default, the positive sign does not have to precede the number but a negative angle must be preceded by the negative sign. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 10-3 Angles - Part 3[/caption]

WORKALONG: Working With Angles

Step 1

Study Figure 10-1, 10-2, and 10-3. Using what you learned and without drawing in AutoCAD, find the answers for the angles A to M. After you find a solution to all of the angles, check your answers with the solutions at the end of the module. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="375"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="490"] Figure Step 1C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is sometime easier to sketch the figure and calculate the angle using paper and pencil.

[caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="370"] Figure Step 1D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1E[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="259"] Figure Step 1F[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="349"] Figure Step 1G[/caption]

The Polar Coordinate System

The Polar Coordinate System is a two-dimensional coordinate system in which each point on a plane is determined by a distance from a reference point and an angle from a reference direction. In AutoCAD, you use it when you are given a distance and an angle from a known coordinate location. All angles are measured with 0 degrees at 3:00 o'clock. The angles are positive in the counterclockwise direction and negative in the clockwise direction. See Figure 10-4. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 10-4 The Polar Coordinate System[/caption] A polar coordinate is entered into AutoCAD as a distance, a less than symbol, and an angle. In all cases, the @ symbol must precede the distance. i.e. @6<45 means ' from the last point, go 6 units at an angle of 45 degrees, positive, starting at 3 o'clock '. AutoCAD always assumes positive as default, therefore, the positive sign can be omitted. i.e. @5<-60

WORKALONG: Using the Polar Coordinate System - Part 1

Workalong and complete the following steps to solve the angles and polar coordinates. If necessary, use paper and pencil. Do not use AutoCAD.

Step 1

Study the figure and solutions for numbers 1 to 6. Solve the answers for numbers 7 to 11. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="537"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The answers are at the end of the module. Do not look at the answers until you think you have correctly solved each one.

Object A Solution:

1. Find the polar coordinate A TO B:	@2<0
2. Calculate the first angle:	180 - 150 = 30 degrees
3. Find the polar coordinate B TO C:	@2<30
4. Copy the 30 degree angle to the next corner.
5. Calculate the second angle:	180 - 110 = 70 degrees
6. Add the two angles:	30 + 70 = 100
7. Find the polar coordinate C TO D:	@ <
8. Copy the angle 100 to the next corner.
9. Calculate angle DD:	DD =
10. Find angle EE:	EE =
11. Find the polar coordinate D TO E:	@ <

Step 2

Study the figure and find the solutions for numbers 1 to 11. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="621"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The answers are at the end of the module. Do not look at the answers until you think you have correctly solved each number.

Object B Solution:

1. Find polar coordinate A TO B	@ <
2. Calculate angle AA:
3. Find polar coordinate B TO C	@ <
4. Copy angle AA to the next corner
5. Calculate angle BB
6. Find angle CC
7. Find polar coordinate C TO D	@ <
8. Copy angle CC to the next corner
9. Calculate angle DD
10. Find angle EE
11. Find polar coordinate D TO E	@ <

WORKALONG: Using the Polar Coordinate System - Part 2

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 10-1.

Step 3

Create layers: Object and Construction. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Set layer: Object as the current layer and enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object. (Figure Step 4A) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="357"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] Command: L Specify first point: 2.5,4.5 (Start with an absolute Cartesian Coordinate.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @3<0 (A to B is a horizontal line which is zero degrees.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<90 (B to C is a vertical line at 90 degrees.) (Figure Step 4B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="606"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Refer to the dimensioned drawing in Figure Step 4 when you construct this drawing and try to understand the polar coordinates that you are entering.

Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<45 (C to D is 45 degrees positive.) (Figure Step 4C) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="448"] Figure Step 4C[/caption] Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1.5<100 (D to E) (Figure Step 4D) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="530"] Figure Step 4D[/caption] Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<180 (E to F is a horizontal line at 180 degrees.) (Figure Step 4E) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="424"] Figure Step 4E[/caption]

MUST KNOW: AutoCAD measures angles starting with 0 degrees at 3:00 o'clock. Positive angles are measured in the counterclockwise direction and negative angles are measured in the clockwise direction.

Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<225 (F to G) (Figure Step 4F) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Figure Step 4F[/caption] Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1.5<165 (G to H) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C (Use Close for H to A) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command: (Figure Step 4G) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="507"] Figure Step 4G[/caption]

Step 5

Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="653"] Figure 10-5 Object Snap Mode - Intersection[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the Object Snap Mode - Intersection

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 10-2.

Step 3

Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4A[/caption]

Step 4

Refer to the figures and enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw four construction lines. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) Command: L LINE Specify first point: 2,5 Specify next point or [Undo]: @4<0 Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<90 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<90 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @3<180 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<180 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<270 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="213"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how I drew the rectangle by drawing lines from endpoint to endpoint of the object's geometry. This workalong is teaching you a drawing technique that will help you improve your drawing speed.

Step 5

Ensure that osnap is enable and then draw an additional construction line by snapping to the endpoint of the existing line and 1 unit in the -X direction. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="302"] Figure Step 5B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="213"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As I commented in Step 4, I drew the rectangle by drawing lines from endpoint to endpoint of the object's geometry. In this step, I can now snap to endpoint of line that is 2 inches long. Even though you cannot see the endpoint of the line, osnap will find it easily by move the graphic cursor over the line.

Step 6

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the LINE command and enable osnap. Draw the perimeter lines of the object by snapping to the endpoints of the construction lines. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, and 6J) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="242"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="312"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="332"] Figure Step 6C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="265"] Figure Step 6D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 6E[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 6F[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 6G[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="258"] Figure Step 6H[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="215"] Figure Step 6J[/caption]

Step 7

On layer: Construction , draw two construction lines by snapping to the endpoint of the existing lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="215"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Enter the CIRCLE command and draw a 1 diameter circle locating its center point by snapping to intersection of the two construction lines you drew in Step 7. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="249"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="215"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]

Step 9

Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 10

The Polar Coordinate System is used to draw lines using a distance and an angle from a known coordinate location.
By default, an AutoCAD polar coordinate measures angles starting 0 degrees at 3:00 o'clock.
In a polar coordinate, positive angles are measured counterclockwise and negative angles are measured clockwise.
A polar coordinate is entered into AutoCAD as a distance, a less than symbol, and an angle. In all cases, the @ symbol must precede the distance.

Lab Exercise 10-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	Lines	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme.

Step 3

Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="152"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Fig Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.

Step 6

If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.

Step 7

Turn layer: Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.

Step 8

Turn layer: Key off.

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints. If you get stuck and can not complete it on your own, use the following hints to help you.

Hint1

See the figure for the polar coordinates. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="482"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Draw the line from J to I by snapping to the endpoints. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="375"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

The solutions to the angles at G and F are shown in the figures. (Figure Hint 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="388"] Figure Hint 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="410"] Figure Hint 3B[/caption]

Lab Exercise 10-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-2	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	Lines	Red

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme.

Step 3

Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="479"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="202"] Figure Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.

Step 5

Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.

Step 6

If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.

Step 9

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

See the figure for the polar coordinates. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 10-3

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-3	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-3

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Angle Bracket	All drawing objects	Blue

Step 1

Draw the front view of the angle bracket shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)

Step 2

All objects should be on layer Angle Bracket and display blue. [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure Step 1A
Angle Bracket[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="396"] Figure Step 1C
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 3

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints.

Hint 1

This figure shows my construction drawing objects. Your construction drawing objects do not have to match as there are may ways to construct an object. I use circles rather an arcs, whenever possible, as they are easier to construct. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_507" align="aligncenter" width="346"] Figure Hint 1[/caption] Angle A = 40 degrees Angle B = 125 degrees Angle C = 150 degrees Angle D = 30 degrees Angle E = 215 degrees Angle F = 35 degrees Angle G = 75 degrees Angle H = 105 degrees Angle J = 135 degrees Angle K = 120 degrees Angle L = 211 degrees Angle M = 324 degrees

Object A Solution:

1. Find the polar coordinate A TO B:	@2<0
2. Calculate the first angle:	180 - 150 = 30 degrees
3. Find the polar coordinate B TO C:	@2<30
4. Copy the 30 degree angle to the next corner.
5. Calculate the second angle:	180 - 110 = 70 degrees
6. Add the two angles:	30 + 70 = 100 degrees
7. Find the polar coordinate C TO D:	@3<100
8. Calculate angle DD:	180 - 100 = 80 degrees
9. Find angle EE:	100 + 80 = 180 degrees
10. Find the polar coordinate D TO E:	@2<180

Object B Solution:

1. Find polar coordinate A TO B	@3<0
2. Calculate angle AA:	180 - 135 = 45 degrees
3. Find polar coordinate B TO C	@3<45
4. Copy angle AA to the next corner
5. Calculate angle BB	180 - 105 = 75 degrees
6. Find angle CC	45 + 75 = 120 degrees
7. Find polar coordinate C TO D	@2<120
8. Copy angle CC to the next corner
9. Calculate angle DD	180 - 120 = 60 degrees
10. Find angle EE120 + 60 = 180 degrees
11. Find polar coordinate D TO E	@3<180

Module 12: Fillets

jgray — Thu, 04 Feb 2021 19:04:48 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe tangency and explain how to locate the point of tengency.
Describe a fillet.
Apply the FILLET command to construct fillets between two drawing objects.
Describe the object snap mode Tan.
Apply the LINE command using the object snap mode Tan to draw lines tangent to arcs and circles.

Geometry Lesson: Tangency

A point of tangency is the theoretical point where a line joins an arc, two arcs join each other, or two circles join each other making a smooth transition. A line is tangent to a circle or an arc when it passes touching only one point on the circle or arc. The tangent point is located where a line drawn perpendicular from the center of the circle or arc touches the line. Study Figure 12-1. [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="645"] Figure 12-1
Tangency - Part 1[/caption] A fillet is a tangent arc. A tangent arc must be tangent at both ends where it connects to existing lines or arcs. Figure 12-2 shows five examples of fillets. [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="584"] Figure 12-2
Tangency - Part 2[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: FILLET

The FILLET command is used to draw a tangent arc. It inserts an arc tangent to the two existing drawing objects selected in the command. Shortcut: F [caption id="attachment_519" align="aligncenter" width="414"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_519" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_519" align="aligncenter" width="289"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the FILLET Command

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-1.

Step 3

Create layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Object as the current layer. [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4A[/caption]

Drawing Outside the Box

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Up to this point in the book, you have been drawing lines knowing the exact location and length of the lines. In this module, you will learn how to draw lines without knowing their exact length. You must know the exact start point of the line and the line's direction. You guess at its length either drawing it longer or shorter than its actual length. It is best to draw it longer. You then trim or extend the lines to their exact length using the FILLET command. This workalong will teach you how to do this.

Step 4

Using the LINE command and referring to the figures, draw the 6 lines to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="234"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Using the LINE command, draw the vertical line. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="335"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: To draw this line, you must know its start point. Figure Step 5B shows how I solved the start point of the line. Since you don`t know the exact length of the line, guess at the length and try to draw it longer. I drew it 3.5 inches. Ensure you understand how I solved for the start point.

Step 6

Using the LINE command, draw the inclined line. First you have to solve the angle. Guess at the length and try to make it longer. After you know the angle and the length, snap to end point of the existing to start the line. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="528"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Figure Step 6B shows the three steps I used to solve the angle of the line. Draw it longer than required since you don`t know its exact length. I drew it 2.0 inches long.

Step 7

Using the principles you just learned, use the LINE command to draw the two lines on the left side of the object. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Enter the FILLET command, as shown below, and select the two vertical lines to insert the fillet (tangent arc). (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C) Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = NOTRIM, Radius = 0.5000 Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: T Enter Trim mode option [Trim/No trim] : T Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: Command: (This commands simply sets the FILLET command to trim objects when filleted. You only have to do this the first time you use the FILLET command or if you re-set it to NOTRIM.) Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000 Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick left vertical line) Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick right vertical line) Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: Command: [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="393"] Figure Step 8A Figure Step 8B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Figure Step 8C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When the lines selected in the FILLET command are parallel, AutoCAD will automatically calculate the radius of the arc for you, regardless of the current radius setting. Note how the radius is set to zero in this example.

Step 9

Enter the FILLET command, as shown below, to insert a 0.5 radius fillet between the two lines. (Figure Step 9A. 9B, and 9C) Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000 Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R Specify fillet radius <0.0000>: 0.5 (Set the radius for the fillet.) Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick right vertical line) Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: (Pick the horizontal line) Command: [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="573"] Figure Step 9A Figure Step 9B Figure Step 9C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Since this fillet is inserted between lines that are not parallel, you must set the radius of the fillet. In this case, 0.5.

Step 10

Using what you learned in Step 9, insert the 0.5 radius fillet on the other side to match the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Using what you learned in Step 9 and 10, insert the two 0.75 radius fillets on top left and right corners. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="221"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you set the radius in the FILLET command to 0.75 before you select the lines to fillet.

Step 12

Insert the four 1.0 radius fillets to match the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="220"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the CIRCLE command and draw 1.0 diameter circle by snapping to the center of the arc to locate the its center. The completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 13A and 13B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="198"] Figure Step 13B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The circle and arc share the same center point. Ensure that AutoSnap is set to locate centers and Osnap is enabled. Use the CIRCLE command and snap to the center of the arc to locate the center of the circle.

Step 14

Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="642"] Figure 12-3
Object Snap Mode - Tangent[/caption]

WORKALONG: Drawing Tangent Lines

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-2.

Step 3

Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set Layer: Construction as the current layer.

Step 4

Referring to the figures, draw the 2 radius circle with its center at 10,10. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="468"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="152"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Using polar coordinates, enter the LINE command, two times, to draw two construction lines. Start each line starting at the center of the circle and ending at the center of the other two circles. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="224"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Draw circles locating their centers at the endpoints of the lines you drew in Step 5. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw a line tangent to the two circles. Enter the TAN object snap mode manually by typing it in on the keyboard. (Figure Step 7) Command: LINE Specify first point: TAN to P1 Specify next point or [Undo]: TAN to P2 Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="376"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Notice how you have to enter TAN for both ends of the line. It is a very common error to forget to enter it at the second end. Do not use AutoSnap, enter them manually by typing TAN on the keyboard and then press Enter. Note the AutoSnap marker when AutoCAD is finding the tangent location on the circle.

Step 8

Using what you learned in Step 7, enter the LINE command and draw a line tangent to the two circles as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="368"] Figure Step 8[/caption] Command: LINE Specify first point: TAN to P3 Specify next point or [Undo]: TAN to P4 Specify next point or [Undo]: Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note the AutoSnap Marker icon that displays when you use the TAN object snap mode.

Step 9

Using what you just learned, insert the two tangent lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="222"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Using the FILLET command, insert a 3.0 radius fillet as shown in the figures. (Figure Step 10A , 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="242"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

Step 11

Change the layer of the objects from layer: Construction to layer: Object to match the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="244"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="244"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Insert a 2.0 radius fillet to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_548" align="aligncenter" width="246"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Drawing Construction Techniques

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-3.

Step 3

Create layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.

Step 4

Referring to the figures, enter the LINE command and draw the lines shown in the figures in two steps. (Figure 4A, 4B, and 4C) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="472"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="467"] Figure Step 4B Figure Step 4C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw the vertical line on the left side any length over 4 inches. The length is not important at this time.

Step 5

Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw two lines. (Figure Step 5) Command: L Specify first point: (end) P1 Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<150 (Since you don't know the length of the line, draw a line of any length at the correct angle.) Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: L Specify first point: (end) P2 Specify next point or [Undo]: @3<210 (Draw any length line at the correct angle.) Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="412"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the FILLET as shown below. Set the radius to 0 to create perfect corners. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.3500 Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R Specify fillet radius <0.3500>: 0 (Set the radius to zero.) Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P3 Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P4 Command: F (F is the shortcut for the command FILLET.) Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000 Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P5 Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P6 Command: [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="589"] Figure Step 6A Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By setting the fillet radius to zero, the FILLET command will trim the lines to create perfect corners.

Step 7

Change the layer of the necessary lines to reside on layer: Object. Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="218"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: To insert an arc at the end of two parallel lines, use the FILLET command.Regardless of what radius is currently set in the FILLET command, AutoCAD will draw a tangent arc using the one-half distance between the lines as the radius. The lines do not have to be the same length. Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0 (Notice how the radius is set to zero. It can be any size.) Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P1 (The first line you pick will retain it's original length and the second one will be trimmed or extended.) Select second object: P2 Command [caption id="attachment_554" align="aligncenter" width="589"] Before[/caption]

USER TIP: By setting the radius of the FILLET command to zero, the FILLET command will square the lines to make a perfect corner. The lines can be too short or too long or a combination of the two as shown in the figure on the right. [caption id="attachment_555" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Before After[/caption]

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 12

Point of tangency is the theoretical point where a line joins an arc, two arcs join each other, or two circles join each other making a smooth transition.
A fillet is a tangent arc. To construct a fillet, use the FILLET command. The rule of thumb to follow is ' If the arc you are drawing is tangent to both objects it is connecting to, use the FILLET command. If the arc is tangent to one or neither of the objects, use the ARC command '.
Use the LINE command and the TAN object snap mode to draw lines tangent to two circles or arcs. Make sure that you apply it to both ends of the line.
By setting the radius of the FILLET command to zero, the FILLET command will square two lines to make a perfect corner.

Lab Exercise 12-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	Lines, circle and arcs	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="289"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

The dashed line shown in the dimensioned drawing indicates that the lines should be constructed tangent to the small circle from the circles on either end of the object. After the lines are inserted tangent to both circles, you can then insert the fillet. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="330"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 12-2

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	Lines, circles and arcs	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines

[caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Draw a construction line from the midpoint of the line across the bottom of the slot 95 units in the positive Y direction. Draw a circle with its center at the end of the line. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Since you don't know the exact length of the lines shown in the figure, draw them any length but in the correct direction. When you insert the fillets, the line will automatically be trimmed. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_564" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Module 13: Object Properties

jgray — Fri, 05 Feb 2021 21:29:53 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe object properties, linetype, and linetype scale.
Describe how to assign and edit linetypes ByLayer and set their linetype scale.
Apply the PROPERTIES and LTSCALE commands to display and edit properties of drawing objects and set the linetype scale of objects.
Describe how to select objects using a pick, a window, and a crossing window.

Object Properties

[caption id="attachment_637" align="alignright" width="269"] Figure 13-1
Properties of a Line[/caption] AutoCAD stores all existing objects and their properties in a database file called the drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name that you assigned to the drawing and AutoCAD automatically assigns the extension .dwg. The drawing file stores all existing drawing objects along with the properties of each object in a database. The drawing objects that have been taught up to now are lines, circles, and arcs. Figure 13-1 displays the properties of a line. When an existing drawing is opened, AutoCAD reads the drawing file and uses it to construct the objects from the database and displays the objects in the Graphic window. The REGEN command does the same thing for the current drawing. The PROPERTIES command opens the Properties window. Properties of existing drawing objects can be modified using commands or they can be edited in the Properties window. It is faster and easier to edit the properties in the Properties window but not all of the properties can be edited using it. AutoCAD grays the boxes of the properties that cannot be changed in the window. See Figure 13-1. Without entering a command, one or more objects in the current drawing can be selected using the pick box. The selected object(s) will highlight and the data will appear in the Properties window. If more then one object is selected, only the properties which are common to all of the selected objects will display. To unselect objects, press the Esc key. Figure 13-2 shows the Properties window where only one line was selected by the user. This can be seen in the box located in the top left corner of the window. This box will display what object(s) is currently selected and its properties are displayed below in the window. [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="269"] Figure 13-2
The Properties Dialogue Box[/caption]

Linetypes

A linetype is a repeating pattern of dots, dashes, text, objects, or blank spaces displayed on a drawing object. Up to this point in the book, the default linetype Continuous has been assigned to all objects. See Figure 13-3. A continuous linetype displays solid. In this module, linetypes will be assigned ByLayer. The template files that you are using are only loaded with the Continuous linetype. Before a linetype can be assigned to a layer, it must be loaded into the current drawing's database. All loaded linetypes will remain in the drawing file for future use. If required, they can be purged out of the drawing file. Purging is taught in Module 34. [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure 13-3
Continuous Linetype[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: PROPERTIES

The PROPERTIES command opens the Properties window. Shortcut: CTRL+1 [caption id="attachment_573" align="aligncenter" width="714"] Standard Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_573" align="aligncenter" width="527"] Tools Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_573" align="aligncenter" width="269"] Properties Window[/caption] [caption id="attachment_573" align="aligncenter" width="218"] View Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: LTSCALE

The LTSCALE system variable is used to set the global linetype scale for the drawing. Shortcut: LTS

MUST KNOW: The AutoCAD drawing file contains all of the data that relates to the drawing in a database. When an existing drawing is opened, AutoCAD uses the drawing file to construct the drawing objects in the Graphic window. When the current drawing is saved, AutoCAD updates the drawing file. AutoCAD adds the extension .dwg to the user assigned drawing name. For example, if you name the drawing House Plan, AutoCAD will name the file House Plan.dwg, when the file is saved.

MUST KNOW: Before AutoCAD displays the linetype on a drawing object, it multiplies the scale factor set in LTSCALE times the linetype scale property that is assigned to the drawing object. For example, if the LTSCALE is set to 5 and the drawing object's linetype scale property is set to 2, AutoCAD will display the object with the linetype scale of 10. In other words, it will display the linetype 10 times larger then its normal display. It is best to set the LTSCALE to 1 and set the drawing object's linetype scale property to the setting to display the desired linetype and that makes it easier for you to set the linetype scale. For example, if the LTSCALE is set to 1 and the objects linetype scale property is set to 10, AutoCAD will display the drawing object with the linetype scale of 10 or 10 times its normal display.

USER TIP: The Quick Properties window will open automatically when a drawing object is double clicked with the left mouse button. This saves you one step when editing or inquiring about the object's properties.

WORKALONG: Working with Linetypes and Linetype Scales

Step 1

Start a new drawing using template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 13-1.

Step 3

Open the Layer Properties Manager window and create the layers: Hidden, Object 1, and Object 2. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_576" align="aligncenter" width="588"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Click layer: Hidden to select it. Select Continuous. This will open the Select Linetype dialogue box. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_576" align="aligncenter" width="615"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As you can see, the only linetype currently loaded in the drawing is Continuous.

Step 5

Click the Load button to open the Load or Reload Linetypes dialogue box. The name in the File box will be one of the following: (Figure Step 5). ACAD.LIN - English ACADISO.LIN - Metric [caption id="attachment_576" align="aligncenter" width="443"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There is an english and a metric linetype file. The template that was used to start the drawing dictates the file that the dialogue box will display.

USER TIP: It easier to load all the linetypes into your current drawing rather then selecting them individually. To do this, click any linetype to select it and then press Ctrl+A. This will select all linetypes.

Step 6

Scroll down until you find the linetype: DASHDOT. Select it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="442"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

While holding down the Ctrl key, scroll down until you find the linetypes: HIDDEN and PHANTOM2. Select them. They will highlight as shown in the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 7). [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="442"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You must hold the Ctrl key down to select more then one linetype at the same time.

Step 8

The linetypes you selected in Step 7 will display in the Select Linetype dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="444"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There are now 4 linetypes loaded in this drawing.

Step 9

In the Layer Properties Manager window, click layer: Hidden and click the linetype: Continuous. In the Select Linetype dialogue box, select the linetype: HIDDEN and then click OK. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="486"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Using what you just learned, change the linetype for layer: Object 1 to linetype: DASHDOT and layer: Object 2 to the linetype: PHANTOM2. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="588"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Change the colors of the layer: Hidden to blue and layer: Object 1 to red to match the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="588"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Draw three 2-inch diameter circles on layer 0 locating their centers at the coordinates shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="352"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Open the Properties window and select the top left circle. While it is selected, change it to layer: Hidden as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="559"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Select the center circle. In the Properties window, change it to layer Object 1. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="550"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Select the bottom right circle. In the Properties window, change it to layer: Object 2. Your drawing should now appear as shown in figure. (Figure Step 15A and 15B) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="607"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="346"] Figure Step 15B[/caption]

Step 16

Select the top left circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 0.750. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="493"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Select the middle circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 0.500. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="577"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

USER TIP: Understanding and using object properties to edit and inquire about drawing objects is very important to your drawing speed and production. Whenever possible, use the Properties window to edit objects rather than using AutoCAD commands to do the same thing.

Step 18

Select the bottom circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 1.500. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="494"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can see that by changing the Linetype scale property of the object, It changes it's appearance.

Step 19

Enter the LTSCALE system variable as shown below and ensure that it is set to 1. Command: LTSCALE Enter new linetype scale factor <1.0000>: Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If it is not set to 1, enter 1 to the prompt.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If possible, always leave the LTSCALE system variable set to 1.

Step 20

Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_592" align="aligncenter" width="331"] Figure Step 20[/caption]

Step 21

Save and close the drawing.

Selecting Objects

After entering a command that requires you to select one or more objects, AutoCAD will display the Select object: prompt. To draw faster, it is important for you to be able to select objects in the most time efficient method since many commands require object selection. There are many methods of selecting objects and they will be taught in future module. In this module, the pick, window, and crossing window methods are taught. See Figure 13-4. [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="781"] Figure 13-4 Selecting Objects Using Pick, Window, and Cross Window[/caption]

WORKALONG: Selecting Objects

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 13-2.

Step 3

Enter the ERASE command as shown below. When you are prompted to Select objects, select the circle with the pickbox and press the Enter key. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) Command: ERASE Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is important to understand that when you select objects by selecting them with the pickbox, only one object is selected per pick. If there are more then one circle with the same diameter at the same location, there would still be a circle remaining after you execute the ERASE command.

Step 4

Enter the ERASE command. When prompted to Select objects, select two locations to form a window. You must select the locations on opposite corners from left to right. A window is colored blue and has a solid line around it. Press Enter to execute the command. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A window must be selected from left to right and will select only the objects that are located totally inside the window. In this case, the arc. The lines that are not totally inside the window will not be selected.

[caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="226"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is important to understand that when you select objects using a window, all of the objects that are totally inside the window are selected. If there is more then one arc with the same radius at the same location, all of them would also be erased.

Step 5

Enter the U command to undo that last command. The arc you just erased will redisplay on the drawing. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

MUST KNOW: It is very important to understand how objects are selected. If you use the pick method to select the objects, AutoCAD will select only one object, even though two or more objects are located exactly at the same location. If you select the objects using either the window or cross window method, AutoCAD will select all of the objects, even though two or more objects are located exactly at the same location.

Step 6

Enter the ERASE command. When you are prompted with the Select objects prompt, select two locations moving from right to left. The two locations must be the opposite corners of the crossing window. Press Enter to execute the command. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A crossing window must be selected from right to left and will select all of the objects that the window crosses and all of the objects that are located totally inside the crossing window. In this case, the arc and the two lines.

Step 7

Enter the U command as many times as required to display the drawing as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Without entering a command and using what you learned earlier, place a window as shown in the figure. All of the objects that are totally inside the window will highlight and display grips. Press the Delete key to delete the objects. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="757"] Figure Step 8A Figure Step 8B Figure Step 8C[/caption]

Step 9

Enter the U command to undo that last command. The arcs and line you just erased will redisplay on the drawing.

Step 10

Without entering a command and using what you learned earlier, place a crossing window as shown in the figure. All of the objects that cross the window and all of the objects that are totally inside the window will be selected and display grips. Press the Delete key to delete the objects. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

Step 11

Enter the U command to undo that last command.

Step 12

Save and close the drawing.

Geometry Lesson: A Compound Fillet

A compound fillet is two or more tangent arcs used to create a continuous curve. Study Figure 13-5. Note the small dashed line. It is a drafting standard to indicate that the 3 R (Radius) arc is tangent to the line and small circle as shown in Step 1. The 1 R tangent arc is then inserted tangent to 3 R arc and the large circle as shown in Step 2. Since they are tangent arcs, you would use the FILLET command, two times, to draw them. [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="410"] Figure 13-5
A Compound Fillet[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="675"] Step 1 Step 2[/caption]

USER TIP: Always leave the setting for LTSCALE to 1 and set the drawing object's linetype scale property to the setting to display the desired linetype.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 13

AutoCAD stores all existing drawing objects and their properties in a database file called the drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name with the extension .dwg.
A linetype is a repeating pattern of dots, dashes, text, objects, or blank spaces displayed on the object. It is an appearance only and does not change the object in any way.
The individual linetype scale property multiplies the scale factor it is set to times the existing scale factor of the global linetype scale (LTSCALE). It is best to set LTSCALE to 1 at all times.
If you use the pick method to select the objects, AutoCAD will select only one object, even though two objects are exactly located at the same location. If the same objects are selected using either the window or cross window method, AutoCAD will select all objects even if they are at the exact same location.

Lab Exercise 13-1

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_612" align="aligncenter" width="277"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

See the following step:

Step 1

Draw the lines, circles and arcs as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint Step 1) [caption id="attachment_612" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Draw two horizontal lines, of any length, starting at the ends of the arc on the left. (Figure Hint Step 2) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Insert a 1 radius fillet between the horizontal line and the circle. (Figure Hint Step 3) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Hint Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Insert a 2 radius fillet between the two circles on the top right and another one between the horizontal line and circle on the bottom left. (Figure Hint Step 4) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Hint Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Insert a 3 radius fillet between the two circles on the bottom right. (Figure Hint Step 5) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Hint Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Using the Properties window, change the layer of the arcs to layer: Object. (Figure Hint Step 6) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Hint Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Hint Step 7) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure Hint Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Using the FILLET command, insert three fillets, using the applicable radius, between the arcs. (Figure Hint Step 8) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="295"] Figure Hint Step 8[/caption]

Lab Exercise 13-2

Time allowed: 20 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-2	N/A	N/A

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-2

N/A

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color	Line Type
Outline	Outline of object	Red	Phantom 2
Circle	Full circles	Green	Border 2
Slot	The slot	Blue	Dashed 2

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-2.

Step 3

Open the Layer Property Manager window and change the linetypes of the layers to match the layering scheme shown above.

Step 4

Using the Properties window, change the layers of the objects to match the layering scheme shown above.

Step 5

Change the linetype scale of each object to match the figure. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will have to guess at the linetype scale and then adjust it. Do your best to match the figure, by eye, as closely as you can.

Lab Exercise 13-3

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-3	2D Metric	Millimeters

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-3

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Hint 1

See the following steps:

Step 1

Draw the lines and circles as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint Step 1) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Enter the FILLET command and set the radius to 400. For the first object, select the large circle on the left. For the second object, select the middle circle on the right. (Figure Hint Step 2A, 2B, and 2C) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 2B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 2C[/caption]

Step 3

Using what you learned in Step 2, insert the compound bottom fillet. You will have to change the radius to 500. (Figure Hint Step 3) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the FILLET command and set the radius to 150. For the first object, select the fillet inserted in Step 2. For the second object, select the large circle on the right. Figure Hint Step 4A, 4B, and 4C) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 4C[/caption]

Step 5

Using what you learned in Step 4, insert the fillet on the bottom. (Figure Hint Step 5) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Insert a 25 radius fillet between the circles on the left. (Figure Hint Step 6) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Change the layer of the fillets to layer: Object. (Figure Hint Step 7) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Hint Step 8) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Insert two 15 radius fillets between the arcs on the left. (Figure Hint Step 9) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint Step 9[/caption]

Lab Exercise 13-4

Time allowed: 20 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-4	N/A	N/A

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-4

N/A

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color	Line Type
Circles	All circles	Blue	Dashed
Arcs	All arcs	Magenta	Phantom

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-3.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-4.

Step 3

Open the Layer Property Manager window and change the linetypes of the layers to match the layering scheme shown above.

Step 4

Using the Properties window, change the layers of the objects to match the layering scheme shown above.

Step 5

Change the linetype scale of each object to match the figure. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_637" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will have to guess at the linetype scale and then adjust it. Do your best to match the figure, by eye, as closely as you can.

Module 14: Trimming and Extending

jgray — Mon, 08 Feb 2021 22:05:08 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the geometry of regular polygons.
Apply the TRIM and EXTEND commands to shorten and lengthen drawing objects at selected cutting edges.

Geometry Lesson: Regular Polygons

A polygon is defined as any plane figure bounded by straight lines. A regular polygon is a polygon that has equal angles, equal sides, and can be inscribed or circumscribed around a circle. AutoCAD has a command to automatically construct polygons and it will be taught in a future module. For now, it is important for you to be able to construct polygons using geometry. The first nine regular polygons are shown in Figure 14-1. [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 14-1
Regular Polygons[/caption] Any regular polygon can be inscribed in or circumscribed around a circle as shown, using a hexagon, in Figure 14-2. [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="470"] Figure 14-2
Inscribed and Circumscribed Regular Polygon[/caption] It is important to understand and know the geometry involved to construct a triangle, square, hexagon, and octagon as shown in Figure 14-3. Study each one and try to understand how they are constructed and the angles used to construct them. [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 14-3
Geometry of Four Regular Polygons[/caption] The following are the steps used to draw a hexagon in an AutoCAD drawing. See Figure 14-4.

Step 1

Draw 6 lines on layer Construction from the center to each corner, 60 degrees apart.

Step 2

Draw six lines snapping from the end of one line to the end of the next line.

Step 3

Turn layer Construction off. [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 14-4
Drawing a Hexagon[/caption]

Trimming and Extending

Not every object can be drawn using exact coordinates or locations as has been taught to this point in the book. There are times where it is essential that objects be drawn to approximate lengths and sizes and then trimmed or extended to their exact size and location. This does not mean that you can guess at the size and location of the objects. Objects must still be drawn with 100 percent accuracy. The length can be approximated and then adjusted using the TRIM or EXTEND commands. These two commands are a big part of you becoming more productive. In AutoCAD 2021 there have been changes to the Trim and extend commands and the default settings will not produce the expected results in the following tutorials. The default MODE setting, QUICK, will give access to the [cutting edges/Crossing/mode/Project/erase] options, which should be set as explained later in this tutorial. Then, as a last step, the mode should be set to standard. This will produce the expected behavior of TRIM and EXTEND. If you do not see the above options, set the MODE to Quick, make the setting changes and then restore the MODE setting to Standard.

USER TIPS: With both the TRIM and EXTEND commands, a very common beginner's error is picking the wrong objects first. Always select the cutting edge object(s) first, press the Enter or Space next, and then select the objects to be trimmed or extended.

AutoCAD Command: TRIM

The TRIM command is used to shorten objects to meet the edges of other objects. It is not required for the object being trimmed to intersect with the object forming the cutting edge. Shortcut: TR [caption id="attachment_646" align="aligncenter" width="428"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_646" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_646" align="aligncenter" width="261"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: EXTEND

The EXTEND command is used to lengthen objects to meet the edges of other objects. It is not required for the object being extended to intersect with the object forming the cutting edge. Shortcut: EX [caption id="attachment_649" align="aligncenter" width="528"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_649" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_649" align="aligncenter" width="291"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the TRIM and EXTEND Commands

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 14-1.

Step 3

Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.

Step 4

Using the figures as a reference, enter the LINE command, as shown on the below, to draw the construction lines shown in Figure Step 4B. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] Command: L Specify first point: 2.5,4.5 Specify next point or [Undo]: @1,0 Specify next point or [Undo]: @2,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,4 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-3,0 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<220 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command: L Specify first point: (end) P1 Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,5 Command: L Specify first point: (end) P2 Specify next point or [Undo]: @1<145 (The length of this line can be any length but the direction must be accurate. I purposely drew it shorter to demonstrate the EXTEND command.) Command: [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Notice how the object is drawn with a series of construction lines that go from point to point on the object rather than from corner to corner. This is done so that the endpoints of the lines can be used as snap point later in the construction.

Step 5

Enter the TRIM command as shown below. (Figure Step 5). Command: TRIM Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=None Select cutting edges ... Select objects or : P3 1 found Select objects: P4 1 found, 2 total (These lines are the cutting edges.) Select objects: (Press enter or space.) Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P5 Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P6 (These are the lines to trim. Select the line close to the end to be trimmed.) Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the EXTEND command, as shown below, to extend the line to top line in object. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: EXTEND Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend Select boundary edges ... Select objects or : P28 1 found Select objects: P29 1 found, 2 total Select objects: (Press enter or space.) Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P30 Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P31 Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the TRIM command, as shown below, to create the bottom arc. (Figure Step 13A and 13B) Command: TRIM Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend Select cutting edges ... Select objects or : P38 1 found Select objects: (Press enter or space) Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P39 Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="231"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]

Step 15

Change the layer of the objects that you want to reside on layer: Object. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1097" align="aligncenter" width="233"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Freeze layer: Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_689" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: The Edge option in the TRIM and EXTEND commands should always be set to Extend as shown below. Step 5 will show you how to set it. See also the 2nd paragraph in the notes on Trim an Extend. Command: TRIM Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend

USER TIP: The TRIM and EXTEND commands areinterchangeable. If you enter either command, you can change over to the other command by holding down the Shift key. i.e. Command: TRIM (See Figure Step 1.)

Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=None

Select cutting edges ...Select objects or : P11 1 found Select objects: (Press enter or space.) Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]: P12 Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="263"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The construction line was drawn from center to center and then extended to the circumference of the circle to locate the tangent point for the arc to be inserted. A line between centers locates the tangent point of the arcs.

Step 11

Draw a circle snapping to the center of the large circle for its center location and snapping to the intersection of the construction line and the lower circumference of the small circle for the radius. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="278"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If possible, always show AutoCAD a measurement instead of entering the number on the keyboard. Always snap to exiting geometry when you do this.

Step 12

Using the same principle that you learned in Step 11, insert the other two circles. Ensure that you snap one circle to the center of the small circle and the other to the intersection of the tangent line and circle circumference. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 12A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Circles were used rather then arcs because it is easier to draw circles than arcs. Once the circle is drawn, it can easily be trimmed to complete the arc. This is a much faster drawing technique.

[caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: In Step 11 and 12, you are showing AutoCAD the radius of the circles by snapping to the intersection of the construction line and circle. Whenever you can, always show AutoCAD and distance rather then typing it on the keyboard.

Step 13

Draw a circle locating its center at the intersection of the large circle's centerline and the horizontal construction line. (Figure Step 13) Command: C Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (int) P15 Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: .25 Command: [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="392"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Using what you already learned, trim the circles to complete the slot. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="363"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw a line from the center of the larger circle and snapping perpendicular to the inclined line. (Figure Step 15) Command: L Specify first point: (cen) P16 Specify next point or [Undo]: perp to P17 (It is much faster to type in the osnap mode perp then setting it in Autosnap.) Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Using what you already learned, offset the lines to create top feature. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="312"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Trim the lines to complete the top cutout. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

Step 18

Change the layer of the objects to layer: Object. Freeze layer: Construction to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="296"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

Step 19

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 15

The OFFSET command is a very useful command. When used at the right times, it will improve your drawing speed and change the way you construct objects in AutoCAD.
When a drawing object is offset, the newly constructed offset drawing object will reside on the same layer as the original object, regardless of the current layer.
The ID command can be used to established a known reference point or an @. The reference point can then be used, in the next command, to measure from.

Lab Exercise 15-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name	Template	Units
AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1	2D English	Inches

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="341"] Figure Step 1B Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check the drawing's accuracy.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Draw the line perpendicular to inclined line and then offset the inclined line. Draw a circle with its center located at the intersection of the lines. Offset the perpendicular line using the radius of the circle as the distance and trim. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="575"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Insert offset lines as construction lines to locate the centers of the three circles. Then draw the lines tangent to the circles. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="120"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

The figure shows the construction lines. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="439"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Lab Exercise 15-2

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check the drawing's accuracy.

Step 3

Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

[caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="212"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

See the figure and the following seven steps: [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 1

Draw a construction line from the center of the bottom circle to the center of the upper circle.

Step 2

Extend the line to the upper circumference of the circle.

Step 3

Draw circles using the intersection of the tangent line and circle to show AutoCAD the radius.

Step 4

Draw the bottom circle at the intersection of the construction circle and line.

Step 5

Trim the circles.

Step 6

Draw the inner circles.

Step 7

Offset the arcs and trim to complete. (Figure Hint 1)

Lab Exercise 15-3

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-3

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Door	All lines	Blue

Step 1

Set the LIMITS as follows: The lower left corner to: 0.0,0.0 The upper right corner to: 100,150

Step 2

Enter the ZOOM Extents command.

Step 3

Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C) [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="120"] Figure Step 3B Exterior Door[/caption] [caption id="attachment_743" align="aligncenter" width="150"] Figure Step 3C
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 4

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

Module 17: Inquiry and Measurement

jgray — Thu, 18 Feb 2021 02:37:29 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the geometry of a right angle triangle.
Describe a point, point styles, and object snap mode node.
Apply the system variable SNAPANG to rotate the graphic cursor.
Apply the ORTHO, POINT, DIVIDE, and MEASURE commands.
Apply the UNITS, DIST, and PROPERTIES commands to set the display units, make inquiries about drawing objects, measure distances, and angles.

Geometry Lesson: A Right Angle Triangle

Figure 17-1 and 17-2 show the geometry of a right angle triangle. Understanding this theory will help you to complete your AutoCAD drawings. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 17-1
Geometry of a Right Angle Triangle[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 17-2
Geometry of a Right Angle Triangle[/caption]

Geometry Lesson: Using Circles to Measure

When a measurement is required along an inclined line as shown in Step 1, Figure 17-3, the OFFSET command cannot easily be used to make that measurement. The best method of making the measurement is by drawing a construction circle with a 1 unit radius. Use the end of the inclined line as the center location for the circle. All points on the circumference of the circle will be the radius distance (1 unit) from the center of the circle as shown in the Step 2. Draw the 0.60 diameter circle locating its center at the intersection of the construction circle and the inclined line as shown in the Step 3. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="671"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Figure 17-3
Using Circles to Measure[/caption]

Points

A point is an AutoCAD drawing object that is one pixel in size. Its only geometry property is one XY coordinate.

Point Style

Since a point is nothing more then one pixel in size, it will not display very well in the drawing. If it is located under an existing drawing object, it will not be visible at all. Points can be set to display with an assigned style to make them easier to see and use. The point style for the current drawing is set with the Point Style dialogue box. To open the Point Style dialogue box, select Point Style in the Format Pull-down menu, See Figure 17-4 and 17-5. The size of the points can be set relative with the screen size or an absolute size. To display the points style at the correct size, when the point size is set relative to the screen, the drawing must be regenerated using the REGEN command. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Figure 17-4
Point Style[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure 17-5
Point Style Dialogue Box[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="750"] Figure 17-6
Object Snap Mode - Node[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: POINT

The POINT command is used to insert a point. Shortcut: PO [caption id="attachment_759" align="aligncenter" width="502"] Draw Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_759" align="aligncenter" width="331"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_759" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

Rotating the Crosshairs

The crosshairs can be rotated to any angle. Its default rotation angle is 0 degrees, as shown in Figure 17-7. When the rotation angle is 0 degrees, the X axis is horizontal and the Y axis is vertical. There are times when it can be very helpful if the crosshairs are rotated to an angle other than 0 degrees, as shown in Figure 17-8. The SNAPANG system variable is used to set the rotation angle of the crosshairs. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure 17-7
Crosshairs in The Normal Position Rotated 0 degrees[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Figure 17-8 Crosshairs Rotated 45 degrees[/caption]

MUST KNOW: It can be very confusing if SNAPANG is set to 90, 180, or 270 degrees since the crosshairs looks just like the default or 0 degrees. You can check its setting by entering the SNAPANG system variable on the command line and ensure it is set to 0.

The DIVIDE Command

The DIVIDE command is used to divide a drawing object by inserting points on the object at calculated XY locations. It does not change the object in any way, it simply inserts points on it. It is important that the current layer is set to layer Construction when the DIVIDE command is used. That way, the points can be easily isolated from the object it is dividing. On lines and arcs, the DIVIDE command starts calculating from the endpoint of the selected object. The DIVIDE command works different when dividing circles. Since a circle does not have an endpoint, the DIVIDE command will place the first point where the positive X axis of the crosshairs intersects the circle.

The MEASURE Command

The MEASURE command is used to divide a drawing object by inserting points on the object at specified distances along the object. It does not change the object in any way, it simply inserts points on it. It is important that the current layer is set to layer Construction when the MEASURE command is used. That way, the points can easily be isolated from the object being measured. The MEASURE command always starts the first measurement from the closest endpoint to the location where the object is selected. The MEASURE command works different when measuring circles. Since a circle does not have an endpoint, the MEASURE command will start measuring at the point where the positive X axis of the crosshairs intersects the circle.

AutoCAD Command: ORTHO

The ORTHO command is used to lock the crosshairs to allow it to move only horizontal or vertical. When enabled, it applies to most commands. The current Ortho mode is displayed on the Status bar. The function F8 key toggles ortho mode off and on. Shortcut: F8

AutoCAD Command: DIVIDE

The DIVIDE command is used to insert points an equal distance apart by dividing the length of the drawing object selected by the number of divisions entered. The object being divided is not changed in any way by the command. Shortcut: DIV [caption id="attachment_764" align="aligncenter" width="343"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_764" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: MEASURE

The MEASURE command is used to insert points on a drawing object at a specified distance. The object being measured is not be changed in any way by the command. Shortcut: ME [caption id="attachment_766" align="aligncenter" width="343"] Draw Pull-down[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the POINT, DIVIDE and MEASURE Commands

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-1. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.

Step 4

Using what you learned earlier in the book, refer to Figure Step 2 and draw lines around the perimeter of the object. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="208"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

From the Format Pull-down menu, select Point Style . This will open the Point Style dialogue box. Select the point style (center with black background) as shown in the figure. Set the Point Size to 3% and enable Set Size Relative to Screen. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="269"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Setting the point relative to the screen means that regardless of the zoom factor of the screen, the points will always display the same size. You must execute the REGEN command to force AutoCAD to display the points size relative to the current zoom factor.

Step 6

Enter the DIVIDE command, as shown below, and select the inclined line on the right. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: DIVIDE Select object to divide: P1 Enter the number of segments or [Block]: 8 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Since the line is divided into 8 segments, seven points are inserted along the line. Points are not inserted at the ends of the lines.

Step 7

As taught earlier in the book, use the OSNAP command to open the Drafting Settings dialogue box. Enable the Node object snap mode. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A node is the object snap mode for a point.

Step 8

Press F8 to enable Ortho mode. Check to ensure that it is enabled by checking the Status bar. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When Ortho mode is enabled, the LINE command will only draw horizontal or vertical lines assuming that the crosshairs is set to the default angle.

Step 9

Enable object snap and draw 8 horizontal lines by snapping to the points (nodes) as the first point of each line. The length of the lines is not important. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You must enter the LINE command 8 times to draw the 8 lines. To work faster, press the Enter or Space key to renter the last command.

Step 10

Draw 7 vertical lines by snapping to the points (nodes) as the first point of each line. The length of the lines is not important. Disable Ortho mode. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Trim the lines to form the steps as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Draw a line by snapping to midpoint on the top left inclined line and the midpoint of the bottom line.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you snap to midpoint of both lines.

Step 13

Using the DIVIDE command, divide the line into four segments. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="298"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the CIRCLE command and draw the three 0.40 diameter circles by snapping to the points (nodes) to locate the center of each circle. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Set layer: Construction as the current layer.

Step 16

Draw a construction line from the top corner to the bottom corner as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the endpoints of the lines. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="298"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Draw a 0.5 radius construction circle with its center located at the top corner as shown in the figure. Trim the line. (Figure Step 17A and 17B) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="313"] Figure Step 17A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 17B[/caption]

Step 18

Enter the MEASURE command, as shown below, to insert points every 0.4325 units along the line. (Figure Step 18) Command: MEASURE Select object to measure: P2 Specify length of segment or [Block]: 0.4325 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="270"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you select the line (P2) closest to the end of the line that you want to start the measurement from.

Step 19

The drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. To demonstrate how the point size relative to the screen works, zoom in on your drawing until it fills the screen. Then execute the REGEN command. Notice how the point style size for the points changes. Zoom back out and execute the REGEN command again. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="269"] Figure Step 19[/caption]

Step 20

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Insert 12 - 0.125 diameter circles. One with its center located at the end of the line and the others with their centers located on the points that you inserted with the MEASURE command in Step 18. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 20[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It helps if you zoom in close to insert the circles.

Step 21

Set layer: Construction as the current layer. Enter the ID command, as shown below, and snap to the endpoint of the bottom line to establish a reference point. (Figure Step 21) Command: ID Specify point: (end) P3 X = 1.7500 Y = 4.0000 Z = 0.0000 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="344"] Figure Step 21[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I used the ID command in Step 21 to establish a reference point. I used that reference point in Step 22 to insert the first point. I inserted it using the @ (the ID reference point or lastpoint) location and measured from it. Ensure that you understand how the reference point was used. Note that it must used in the next command entered after the ID command is executed.

Step 22

Enter the POINT command, as shown below, to draw 3 points at the locations of the center of polygons. (Figure Step 22) Command: POINT Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000 Specify a point: @.75,1.5 Command: POINT Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000 Specify a point: @0,-1 Command: POINT Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000 Specify a point: @2.25,0 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 22[/caption]

Step 23

Draw three 0.5 diameter circles using the points as the location of the center of the circles. Ensure that you snap to the node when locating the center of each circle. (Figure Step 23) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 23[/caption]

Step 24

Using the DIVIDE command, divide the top left circle into 6 segments. (Figure Step 24) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="194"] Figure Step 24[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how the first point is located along the X axis of the cursor. Six segments was used since a hexagon has six sides.

Step 25

Enter the SNAPANG system variable as shown below to change the angle of the cursor to 90 degrees. Command: SNAPANG Enter new value for SNAPANG <0>: 90 Command:

Step 26

Enter the DIVIDE command and divide the bottom left circle into 6 segments. (Figure Step 26) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Figure Step 26[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how the first point is located along the X axis that has been rotated 90 degrees.

Step 27

Enter the system variable SNAPANG as shown below to change the angle of the crosshairs to 22.5 degrees. Command: SNAPANG Enter new value for SNAPANG <90>: 22.5 Command:

Step 28

Enter the DIVIDE command and divide the bottom right circle into 8 segments. (Figure Step 28A and 28B) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Figure Step 28A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="626"] Figure Step 28B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how the first point is located along the X axis that has been rotated 22.5 degrees. 22.5 degrees is one-half of 45 degrees which is the angle between the corners of an octagon. Eight segments were used since an octagon has 8 sides.

Step 29

Use the SNAPANG system variable, as shown below, to change the angle of the crosshairs to 0 degrees. Command: SNAPANG Enter new value for SNAPANG <22.5>: 0 Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you always set the SNAPANG system variable back to zero when you have finished working with it.

Step 30

On layer Object, draw the lines for the hexagons and the octagon by snapping from point to point (node to node) as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 30) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="477"] Figure Step 30[/caption]

Step 31

Change the layer of any objects that you want to reside on layer Object. Freeze layer Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 31) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="318"] Figure Step 31[/caption]

Step 32

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: The MEASURE command inserts points at a specified distance. It starts measuring at the end of the object nearest where it is selected. It may not end up with an equal distance at the other end of the object. Make sure that the current layer is Construction before you execute this command to ensure that the points will be easily to isolate from the object it is measuring.

Making Inquiries

The DIST and PROPERTIES commands are used to measure distances, find sizes, and locations of drawing objects. Before using these commands, it is important to understand the importance of the UNITS command.

Displaying Units

AutoCAD stores the drawing object's properties and locations to a very high degree of accuracy. When the drawing object's properties are displayed, either on the Command Line or in the Properties window, AutoCAD uses the setting in the Drawing Units dialogue box to display these properties rounded off as per the current settings. The answers are always displayed in drawing units but the precision and format of the answers is controlled by the settings in the Drawing Units dialogue box.

AutoCAD Command: UNITS

The UNITS command is used to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. It is used to set the way AutoCAD displays inquiries or drawing object properties. Shortcut: UN [caption id="attachment_795" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Format Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIST

The DIST command is used to measure distances between two XY coordinate locations. Shortcut: DI [caption id="attachment_798" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Inquiry Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_798" align="aligncenter" width="335"] Tool Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_798" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

Geometry Lesson: Finding the Shortest Distance Between the Circumference of Two Circles

To find the shortest distance between the circumference of two circles, draw a construction line from the center of one circle to the center of the other as shown in Step 1. Measure the distance between the intersections of the lines and circles as shown in Step 2. If the line is trimmed as shown in Step 3, the length of the line is the shortest distance between the circle's circumference. See Figure 17-9. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="660"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Figure 17-9
Finding the Shortest Distance Between the Circumference of two Circles[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using Inquiry Commands

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-1 . Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-2. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Enter the UNITS command. It will open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Set the dialogue box to match the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="371"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Enter the DIST command, as shown below, to measure the distance between the center of the circle and the end of the line as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the center of the circle and the endpoint of the line. (Figure Step 3) Command: DIST Specify first point: (cen) P1 Specify second point: (end) P2 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Press F2 to open the Text window. The answer to the DIST command will display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="679"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The measured distance is 1.393831 units. The angle of the line is 174.21 degrees. For an explanation of delta X and delta Y, see the Geometry Lesson: A Right Triangle.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that AutoCAD displays the answers to the DIST command to 6 decimal places. That is the precision that was set in the Length Precision in the Drawing Units dialogue box in Step 2.

Step 5

Press F2 to close the Text window.

Step 6

Draw a construction line from the center of circle to center of circle as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the centers of the circle at both ends. Enter the DIST command as shown below to measure the shortest distance between circumferences of the circles by snapping to intersection of the construction line and the circles. (Figure Step 6) Command: DIST Specify first point: (int) P3 Specify second point: (int) P4 Command: [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="243"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Press F2 to open the Text window. The answer to the DIST command will display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="674"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Trim the construction line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="276"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

MUST KNOW: AutoCAD stores the accuracy of the drawing object's properties to a very high degree. The UNITS command is used to set the format and precision which instructs AutoCAD how to display answers in the Properties window and to the users inquiry commands.

Step 9

Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the line. The Properties window will display the length of the line. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="427"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The length of the line (0.622819) and the angle of the line (111.27 degrees or 111.27 + 180.00 = 291.27) should match the answers in the DIST command in Step 7.

Step 10

Set the Drawing Units dialogue box, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="364"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that the Length Precision is set to 8 decimals and the Angle Type is set to display in Degree/Minutes/Seconds with a Precision of no decimals.

Step 11

Draw a line from the center of the circle to the vertex on the hexagon as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="322"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

After trimming the line, select it. Check its length and angle in the Properties window. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your answers and the ones in the figure should match. Note the angle is now displayed in the Degree/Minutes/Seconds. If you drew the line from the vertex of the hexagon to the center of the circle, the angle will be 15d45'48". Both answers are correct since each line always has two angles depending which direction the line was drawn.

Step 13

Turn layer: Construction off. Enter the ID command and snap to the center of the circle. Press F2 to open the Text window. (Figure Step 13A and 13B) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="212"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13B[/caption]

Step 14

Select the circle as shown in the figure. Take note that the Properties window displays the XY center location plus the radius, diameter, circumference, and area of the circle. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that the Length Precision is set to 8 decimals.

Step 15

With the Properties window open, select the line as shown in the figure. Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="541"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Save and close the drawing.

Geometry Lesson: Finding the Centroid of any Triangle

To find the centroid (geometrical center) of any triangle, draw construction lines from each vertex to the midpoint of the opposite line of the triangle. The centroid of the triangle is the intersection of the three lines. See Figure 17-9. [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="324"] Figure 17-9
Finding the Center of a Triangle[/caption]

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 17

A point is an AutoCAD drawing object that is one pixel in size.
A node is the object snap mode for a point.
AutoCAD stores the accuracy of the drawing object's properties and locations to a very high degree. The UNITS command is used open the Drawing Units dialogue box where the you can set the format of how AutoCAD displays these properties and locations.
The DIVIDE command insert points on the object by dividing the object's length or perimeter into an equal number of segments specified by the user.
The MEASURE command inserts points on an object at a user specified distance.

Lab Exercise 17-1

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 17-1

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines. HOR = Horizontal and VER = Vertical.

[caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="188"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 4

Using either the DIST command or the Properties window, find the following answers with the precision of 8 decimal places:

Length of arc A: ______________________
Distance from the center of circle C to center of circle E. ______________________
Shortest distance from corner B to the circumference of circle C. ______________________
The circumference of circle D: ______________________

(Check your answers on the key)

Hint 1

Using the DIVIDE command, divide the large circle into 26. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="273"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Rotate the cursor 7.5 degrees and divide the 40 diameter circle into 5. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="306"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

Rotate the cursor 30 degrees and divide the 75 diameter circle into 6. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Hint 4

Draw 6 - 20 diameter circles locating their centers on the points. (Figure Hint 4) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="303"] Figure Hint 4[/caption]

Hint 5

To draw the polygons, rotate the cursor to the appropriate angle as shown in the list below. (Figure Hint 5A and 5B) Triangle = 90 degrees Square = 45 degrees Pentagon = 90 degrees Hexagon = 90 degrees Heptagon = 90 degrees Octagon = 22.5 degrees [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="441"] Figure Hint 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="97"] Figure Hint 5B[/caption]

Lab Exercise 17-2

Time allowed: 50 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 17-2

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.

Step 3

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="380"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="696"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]

Hint 1

Using the DIVIDE command, divide the inclined line into 12. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Construct the steps using ortho mode. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Hint 3

Trim the steps and change the layer they reside on to layer: Object. Offset the inclined line and draw a circle to measure the distance along the inclined line. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Hint 4

Draw the triangle by offsetting the three outsides 0.75 inches as shown in the dimensioned drawing. Using the Geometry Lesson: Finding the Centroid of any Triangle, find the centroid of the triangle and draw a 0.35 diameter circle using the intersection of the lines to locate its center. (Figure Hint 4) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Hint 4[/caption]

Hint 5

Offset the outside lines of the triangle 0.20 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 5) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint 5[/caption]

Hint 6

Offset the inside lines 0.10 inches on each side. (Figure Hint 6) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="229"] Figure Hint 6[/caption]

Hint 7

Trim all lines and the circle. Fillet all corners using a radius of 0.05 inches. The fillets should always be inserted last. (Figure Hint 7) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="207"] Figure Hint 7[/caption]

Hint 8

Change the layer of all objects to layer: Object. (Figure Hint 8) [caption id="attachment_833" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure Hint 8[/caption]

Module 18: Layouts – Part 1

jgray — Thu, 18 Feb 2021 21:21:04 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe Model space and Paper space and explain how they are used in AutoCAD.
Describe a Layout and explain how they are used in an AutoCAD drawing.
Apply the MSPACE and PSPACE commands to change the working space.
Describe a viewport and explain how to create, edit, lock, and set the viewport scale.
Apply the MVIEW command to create viewports on layout drawings.

Model and Paper Space

Up to this point in the book, you have been drawing Model space. In this module, Paper space and layouts will be introduced. The ideal way to work in AutoCAD is to draw all real objects in Model space and draw all objects that not real, in Paper space. Model space is a limitless three-dimensional space where the real objects of the model are drawn. For example, if you are drawing a house, everything that is part of the house such as the walls, windows, doors, etc. are drawn in Model space. All parts of the house would be drawn at full scale or full size, exactly as they exist in real life. Paper space is a virtual two-dimensional space where all objects that are related to the plotted piece of paper, called a layout, are drawn. Objects drawn in Paper space are things like the titleblock, border, dimensions, notes, labels, and bills of material. Paper space is also drawn at full size but the units are the same units as the paper, such as inches or millimeters. The Model space units and the Paper space units do not have to be the same in a drawing.

Layouts

A layout represents a sheet of paper on which one or more scaled views of the model is created complete with such thing as dimensions, notes, border, and titleblock. Layouts are drawn in Paper space. They are an important and essential AutoCAD feature and should be used to plot all AutoCAD drawings. As many layouts as required can be created in a drawing. The AutoCAD 2D book supplies pre- drawn layouts in two template files named ‘ 2D Layout English.dwt ‘ and ‘ 2D Layout Metric.dwt ‘. You can create your own layouts and save them in a drawing or template file. Creating your own templates is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.

Model and Layout Tabs

The Model and Layout tabs are located along the bottom of the Graphic window as shown in Figure 18-1 and 18-2. There is only one Model tab in each drawing but there can be an unlimited number of Layout tabs. You can create your own layouts tabs. This taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book. [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="298"] Figure 18-1
Model - Enabled[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="296"] Figure 18-2
Module Layout A Layout - Enabled[/caption] When the Model tab is enabled, all drawing objects drawn by you will be Model space objects and exist in Model space. When one of the Layout tabs is enabled, as shown in Figure 18-2, the layout drawing will be displayed. In a Layout tab, you can work in either Paper space or Model space.

The Working Space

The current space, which is either Model or Paper, is called the working space. When the MODEL icon is enabled, the working space is Model and when the PAPER icon is enabled, the working space is Paper. When a Layout tab is enabled, the working space can be changed back and forth between Model or Paper space by toggling the PAPER/MODEL icon in the Status bar. See Figures 18-3 and 18-4. Click the MODEL icon to change the working space to Paper space or click the PAPER icon to change the working space to Model space. [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="162"] Figure 18-3
Model Space is Currently the Working Space[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="133"] Figure 18-4
Paper Space is Currently the Working Space[/caption]

The Paper Space Icon

When a Layout tab is enabled and the working space is Paper, the Paper space icon, as shown in Figure 18-5, will display. When the icon is displayed, it is indicating to you that Paper space is the working space and all objects drawn will be Paper space objects and exist in Paper space only. If this icon does not display, even when a layout is displayed, all objects drawn will be Model space objects and exist in Model space only. [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="44"] Figure 18-5 The Paper Space Icon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: MSPACE

The MSPACE command is used to change the current working space to Model space. Shortcut: MS

AutoCAD Command: PSPACE

The PSPACE command is used to change the current working space to Paper space. Shortcut: PS

Viewports

A viewport is a rectangular or square hole cut through the sheet of drawing paper (the layout) so that the model can be viewed through it. See Figure 18-6. It is a 2D Paper space drawing object. The view of the model can be orientated and scaled. A layout can have an unlimited number of viewports cut through it, all viewing the same model at different scales and orientations. Each viewport will display all visible objects that exist in Model space. If the model is changed after a viewport is created, the viewport will automatically display the changes since it is merely viewing the model. The orientation and scale of a viewport can be adjusted at any time. After a viewport is set, the display can be locked so that it cannot be accidentally changed. If changes are required, the viewport display must be unlocked before they can be made. It is best to insert the viewport on its own layer and turn that layer off before the drawing is plotted to avoid plotting the viewport drawing object. Paper space objects like dimensions, notes, titleblocks, borders, and text are then drawn in Paper space on the sheet of paper. They are drawn full size using the same units as the paper is measured. [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="355"] Figure 18-6
A Viewport[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: MVIEW

The MVIEW command is used to create a viewport on a layout. It is a Paper space command and the viewport it creates is a Paper space drawing object. Shortcut: MV

WORKALONG: Working With Layouts

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you select the correct template. The templates that you have being using to this point in the book will not be used from this module on. The new templates that you will be using are named: 2D Layout English and 2D Layout Metric.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 18-1.

Step 3

Using what you learned to this point in the book, draw the object shown in the figure on layer: Object. Draw any construction objects on layer: Construction. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="711"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will notice that the drawing already contains the layers that you require to complete the lab exercises. They were created in the template file and will save you creating most layers in the drawings in the remaining drawings in this book.

Step 4

Freeze layer: Construction. The drawing should appears as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="371"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the OPTIONS command to open the Options dialogue box. In the Display tab, compare the settings in the Layout elements area and change them, if necessary, to match the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="318"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

MUST KNOW: Model space is a limitless three-dimensional space where the real objects of the model are drawn full scale while Paper space is a virtual two-dimensional space where all objects related to the plotted paper drawing are drawn.

Step 6

Enable layout: Module Layout A by clicking it. Your Graphic window should match the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="510"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A layout is a piece of paper that can be plotted. The model is located behind the paper but cannot be seen until a hole (viewport) is cut in the paper using the MVIEW command. The paper size in Module Layout A is A size or 8 1/2X11 inches.

Step 7

Paper space should be the working space. To check that, ensure that the PAPER icon is enabled on the Status bar. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="275"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Set layer: Viewport as the current layer. Enter the MVIEW command, as shown below, to create a viewport on the layout. (Figure Step 8) Command: MVIEW Specify corner of viewport or [ON/OFF/Fit/Shadeplot/Lock/Object/Polygonal/Restore/LAyer/2/3/4] : P1 Specify opposite corner: P2 Command: [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="499"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Selecting two opposite corners in the MVIEW command creates a viewport. The locations for P1 and P2 can be selected by eye. Their exact locations are not important. Imagine the viewport as cutting a hole in the piece of paper to view the model located behind the paper. Since a viewport is a drawing object, you can delete it and recreate it if you want to change its size or location. Ensure that you are in Paper space to delete a viewport. The AutoCAD 2D Advanced book teaches you how to resize viewports.

Step 9

Change the working space to Model by clicking the PAPER icon on the Status bar. After you do that, it will display MODEL as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="490"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that when the working space is Model, the crosshairs will only display inside the viewport (the hole in the paper).

Step 10

Enter the ZOOM Extents command to display all model objects in the viewport. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="355"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Change the working space to Paper space. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that when the working space is Paper, the crosshairs will display to cover the complete Graphic window. This means that you can draw anywhere in the Graphic window. All objects drawn, while the working space is Paper, will be Paper space objects.

Step 12

Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the viewport. It will highlight, as shown in the figure, and grips will display on the four corners. While the viewport is selected, pull down the Standard scale property and set it to 1:2. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

Step 13

While the viewport is selected, pull down the Display locked property and set it to Yes. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When the Display locked property is set to Yes, the viewport cannot be altered by zooming and panning. That means that the scale cannot be changed. It is best to always lock the viewport display after it is set to protect it from accidentally being changed.

Step 14

Your completed layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="367"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The model in this viewport is set to a scale of 1:2 or one-half size of the original size of the model.

Step 15

Enable the display of layout: Module Layout B. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="618"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The paper size in Module Layout B is B size or 11X17 inches.

Step 16

Using what was taught in Step 8, enter the MVIEW command, two times, to create two viewports. After creating the viewports, change the working space to Model and click inside the left viewport. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Click inside the viewport on the right and enter the ZOOM Extents command again. Change the working space to Paper and the layout should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 16)\ [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="590"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, select the viewport on the left and set the scale to 2:1. (Figure Step17)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Paper space must be the working space to select the viewport.

Step 18

Change the working space to Model and click inside viewport on the left. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

Step 19

Without changing the zoom, pan of the model as shown in the figure. Change to Paper space. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Figure Step 19[/caption]

Step 20

Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, use the Properties window and check to ensure that the scale is still set to 2:1. Lock the display. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 20[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The model in this layout is set to a scale of 2:1 or two times the size of the original model.

Step 21

Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, zoom and pan the model in the right viewport. Set the Custom scale to 3 and lock the display. (Figure Step 21A and 21B) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 21A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 21B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 21C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The model in this layout is set to a scale of 3:1 or three times the size of the original model.

Step 22

Turn layer: Viewport off. Your layout should appears as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 22[/caption]

Step 23

Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="490"] Figure 18-7
Layout Paper Sizes[/caption]

USER TIP: Type your textbox content here.

MUST KNOW: There are two completely different spaces to work in when you are drawing in AutoCAD. They are called Model space and Paper space. The real objects that you are drawing should be drawn in Model space and all other objects that are part of the description of the object, are drawn in Paper space.Objects created in Model space can only be modified when the working space is Model and should alway be drawn at full size using the appropriate model drawing units. Objects drawn in Paper space can only be modified while the working space is Paper. The paper units may differ from the model units.

MUST KNOW: After you use the MVIEW command to create a viewport in the layout, you should always execute the ZOOM Extents command immediately after. Before you enter the ZOOM Extents command, change the working space to Model. After executing the command, you will be able to see all the visible model objects in the viewport. You can then zoom and pan the model to set the desired view. [caption id="attachment_869" align="aligncenter" width="277"] Zoomed to the Extents[/caption] [caption id="attachment_869" align="aligncenter" width="270"] View zoomed and Panned[/caption]

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 18

Model space is a limitless three-dimensional space where the real objects of the model are drawn.
Paper space is a virtual two-dimensional space where all objects related to the piece of paper, called a layout, are drawn. Objects drawn in Paper space are things like the titleblock, border, dimensions, notes, labels, and bills of material.
A viewport is a rectangular or square hole cut through a sheet of drawing paper (layout) so that the model can be viewed at a specified scale and orientation.
The current space, which is either Model or Paper, is called the working space. Objects drawn in Model space are model space drawing objects and objects drawn in Paper space are paper space drawing objects.

Lab Exercise 18-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 18-1

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Gasket	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the top view of the gasket shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="448"] Figure Step 1B
Gasket[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="144"] Figure Step 1C Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 3

In layout: Module Layout A4, on layer: Viewport, create a viewport using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

In layout: Module Layout A1, on layer Viewport, create three viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure and set the custom scale of the top left viewport to 1:1, the bottom left viewport to 4:1, and the one on the right to 6:1. Lock the display of all three viewports. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="566"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="565"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S HINTS: When you are setting the viewport scale and a standard scale is not available to you, simply type in the scale number in the Custom scale property as shown in the figure below. In this example the scale of 6:1 is entered as 6. If the scale you want to enter is 1:4, then you enter 0.25 (1 divided by 4). Setting custom scale is taught in a future module aand creating standard scales is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.

Lab Exercise 18-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 18-2

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Wrench	All objects	Blue

Step 1

Draw the top view of the wrench shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 1A
Open End Wrench[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="245"] Figure Step 1C
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 3

Step 4

In layout: Module Layout A4, on layer: Viewport, create two additional viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 2:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_882" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S HINT: The following steps show how one end of the wrench is constructed: Use the same principles to draw the other end.

Step 1

Draw the construction lines for the circle and center lines. I am showing only one end in the following figures.

Step 2

Offset the inclined center line on each side. On the left side of the wrench the offset distance is 6.5 mm.

Step 3

Extend the top offset line to the vertical center line.

Step 4

Using the end of the line that you just extended as the center, draw a circle with radius of the small arc. On the left side of the wrench it is 13 mm. I drew it in red to help you identify it.

Step 5

Using the intersection of the circle you just drew and the inclined line as the center, draw a circle with the radius of the small arc. On the left side of the wrench it is 13 mm. I drew it in blue to help you identify it.

Step 6

Extend the bottom offset line to the circle.

Step 7

Trim the blue circle. I removed the red circle to help you. You can leave it in your drawing as a construction line.

Step 8

Finish the trim to complete the left side of the wrench.

Module 19: Text – Part 1

jgray — Fri, 19 Feb 2021 19:14:42 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to: 1 Describe single line text, text style, and text justification. 2 Apply the STYLE, TEXT, and DDEDIT commands to format, insert, and edit single line text.

Text

In this module, formatting, inserting, and editing single line text is taught. Single line text is text that is inserted as a single line, is edited one line at a time, and each line is a individual drawing object. Module 25 teaches multiline text.

Text Style

The STYLE command is used to create and format text styles plus used to set the current text style. A text style contains text properties, is user created, named, and saved in the drawing. As many text styles as required can be created and saved in each drawing. The current text style is the text style that will be assigned to text that is inserted in the drawing using the TEXT command. A good example to explain text style is to use the text font. Font is a text property that is set in a text style. If you want to change the font of an existing text object on the drawing, the style property of the text must be changed. This is done using Properties window. Simply find the text style assigned to the selected text and then change the font property of that style. All existing text, with that style, will change to reflect the new font assigned. If you only want to change the font of the selected text, defined a new text style with the font required and change the style assigned to the selected text. All AutoCAD drawings contain a text style named Standard. It is special style that cannot be deleted or purged from the drawing. It should not be used as it may cause problems in the drawing sometime in the future. The reason for this will be taught later in the book. For now, create your own text style or use ones that already exist.

Text Justification

Text justification is a property attached to text objects that locates the text in relation to its insert point selected by the you in the TEXT command. There are many ways to justify text and it is important for you to know how, where, and when to use each one. In this module, the left, middle, and right justified text are taught. Figure 19-1 shows how a text object would justify itself if inserted at the selected locations P1, P2, and P3. If you do not specify a justification when inserting text, the default justification is left. [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="185"] Figure 19-1 Text Justification[/caption]

Text Height

Text height is a property assigned to the text drawing object and not to the text style. In almost all cases, the text height property, in the text style, should be set to zero. When it is set to zero, AutoCAD allows you to change the text height of text inserted with that style. It also allows the text style to automatic scale text in a dimension.

AutoCAD Command: STYLE

The STYLE command is used to create, format, and edit text styles. It also is used to set the current text style. Shortcut: ST [caption id="attachment_888" align="aligncenter" width="377"] Text Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_888" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Format Pull-down[/caption] Home Ribbon

AutoCAD Command: TEXT

The TEXT command is used to insert single line text. Shortcut: TE [caption id="attachment_890" align="aligncenter" width="267"] Text Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_890" align="aligncenter" width="336"] Draw Pull-down[/caption]

[caption id="attachment_891" align="aligncenter" width="265"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

[caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="634"] Figure 19-2
Object Snap Mode - Insert[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DDEDIT

The DDEDIT command is used to edit existing text objects. Shortcut: Double click the text. [caption id="attachment_894" align="aligncenter" width="349"] Text Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_894" align="aligncenter" width="507"] Modify Pull-down[/caption]

USER TIP: If a text object is double clicked, the Edit Text dialogue box will open automatically with the text selected, ready to be edited. This is a fast way to edit single line text and almost eliminates the use of the DDEDIT command. Text contents can also be edited in the Properties window.

WORKALONG: Creating Text Styles and Inserting Single Line Text

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-1.

Step 3

Enter the STYLE command. It will open the Text Style dialogue box. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Standard text style is a special style that all drawings contain. It cannot be deleted or purged from the drawing. I suggest that you do NOT use it. It is better to create your own styles.

Step 4

Click the New button to open the New Text Style dialogue box. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the name: Module 19-1 in the Style Name box as shown in the figure. Click OK to save and close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="316"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Check to ensure that the Current text style is set to: Module 19-1. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="205"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

In the Font Name: box, pull down the list and select the font: romans.shx. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Once you pull down the font name list, type the first letter of the name of the font you are looking for. In this case, R. That will force the list to jump directly to the font names that begin with the letter R.

Step 8

Do not change any other items. The Text Style dialogue box should now appear as shown in the figure. Click the Close button to save and close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: In almost all cases, the text height in the Text Style dialogue box should be set to zero. When it is set to zero, the text height for any text assigned that style can be set and changed to any height you desire. If it is set to a value other then zero, the text height of all text assigned that text style property will not be allowed to be changed.

Step 9

Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Set layer: Text as the current layer.

Step 11

Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 11) Command: TEXT Current text style: "Module 19-1" Text height: 0.2000 (The defaults will display. Ensure that Module 19-1 is the current default style.) Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: 1,9 (This is the insert point. By default, the text will be left justified) Specify height <0.2000>: 0.35 Specify rotation angle of text <0>: (Press Enter to leave the rotation angle at 0 degrees.) THIS IS MODULE 19 (Type the text and press Enter) (Press Enter again) Command: [caption id="attachment_902" align="aligncenter" width="437"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 12) Command: TE Current text style: "Module 19-1" Text height: 0.3500 Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: 0.5,3.5 Specify height <0.3500>: 0.25 Specify rotation angle of text <0>: 45 THIS IS STYLE MODULES 19-1 (Press Enter) INSERTED AT 0.25 TEXT HEIGHT (Press Enter) IT IS ROTATED AT 45 DEGREES (Press Enter) Command: [caption id="attachment_903" align="aligncenter" width="509"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 13) Command: TE Current text style: "Module 19-1" Text height: 0.0250 Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: J Enter an option [Align/Fit/Center/Middle/Right/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR]: R (Setting a right justification.) Specify right endpoint of text baseline: 5,2 Specify height <0.2500>: 0.175 Specify rotation angle of text <45>: 0 THIS TEXT IS RIGHT JUSTIFIED. (Press Enter) Command: [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="482"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Editing Single Line Text

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-1.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save it with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-2.

Step 3

Using what you learned in the first workalong, enter the STYLE command and create a new text style named: Module 19-2. Set the text style to match the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

USER TIP: The Style toolbar at the top of you Graphic window is very handy to execute the STYLE command or set the current text style.

Step 4

Enable the display of layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="388"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Double click the text at the top of the drawing to enter edit mode. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

With the text in edit mode, change the text to read THIS IS EDITED TEXT. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

USER TIP: If the text editor does not open when you double click the text object, enter the DBLCLKEDIT system variable, as shown below, and set to ON. Command: DBLCLKEDIT Enter new value for DBLCLKEDIT : ON Command:

MUST KNOW: In the Text Style dialogue box, the text height should almost always be set to zero. When it is set to zero, AutoCAD allows you to change the text height of text assigned that style. It also allows the text style to automatic scale text in a dimension.

Step 7

Open the Properties window. Select the three lines of text as shown in the figure. While the text is selected, pull-down the Style property list and select layout: Module 19-2. Press Enter and then Esc to clear the selected text. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

Step 8

Select the bottom line of the rotated text as shown in the figure. In the Properties window, change the Rotation angle property to 30. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

While the text is selected, change the Contents property as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Select the bottom text line. In the Properties window, change the Justification property to Middle, the Height property to 0.2, and the Contents property as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

Step 11

Double click the text and edit it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="372"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Your completed layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="367"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: When using a pull down window with lists, such as the font list in the Text Style dialogue box, and you know the name of the font you want to use, enter the first letter of the font after you pullthe list down. The list will jump to the font names that start with that letter. This should work for all software written to Window's standards.

MUST KNOW: The Standard text style is a special style and cannot be deleted or purged out of the drawing. It is best NOT to use this text style in your drawings. It is much better to create your own styles.

USER TIP: The Styles toolbar has a Pull-down menu that you can use to set the current text style. This is a great feature to quickly change the current text style to speed drawing production.

USER TIP: The text height, style, rotation angle, content, justification, width factor, and obliquing angle are text properties and can be changed in the Properties window. The font is controlled by the style property. If you want to change the font of an existing text object, change its style. Simply open the Properties window and single click the text to edit its properties.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 19

Single line text is text that is inserted as a single line, can be edited one line at a time, and each line is its own drawing object.
The text style defines the text properties, like the font and width of the text. To change the font of a text, its style property must be changed.
The text height should almost always be set to zero in the Text Style dialogue box.
The Standard text style is a special text style that is contained in every drawing. It cannot be deleted or purged. It is best not to use this text style in your drawings.
The text height, style, rotation angle, content, justification, width factor, and obliquing angle are text properties and can be changed in the Properties window.
To edit text, double click it. This will automatically open the Edit Text dialogue box with the selected text, ready to be edited. This is a very fast way to edit single line text and almost eliminates the use of the DDEDIT command. Text contents can also be edited in the Properties window.

Lab Exercise 19-1

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 19-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction objects.

[caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="129"] Figure Step 1B Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.

Step 3

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.

Step 4

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 5

In layout: Module Layout A, on layer: Viewport, create a viewport using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="359"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

In layout: Module Layout B, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure and set the custom scale of the left viewport to 1.5:1 and the one on the right to 4:1. Lock the display of both viewports. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Once you have drawn the outer boundary and the inner construction lines (Step 3 above), use the OFFSET command to construct most of the remaining drawing.

Hint 2

Before you insert the fillets, trim the lines as shown in the figure. If you do not trim them first, you will lose portions of the lines when you insert the fillets. Always insert the fillets last. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="255"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Lab Exercise 19-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 19-2

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction objects.

[caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="214"] Figure Step 1B Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.

Step 3

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.

Step 4

Turn layer Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Step 5

In layout: Module Layout C, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the custom scale of the left viewport to 2:1 and the one on the right to 3:1. Lock the display of both viewports. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="469"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="461"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Rotate the cursor to -15 degrees before dividing the circle. Draw six 0.5 diameter and 1.12 diameter circles using the points as their center locations. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="344"] Figure Hint 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="351"] Figure Hint 1B[/caption]

Hint 2

See the following steps: Step 1 - Insert 1.0 radius fillets. Step 2 - Insert 0.75 radius fillets. Step 3 - Trim the circles. (Figure Step Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_936" align="aligncenter" width="677"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Module 20: Moving and Copying

jgray — Mon, 22 Feb 2021 19:42:21 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how to move and copy objects in the current drawing and from one drawing to another.
Apply the MOVE, COPY, COPYCLIP, PASTECLIP, and COPYBASE commands to move and copy objects in the current drawing plus copy objects from one drawing to another.
Apply the FILETAB and FILETABCLOSE commands to enable the display of the open drawing file tabs above the Graphic window.
Describe how to construct a tangent arc that has one end tangent to a line and other end going through a point.
Fill out titleblocks in Paper space using the AutoCAD 2D book Standards.

Moving and Copying Objects

One of the real benefits of using a CAD program is increasing your design and drawing productivity. Using the MOVE and COPY commands are a big part of that productivity. In AutoCAD, objects only have to be drawn once and then they can be used over and over again even if they are in a different drawing or at a different size or orientation. If an object has to be drawn that is similar to one that was previously drawn, simply copy it and change it. Using these principles in the your day-to-day work will noticeably increase your productivity.

MUST KNOW: When an object is copied, the copies retain all of the properties of the original object even the layer it resides on. This happens regardless of the current layer when the COPY command is executed.

MUST KNOW: Drawing objects only have to be drawn once in AutoCAD and then you can use them over and over. Their size and orientation are not important as they can easily be changed as you will see in future modules. If you have to draw an object that is similar to one you or someone else has drawn before, simply make a copy of it and make your changes. Drawing objects can be copied from one drawing to another.

AutoCAD Command: MOVE

The MOVE command is used to move drawing objects from one location to another on the current drawing. Shortcut: M [caption id="attachment_941" align="aligncenter" width="466"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_941" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_941" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: COPY

The COPY command is used to copy existing drawing objects in the current drawing. Shortcut: CO [caption id="attachment_944" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_944" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_944" align="aligncenter" width="215"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: COPYCLIP

The COPYCLIP command is used to copy drawing objects from the current drawing onto the clipboard. Shortcut: CTRL+C [caption id="attachment_946" align="aligncenter" width="311"] Edit Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_946" align="aligncenter" width="218"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: PASTECLIP

The PASTECLIP command is used to paste drawing objects from the clipboard into the current drawing. Shortcut: CTRL+V [caption id="attachment_948" align="aligncenter" width="311"] Edit Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_948" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: COPYBASE

The COPYBASE command is used to copy drawing objects in the current drawing onto the clipboard with a known basepoint. Shortcut: CTRL+SHIFT+C [caption id="attachment_949" align="aligncenter" width="311"] Edit Pull-down[/caption]

WORKALONG: Moving and Copying Objects

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1.

Step 3

On layer: Object, draw the rectangle shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="233"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Object, draw a circle and the inscribed hexagon as shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere outside of the rectangle. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="164"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="202"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Use the DIVIDE command to create the points to draw the hexagon.

Step 5 IMPORTANT STEP

Unless otherwise instructed, when starting each lab exercise, while working on workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book, ensure that all items on the Status bar are disabled. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="484"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the MOVE command, as shown below, to move the circle and hexagon inside the rectangle to the absolute coordinates X3.5,Y11. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C) Command: MOVE Select objects: Specify opposite corner: (Selecting the object using a window.) Select objects: (Press Enter) Specify base point or [Displacement] : (cen) (Snap to the center of the circle.) Specify second point or : 3.5,11

Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="168"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="148"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="228"] Figure Step 6C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The circle and hexagon were moved to locate the center of the circle at the absolute coordinate location X3.5,Y11.

Step 7

Using the OFFSET command, offset the top line of the rectangle 1 inch down. Change the layer of the line you just created to layer: Construction. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Using the OFFSET command, offset the top construction line 8 times at a distance of 1 inch as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There should be a total of 9 construction lines, 1 inch apart.

Step 9

Using the OFFSET command, offset the left line of the rectangle 1.5 inches to the right. Change the layer of the line you just created to layer: Construction. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy the circle and hexagon 4 times. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, 10C, and 10D) Command: COPY Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 7 found (Use a window to select the objects) Select objects: Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] : or : (int) (Snap to the intersection of the lines for the base point) Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] : (int) Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] : (int) Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] : (int) Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] : (int) (Snap to the intersection of the construction lines) Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="272"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="240"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="224"] Figure Step 10C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="198"] Figure Step 10D[/caption]

Step 11

Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy all circles and hexagons 4 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) Command: COPY Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 35 found Select objects: Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] : 0,0 (The base point) Specify second point or : @4,0 (The second point is set 4 inches in the positive X direction.) Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] : Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 11B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I used the base point 0,0. Any XY location could have been used. To keep it simple, I use 0,0.

Step 12

Enter the MOVE command, as shown below, to move all the circles and hexagons 0.5 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) Command: MOVE Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 70 found (Use a window to select the objects.) Select objects: Specify base point or [Displacement] : 0,0 Specify second point or : @0.5,0 Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

Step 13

Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy all objects. (Figure Step 14A, 14B, and 14C) Command: COPY Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 74 found (Select all objects using a crossing window.) Select objects: Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] : (end) (Snap to the end of the line.) Specify second point: (end) (Snap to the other end of the line.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="267"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="258"] Figure Step 14B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="468"] Figure Step 14C[/caption]

Step 15

Delete the line in the center by picking it and pressing the Delete key. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="449"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When you copied the objects, the line in the center was duplicated. More then one object at the same location will cause problems in a drawing. When you know that you have duplicated an objects, correct it by deleting the duplicate as soon as you can. Use the Pick method to select the line since it will only select one object at a time. If you use a window of some kind, it would select all objects.

Step 16

Using what you just learned, copy all of the objects down to match the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="322"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Delete the lines that were duplicated.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This time, you will have to delete two lines.

Step 18

Save and close the drawing.

AutoCAD Command: FILETAB

The FILETAB command enables the display of the open drawing file tabs above the Graphic window.

Shortcut: none

AutoCAD Command: FILETABCLOSE

The FILETABCLOSE command disables the display of the open drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window. Shortcut: none

WORKALONG: Using the COPYCLIP, PASTECLIP and COPYBASE Commands

Step 1

Start a NEW drawing using the template: 2D Layout English. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-2.

Step 2

Using the OPEN command, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="291"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

If necessary, enter the FILETAB command to enable the display of the drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window. You should see two tabs, one for each open drawing. Ensure that the drawing named: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1 is the current drawing as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="444"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You now have two drawings open at the same time in your current AutoCAD session. You can switch between them by selecting the current drawing tab.

Step 4

Without entering a command, use a window and select the objects as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="353"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the COPYBASE command using the Pull-down menu or by entering in the command as shown below. Enter 0,0 for the base point. (Figure Step 5). Command: COPYBASE Specify base point: 0,0 150 found Command: [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="321"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The COPYBASE command copies the selected objects onto the clipboard.

Step 6

Click the tab to set the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-2. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Graphic window should now appear blank.

Step 7

Enter the PASTECLIP command using the Pull-down menu or by entering the command as shown below. Enter 0,0 for the insertion point. (Figure Step 7). Command: PASTECLIP Specify insertion point: 0,0 Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By setting the insertion point at 0,0, the objects will be inserted in the exact location that they were in the drawing you are copying them from.

Step 8

Enter the ZOOM Extents command.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By entering the ZOOM Extents command, all objects in the current drawing will be displayed in the Graphic window. By entering this command, you will ensure that you are viewing all on and thawed objects in the current drawing. It is important to keep this in mind while working on any AutoCAD drawing.

Step 9

Enter the COPYCLIP command and select all objects using a crossing window. (Figure Step 9A, 9B, and 9C) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="177"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Figure Step 9B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="181"] Figure Step 9C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The COPYCLIP command copies the selected objects onto the clipboard.

Step 10

Enter the PASTECLIP command and when prompted for the Insertion point, select anywhere on the drawing. Match the location the best you can as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A, and 10B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="384"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="380"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

Step 11

Using what you learned earlier in this module, move the objects on the right and snap the bottom left corner to the bottom right corner of the original objects. (Figure Step 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11D) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="354"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="366"] Figure Step 11B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="316"] Figure Step 11C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="332"] Figure Step 11D[/caption]

Step 12

Delete the lines that were duplicated. (Figure step 12) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="332"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: The COPYBASE command is very important to the AutoCAD Operator who works in disciplines such as mapping and architectural. When copying objects from one drawing to another, the objects must be in the exact location as they were in the original drawing. Use the COPYBASE command with 0,0 as the base point and use the same coordinates when pasting it into the new drawing.

Geometry Lesson: Tangency - Part 2

When an arc must be constructed that has one end tangent to a line and other end going through a point, you cannot use the FILLET command. A fillet MUST be tangent at both ends. It must be drawn as an arc as follows:

Step 1

This is the arc to be drawn. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Draw the construction lines. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="395"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Offset the line which is tangent to the arc at a distance of 1.5 units.1.5 is the radius of the arc being inserted. Draw a circle with the radius of 1.5 units with its center at the point where the arc ends. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="401"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Draw the circle with a radius of 1.5. Its center is the intersection of the offset line and the circle. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="420"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Trim the circle you drew in Step 4 and turn layer Construction off. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="395"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AutoCAD book Standards: Filling in the Titleblock

When filling in the titleblock in the workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book, use the following standards:

Set Titleblock as the current text style.
Set layer Titleblock Text as the current layer.
Use a text height that matches the area being filling. You can pick a text height to use that looks pleasing to your eye. See the figures below for approximate text heights.
Center the text by eye. It helps to use middle justified. Use the MOVE and ORTHO commands to make the job easier.
Fill in the bottom row with your actual name, the actual date, scale, drawing number, and sheet number.
The format of the date is: Month-Day-Year, MM-DD-YYYY For example: 01-20-2014 (For January 20, 2014)

[caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="623"] Figure 20-1[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="620"] Figure 20-2[/caption]

WORKALONG: Construction Techniques

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-3.

Step 3

Set layer: Construction as the current layer. Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, draw the lines and circle to match the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="259"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Change the layer of the object lines and the circle to layer: Object. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="261"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Draw a circle snapping its center location to the center of the circle and snap to the end of the line to specify the radius. Trim the circle. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="321"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="261"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Since you do not know the actual radius of the arc, show AutoCAD the radius by snapping to the end of the line rather then entering a number.

Step 6

Offset the line, 1.5 inches, on the right side. Change the layer of the line to layer: Construction. On layer: Construction, draw a circle with a 1.5 radius and snap its center to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="291"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="349"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 6C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The offset distance and the radius of the circle inserted in Step 6 is set 1.5 inches since that is the radius of finished arc.

Step 7

On layer: Object, draw a circle by snapping its center to the intersection of the construction circle and offset line. Show AutoCAD the radius, of 1.5, by snapping to the end of the line. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="320"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

Step 8

Trim the circle first. Delete one line and trim the other line. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Offset the line on the top 0.35 inches. Change the layer of the line to layer: Construction. On layer: Construction, draw a circle with a 0.35 inch radius. Snap its center to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="221"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="265"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

On layer: Object, draw a circle by snapping its center to the intersection of the construction circle and construction line. Show AutoCAD the radius, of 0.35, by snapping to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Delete one line and trim the other line. Trim the circle that you drew in Step 10. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Using what you just learned, draw the arcs on the opposite sides. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="350"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Turn layer: Construction off. Your completed object should match the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="288"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="335"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

On layer: Viewport, use the MVIEW command and create a viewport as shown in the figure. Switch to Model space and enter the ZOOM Extents command. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

With paper space as working space, open the Properties window. Select the viewport and set the Standard scale to 1:2 and lock its display. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="578"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

Step 18

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="584"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

Step 19

Set layer: Titleblock Text as the current layer and set the current text style: Titleblock. Zoom in on the titleblock. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="663"] Figure Step 19[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There are many techniques to filling out the titleblock fast and efficiently as possible. Since it is text, it can be inserted by eye and moved around to make it look good. The following is my technique. Over time, you may find one of your own that works better for you.

Step 20

With the Paper space the current space, enter the DTEXT command and insert the drawing title text at a height of 0.25 using middle justified. Select a location by eye. It does not have to be placed exactly as you will be moving it later. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="662"] Figure Step 20[/caption]

Step 21

Using the MOVE command, move the text locating it by eye to center it horizontally and vertically. (Figure Step 21) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="670"] Figure Step 21[/caption]

Step 22

Enter the DTEXT command enter the text TEXT at a height of 0.14. Center it by eye using the MOVE command. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="682"] Figure Step 22[/caption]

Step 23

Use the COPY command and Ortho mode, copy the text to the next two locations. Disable Ortho mode and copy the text into the two locations on the right and center the text by eye. (Figure Step 23) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="681"] Figure Step 23[/caption]

Step 24

Use the text editor to edit the text. (Figure Step 24) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="671"] Figure Step 24[/caption]

Step 25

If required, change the text height to match the standards under "AutoCAD book Standards: Filling in the Titleblock". (Figure Step 25) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="668"] Figure Step 25[/caption]

Step 26

Your completed drawing should the figure. (Figure Step 26) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="382"] Figure Step 26[/caption]

Step 27

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: The FILETAB command enables the display of the drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window and the FILETABCLOSE disables the display. If you click the small arrow at the end of the tab, a handy menu displays as shown below. If you right click on a tab, a handy menu displays as shown below.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 20

Objects only have to be drawn once in AutoCAD and then they can be used over and over again even if they are in a different drawing or at a different size or orientation.
When an object is copied, the copies retain all of the properties of the original object.
When copying objects from one drawing to another and the objects must be in the exact location as the original drawing, use the COPYBASE command with 0,0 as the base point. Use the same coordinates when pasting it into the new drawing.

Lab Exercise 20-1

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A. 1B, and 1C)

Step 2

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.

Step 3

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.

Step 4

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1C[/caption]

Step 5

Copy all of the objects 7 units in the X direction to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="527"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Lab Exercise 20-2

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

On layer Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)

Step 2

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.

Step 3

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.

Step 4

Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction. [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 5A Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Detail A
Figure Step 1C[/caption]

Hint 1

Construct the object in Detail A using the following 6 steps. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

There are four locations on the object that you must use the Geometry Lesson on Tangency. Figure Hint 2A and 2B shows you the three steps to draw two of them. (Figure Hint 2A and 2B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Hint 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Hint 2B[/caption]

Lab Exercise 20-3

Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the information above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3.

Step 2

Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2. There should now be two drawings open.

Step 3

Using the COPYBASE and PASTECLIP commands, copy all of the objects from drawing Lab 20-2 into drawing Lab 20-3. Use the basepoint 0,0.

Step 4

Close drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2.

Step 5

Edit the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3 to match the figure. Use the MOVE and COPY commands wherever possible. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 5A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

Step 6

Enable layout: Module Layout A3. On layer Viewport, use the MVIEW command and create a viewport as shown in the figure. Set the scale of the viewport to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Using the standards under "AutoCAD book Standards: Filling in the Titleblock". (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="602"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1043" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Module 21: Competency Test 4 Open Book

jgray — Tue, 23 Feb 2021 19:59:45 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a two hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.
In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select the BEST answer.

What is the name of the object snap mode for a point?
1. Snap
2. Point
3. On
4. End
5. Node
When enabled, what effect does Ortho mode have in a drawing?
1. It displays grid points.
2. It restricts the graphic cursor to the horizontal and vertical axis.
3. It rotates the angle of the graphic cursor.
4. It enables coordinate picks to snap to grid points.
5. It changes the default text inserts to horizontal.
What should the text height be set to in the Text Style dialogue box?
1. Zero
2. The height you use the most.
3. 1 unit
4. 10 units
5. 100 units
Which function key toggles Ortho mode?
1. F5
2. F6
3. F7
4. F8
5. F9
What command is used to set the way units are displayed in the Properties window?
1. UNITS
2. GRID
3. DISPLAY
4. PRECISION
5. SNAP
What is the main difference between the DIVIDE and MEASURE commands?
1. DIVIDE actually divides the object into individual parts while MEASURE does not.
2. MEASURE only works for lines while DIVIDE works for all objects.
3. DIVIDE inserts points in an equal number of divisions while MEASURE inserts points at an equal distance entered by the user.
4. There is no difference, they are exactly the same command.
5. The DIVIDE command inserts points at an equal distance specified by the user starting at the end of the object clicked, while MEASURE measures out the distance of the object and breaks it in to equal parts.
What command is used to create a viewport in a layout?
1. VIEW
2. CVIEW
3. VIEWP
4. MVIEW
5. PAGELAYOUT
Which system variable controls the rotation angle of the cursor?
1. ANGSNAP
2. CURANGLE
3. ANGCUR
4. ROTCURSOR
5. SNAPANG
What command is used to change the font of an existing text object on the drawing?
1. FONT
2. DTEXT
3. DDEDIT
4. EDITTEXT
5. STYLE
Which command is used to copy objects onto the clipboard with a known basepoint?
1. BASECOPY
2. POINTCOPY
3. COPYBASE
4. COPYCLIP
5. COPY

Lab Exercise 21-1 OPEN BOOK

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 21-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction objects. There is no key for this lab.

[caption id="attachment_1050" align="aligncenter" width="153"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1050" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]

Step 2

Using inquiry commands and the Properties window, find the answers for questions A to H. For questions A to D, find the answers to a precision of 4 decimal places. A. What is the XY coordinate location of the center of Circle A? X- _____________ Y- _____________ B. What is the circumference of Circle A? _____________ C. What is the distance from the center of Circle A to the center of Circle B? _____________ D. What is shortest distance between the circumference of Circle A and the circumference of Circle B? _____________ For questions E to G, find the answers to a precision of 8 decimal places. E. What are the XY coordinates of Corner D? _____________ X- _____________ Y- _____________ F. What is the length of Line E? _____________ G. What is the shortest distance from Corner C to the circumference of Circle B? _____________ For question H, find the answer in Deg/Min/Sec to a precision of 2 decimal places (seconds). H. What is the angle of Line F? _____________

Step 3

In layout: Module Layout B, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1:2 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1050" align="aligncenter" width="614"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock. Use the AutoCAD Modules Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1050" align="aligncenter" width="701"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Freeze layer: Viewport.

Step 6

Using the TEXT command and the answers you found for questions Step 2 (A to H), insert them on your drawing locating them by eye on the layer: Text. Insert them in Paper space. Use the text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.20. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1050" align="aligncenter" width="743"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

Module 22: Mirroring and Rotating

jgray — Tue, 23 Feb 2021 22:45:08 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how drawing objects are mirrored using mirror lines.
Describe how drawing objects are rotated.
Apply the MIRROR and the ROTATE commands to mirror and rotate objects.
Apply the MIRRTEXT system variable.
Describe motion paths and explain how to draw and use them with the ROTATE command.

Mirroring

The MIRROR command is a very useful productivity tool. It is used to create a mirror image of an object saving you time that it takes to redraw the reverse image of the object. Before drawing any object, you should study it to see if it is symmetrical in any way and can be drawn faster by applying the MIRROR command. The objects to be mirrored are flipped around an axis. This axis is called a mirror line or a folding line. The mirror line is simply defined by two XY coordinates. The distance between the two XY coordinates is not important. [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 22-1
Mirroring[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure 22-2
Mirroring[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: MIRROR

The MIRROR command is used to mirror an object around a mirror line (folding line) to create a mirror image of the object. Shortcut: MI [caption id="attachment_1058" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1058" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1058" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the MIRROR Command - Part 1

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-1.

Step 3

On layer: Object, draw one quarter of the object shown using the Figure Step 3A as a reference. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="590"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="190"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the MIRROR command, as shown below, to mirror the object. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D) Command: MIRROR Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 9 found (Use a crossing window to select the objects to be mirrored.) Select objects: Specify first point of mirror line: (end) Specify second point of mirror line: (end) (Snap to the ends of the two lines to define the mirror line.) Delete source objects? [Yes/No] : N (Enter No) Command: [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="251"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="413"] Figure Step 4C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="376"] Figure Step 4D[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By snapping to the ends of the lines, the mirror line is vertical. See figure 22-3. The length of the mirror line is not important since AutoCAD can extend it to any length required.

[caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="192"] Figure 22-3
Mirroring Mirror Line Touching Object[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the MIRROR command as shown below to mirror the object. (Figure Step 5A, 5B, 5C, and 5D) Command: MIRROR Select objects: Specify opposite corner: (Use a window to select all of the objects.) Select objects: Specify first point of mirror line: (end) (Enable ortho mode.) Specify second point of mirror line: (With ortho mode enable, select any location in the -X direction.) Delete source objects? [Yes/No] : N Command: [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="369"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="380"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you enable Ortho mode before you select the second point on the mirror line. By snapping to end of the object line and using Ortho mode the mirror line will be horizontal.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When an object is mirrored, there are instances when lines that are mirrored will appear correct but are actually in two pieces. Even though they look correct, you cannot leave them in this condition as they may cause problems in the drawing sometime in the future. This is especially true when dimensioning, crosshatching, and working in three dimensions. It is a good practice to correct these lines as soon as the mirror is complete as this will avoid problems later. To fix them, erase one of the mirrored lines and then using the EXTEND command, extend the remaining lines.

[caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="324"] Figure Step 5C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Figure Step 5D[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note the location of the mirror line. See Figure 22-4.

[caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Figure 22-4
Mirror Line[/caption]

Step 6

Erase half of the lines that were mirrored as shown in the figure. See the Author's Comments under Step 5. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Using the EXTEND command, extend the remaining lines to complete the object. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: When an object is mirrored, the object created in the MIRROR command will retain all the properties of the object being mirrored, including the layer it resides on. This happens regardless of the current layer when the MIRROR command is executed.

MUST KNOW: When an object is mirrored, there are instances when lines that are mirrored will appear correct but are actually in two pieces. Even though they look correct, it cannot be left in this condition as they may cause future problems in the drawing. This is especially true when dimensioning, crosshatching and working in three dimensions. It is a good practice to correct these lines as soon as the mirror is complete as this will avoid problems later. To fix them, erase one of the mirrored lines and then using the EXTEND command, extend the remaining lines.

AutoCAD Command: MIRRTEXT

The MIRRTEXT system variable is used to control how the MIRROR command reflects text. Shortcut: none

WORKALONG: Using the MIRROR Command - Part 2

Step 1

Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 14-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="251"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-2 Left.

Step 3

Create a text style, with the font: romans, named: Module 22. Set it as the current text style.

Step 4

Create layer: Text with the color black/white and set it as the current layer.

Step 5

Enter the TEXT command. Using the justification of Middle and the Height of 0.2, insert two lines of text as shown in the figure. Locate it by eye. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="197"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the MIRRTEXT system variable as shown below and set it to 0. Command: MIRRTEXT Enter new value for MIRRTEXT <1>: 0 Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When the system variable MIRRTEXT is set to 0, text will NOT be mirrored in the MIRROR command.

Step 7

On layer: Construction, draw a line snapping the first end to the end of the lines. The second point can be anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 7). [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Drawing the construction line is a technique I use to locate an exact location on the object. It is best to draw it inclined as shown in the figure. You will see how I use it later in the workalong.

Step 8

Enter the MIRROR command as shown below. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C) Command: MIRROR Select objects: Specify opposite corner: (Select the objects in a window) Select objects: Specify first point of mirror line: (Select a point in space) Specify second point of mirror line: (With ortho enabled, select another point to draw a vertical line.) Delete source objects? [Yes/No] : Y (Enter Yes) Command: [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="247"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="444"] Figure Step 8B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="382"] Figure Step 8C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you enable Ortho mode when you location the second point of the mirror line. Doing that will ensure that the mirror line is vertical.

Step 9

Using the MOVE command, move the object by snapping to the end of the bottom lines for the base point the end of the construction line for the second point. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="421"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="156"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By using the construction line to locate the object, it will be in the exact location as the original object.

Step 10

Edit the text to read PART A RIGHT. Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="163"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is often necessary to create a left and right part of an object. This workalong shows you a quick method of doing that without redrawing the complete object.

Step 11

Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-2 Right.

Step 12

Save and close the drawing.

Rotating

The ROTATE command is a very useful productivity tool. It rotates selected objects around a base point the you select in the command. The base point is the only location on the rotated objects that is not changed after the rotation. The rotation can be defined by an angle or by a reference angle. By default, a positive angle rotates counterclockwise and a negative angle rotates clockwise.

Motion Paths

A motion path is the path along a circle an object would follow if it was rotated around a base point or moved along a line. Study Figure 22-5. [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 22-5
Motion Paths[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: ROTATE

The ROTATE command is used to rotate drawing objects around a base point. Shortcut: RO [caption id="attachment_1085" align="aligncenter" width="431"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1085" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1085" align="aligncenter" width="345"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

USER TIP: The Match Properties icon is very handy. It takes the properties of the object selected first and changes the properties of the objects selected next to match the one selected first. It is particularly handy for changing text objects. The icons have changed slightly in the different versions of AutoCAD. The icon is on the Standard toolbar.

WORKALONG: Using the ROTATE Command

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-3.

Step 3

On layer: Rotation 1, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw the text on layer Text using the text style: 2D Modules. Locate it by eye. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="272"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the ROTATE command, as shown below, to rotate the object 45 degrees counterclockwise. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, and 4C) Command: ROTATE Current positive angle in UCS: ANGDIR=counterclockwise ANGBASE=0 Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 7 found (Select all objects using a window.) Select objects: Specify base point: (cen) (Snap to the center of the circle on the left for the base point.) Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference] <0>: 45 (The positive rotation angle of 45 degrees is counterclockwise.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="280"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="243"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="181"] Figure Step 4C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The base point in Step 4 is the center of the large circle. The base point is very important in the ROTATE command. It is the only location on the rotated object that is not relocated after the rotation.

Step 5

On layer: Construction, draw a 3.5 inch line in the positive X direction. For the first point, snap to the center of the circle. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="303"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Using what you just learned in the last workalong, mirror the object to match the figure. Snap to the midpoint of the line for first mirror line location. With Ortho mode enable, select the second point vertical. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="299"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="411"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="381"] Figure Step 6C[/caption]

Step 7

Freeze layer: Construction. Edit the text on the mirrored object to PART RIGHT. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="381"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

On layer: Motion Path 1, draw the motion path circle. Snap to the center of the lower left circle for the center point and the center of the upper left circle for the radius. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Using what you just learned in Step 8, draw the motion path circle for the right arm. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The circles you just drew are motion paths for the arms assuming the base point is the large circle of the arms.

Step 10

Enter the ROTATE command, as shown below, to rotate the left arm using the Reference option. (Figure Step 10A, 10B , 10C, 10D, 10E, and 10F) Command: RO Current positive angle in UCS: ANGDIR=counterclockwise ANGBASE=0 Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 7 found (Select the objects in a window.) Select objects: Specify base point: (cen) (Selecting the center of the lower circle for base point.) Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference] <90>: R (Use a Reference.) Specify the reference angle <0>: (cen) (Specifying the center of the large circle (the base point) as the first point of the reference.) Specify second point: (cen) (Specifying the center of the small circle as the second point of the reference.) Specify the new angle or [Points] <0>: (int) (Specifying the new angle (the intersection of the motion paths). AutoCAD will find the rotation angle using the select location.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="442"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="443"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Take note how you must select the center of the large circle twice. The first time to locate the base point and the second time to locate the first point of the reference. The second selection is often missed by beginners.

[caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="443"] Figure Step 10C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="453"] Figure Step 10D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Figure Step 10E[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 10F[/caption]

Step 11

Using what you just learned, rotate PART RIGHT to match PART LEFT. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Using the COPY command, copy only the arms beside the originals. It is not important where you locate the copy. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Change the layer of the copied arm to layer: Rotation 2. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Using the MOVE command, move the copied arms back to their original position on top of the original arms. Ensure that you locate them exactly on the originals by snapping the center of a circle to the center of matching circle. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There are now two copies of the arms at the exact same location, but on different layers.

Step 15

Turn layer: Rotation 1 off. Using what you learned earlier in the workalong, rotated the arms on layer: Rotation 2 to match the figure. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Turn layer: Rotation 1 on. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="430"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 22

When an object is mirrored, the object that is created in the mirror will retain all the properties of the object being mirrored.
After mirroring, ensure that you correct any lines that appear full length but are actually two lines. You can do this by deleting one of the lines and extending the other one.
The ROTATE command is a very useful productivity tool. It rotates objects around a base point selected in the command. The base point is the only location on the rotated object that is not changed after the rotation.

Lab Exercise 22-1

Time allowed: 50 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 22-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Start by drawing one quarter of the object, then mirror it once and then again to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)

Step 2

Erase and extend all of the lines that were mirrored and are in two pieces.

Step 3

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy. [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="156"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]

Step 4

On layout: Module Layout A, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.5 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="549"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="608"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="517"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

Lab Exercise 22-2

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 22-2

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the rectangle shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

On layer: Rotation 1, draw the object shown in Figure step 2A using the dimensioned drawing as a reference. Draw it anywhere beside the rectangle. On layer: Text, insert the text PART A using the text style: 2D Modules. Locate the text by eye and select a text height to match the figure. (Figure Step 2A and 2B) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="613"] Figure Step 2B[/caption]

Step 3

Mirror the object PART A. The location is not important but ensure that the mirror line is horizontal. Edit the text to PART B. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Using the dimensioned drawing shown in the figure as a reference, move PART A and PART B to locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="436"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw construction lines and snap the center of the circle to intersection of the construction lines.

Step 5

On layer: Motion Path 1, draw the circles for the motion paths. Rotate the arms to locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="318"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

Step 6

Turn layer: Motion Path 1 off. Copy both arms anywhere outside of the rectangle. Change the layer of the copied arms to layer: Rotation 2. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Move the arms back to their exact original location. Turn layer: Rotation 1 off. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

On layer: Motion Path 2, draw the motion path circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Rotate the arms as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Turn layers: Rotation 1, Rotation 2, and Text on and all other layers off. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1126" align="aligncenter" width="415"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Set the insertion units and insert the key to check your drawing for accuracy.

Step 12

Save and close the drawing.

Module 23: Arraying

jgray — Wed, 24 Feb 2021 20:28:45 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how drawing objects are arrayed in both polar and rectangular patterns.
Apply the ARRAYCLASSIC command to array objects in polar or rectangular patterns.
Describe and apply five additional the methods of selecting objects; window polygon, cross polygon, fence, lasso window, and lasso cross window.
Describe how to find the center of and insert a circle inside a regular polygon.

Arraying

The ARRAY command is used to create multiple copies of objects in a polar or rectangular pattern. See Figure 23-1 and 23-2. It is another one of those powerful commands that, when used at the right times, can prove to be very productive. [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="360"] Figure 23-1 Polar Array[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="271"] Figure 23-2 Rectangular Array[/caption]

MUST KNOW: When an object is arrayed, all objects created in the array will retain the properties of the original object, even the layer the original object resides on. This happens regardless of the current layer when the ARRAY command is executed.

AutoCAD Command: ARRAYCLASSIC

The ARRAYCLASSIC command displays a dialogue box that is used to create multiple copies of objects either in a rectangular or a polar pattern. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1131" align="aligncenter" width="400"] ARRAYCLASSIC Dialogue Box[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the ARRAY Command - Part 1

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1.

Step 3

On layer: Construction, draw the two circles shown in the figure. (Figure Sep 3) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Sep 3[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Text, using the text style: 2D Modules, insert the text A and B. Select the location of the text by eye and use a text height to match the figure as close as possible. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="466"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

On layer: Object, draw a 0.35 diameter circle and two lines snapping them from quad to quad as shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Using the COPY command, copy the circle you drew in Step 5, four times, to the absolute coordinates shown in the figure. Add the text C and D using the same specifications as the text in Step 4. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="710"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A faster method of creating the text C and D would be to copy the text A to the location of C and D. After you do that, edit the text and change the A to C and D.

Step 7

Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command to open the Array dialogue box. In the Array dialogue box, enable Polar Array . Click the Pick Center Point show me icon. When you are prompted for the center point of the array, snap to the center of circle A. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="497"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="276"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

Step 8

Enable Rotate items as copied. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="138"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

USER TIP: The Show me icon, inside a dialogue box as shown in the figure on the right, is instructing you that you can pick an object, size, or numerical value rather than entering data on the keyboard. Use these Show me icons whenever possible to improve drawing productivity.

Step 9

Click the Select objects icon. When you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select the small circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="506"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

Set the Total number of items to 8 and Angle to fill: to 360.00. The Array dialogue box should match the figure. Click OK and your array should appear as shown in Figure Step 10B. (Figure Step 10A. 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="509"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="266"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="585"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

Step 11

Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. Using what you learn in Step 7, enable Polar Array and click the Pick Center Point icon. When you are prompted for the center point of the array, snap to the center of circle B. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="236"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Disable Rotate items as copied. Click the More button, to the right of the Rotate items as copied button, to expand it. Click the Pick Base Point icon. When you are prompted to select the base point, snap to the center of small circle. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="504"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="337"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The base point on the object to be arrayed and not rotated must be its center.

Step 13

Click the Select objects button. When you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select the small circle as shown in the figure. Set the Total number of items to 8 and Angle to fill: to 360.00. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="506"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="312"] Figure Step 13B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Step 13C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 13D[/caption]

Step 14

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Using the ARRAY Command - Part 2

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Using the figures as a reference, draw the two circles and the line on layer: Construction. On layer: Object, draw the small inner circle. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 2B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 2C[/caption]

Step 3

Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command to open the Array dialogue box. Using what was taught earlier in this module, array the line 48 times. Rotate the line as it is arrayed. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="507"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="278"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Object, draw one tooth by snapping to the intersection of the lines and circles as shown on the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Array the tooth 24 times. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Freeze layer: Construction. The completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Save and close the drawing.

USER TIP: In a rectangular array, the offset distance is measured from a point on the object to the same point on the arrayed object. When arraying an object where only the distance between the objects is known, add the width of the object to the spacing for the column offset and height of the object to the spacing for the row offset. If the distances from center to center of the object are known, simply use them as the offset distances.

WORKALONG: Using the ARRAY Command - Part 3

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. In the Array dialogue box, enable Rectangular Array. Set the number of rows to 3 and number of columns to 5. Set the Row offset to 1.5 and Column offset to 1.0. Click the Select object icon and when prompted to Select objects, use a window to select circle C plus the lines. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="418"] Figure Step 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="504"] Figure Step 2B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="359"] Figure Step 2C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Row offset and the Column offset are both positive in this array since you want to array in the positive X and positive Y direction.

Step 3

Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. In the Array dialogue box, enable Rectangular Array. Set the number of rows to 5 and number of columns to 4. Set the Row offset to - 0.5 and Column offset to -0.75. Set the Angle of array to 30. Click the Select object icon and when you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select circle D and the two lines. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="391"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="504"] Figure Step 3B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="203"] Figure Step 3C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="666"] Figure Step 3D[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Row offset and the Column offset are both negative in this array since you want to array in the negative X and negative Y direction.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 23-3 Selecting Objects[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using Polygon Windows and Fences to Select Objects

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1.

Step 2

Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-2.

Step 3

Turn layers: Construction and Text off. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="601"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Rectangular windows and crossing windows are implied, therefore you do not have to enter a W or C when you use them. To use most other windows and fences to select objects, you must enter the abbreviation after the ' Select objects ' prompt. See Figure 23-3 for the abbreviations.

Step 4

Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a window polygon to select the objects. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) Command: ERASE Select objects: WP First polygon point: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Select objects: Command:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not join the last endpoint of the window to the first point. AutoCAD will do that automatically.

[caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="260"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Step 5

Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a cross polygon window to select the objects to be erased. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) Command: ERASE Select objects: CP First polygon point: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="495"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a fence to select the objects to be erased. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: ERASE Select objects: F First polygon point: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]: Specify endpoint of line or[Undo]: Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="399"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

Step 7

Using what you learned, use the COPY command and a cross polygon window to select the objects, copy the 4 circles and their lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="314"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 7B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 7C[/caption]

Step 8

Use the lasso windows method to erase 5 circles. Without entering a command, press the left mouse button and while holding it down, move the mouse from left to right. The irregular shape should be colored blue. All objects totally inside the window will be selected. With the object selected, press the Delete key. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="318"] Figure Step 8A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not join the last endpoint of the window to the first point. AutoCAD will do that.

[caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8C[/caption]

Step 9

Use the lasso crossing windows method. Without entering a command, press the left mouse button and while holding it down, move the mouse from right to left. The irregular shape should be colored green. All objects totally inside and ones that cross the window will be selected. With the object selected, press the Delete key. (Figure Step 9A, 9B, and 9C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="295"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not join the last endpoint of the crossing window to the first point. AutoCAD will do that.

[caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9C[/caption]

Step 10

save and close the drawing.

Geometry Lesson: Finding Centers and Placing Circles inside Regular Polygons

Method 1

Insert a circle that is tangent to the midpoint of three sides of the regular polygon. The center of the circle is the center of the polygon. See Figure 23-4. Insert a circle using the 3P option in the CIRCLE command. For the three points, snap to the midpoints of any three lines. Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3P Specify first point on circle: (mid) P1 Specify second point on circle: (mid) P2 Specify third point on circle: (mid) P3 Command: [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="145"] Figure 23-4[/caption]

Method 2

Insert the circle using the 3P option in the CIRCLE command and snap to the tangent point of any three of sides of the regular polygon. See Figure 23-5. Command: CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3P Specify first point on circle: (tan) P4 Specify second point on circle: (tan) P5 Specify third point on circle: (tan) P6 Command: [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="175"] Figure 23-5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Keep in mind that this only works for regular polygons. All the sides of a regular polygon are equal in length.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 23

When an object is arrayed, all objects created in the array will retain the properties of the original objects, even the layer they reside on. This happens regardless of the current layer when the ARRAYCLASSIC command is executed.
In a rectangular array, the offset distance is measured from the one point on the object to the same point on the arrayed object.
A Window Polygon selects all drawing objects that are totally inside a window defined by a polygon. The polygon shaped window will appear as a solid line. A Cross Polygon selects all drawing objects that are totally inside and the ones that cross a window defined by a polygon. The polygon will appear as a dashed line. A Fence selects all drawing objects that are crossed by a line or a series of lines.

Lab Exercise 23-1

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 23-1

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (figure Step 1A, 1B and 1C).

Step 2

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy. [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 1A
Detail[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B Dimensioned Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="239"] Figure Step 1C
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Hint 1

Draw and then array the line 64 times and draw two teeth (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

Trim the circles and lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 2A, 2B and 2C) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure Hint 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="154"] Figure Hint 2B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Hint 2C[/caption]

Hint 3

Delete the unnecessary lines and arcs. (Figure Hint 3) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Hint 3[/caption]

Hint 4

Array the objects 16 times. (Figure Hint 4) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="337"] Figure Hint 4[/caption]

Hint 5

Draw the hexagon first with the top and bottom lines horizontal. Locate its center using the dimensioned drawing. After it is drawn, rotate it using a Reference to the correct angle. (Figure Hint 5) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 5[/caption]

Lab Exercise 23-2

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 23-2

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="426"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Copy the object to each location as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="706"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Array the object as shown below. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Be careful of the spacing as the dimensions are tricky. See the User Tip at the end of "WORKALONG: Using the ARRAY Command – Part 2" to help you figure out the Row offset and the Column offset. In a rectangular array, the offset distance is measured from the one point on the object to the same point on the arrayed object.

Step 4

Save and close the drawing.

Hint 1

Draw one arc as shown. The four step are shown in the figure. If you need help understanding you can see the Geometry Lesson in Module 20. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="706"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Hint 2

After one arc is drawn, mirror it to the right side. Then mirror the two top arc to the bottom. Trim and erase the lines to complete. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_1204" align="aligncenter" width="649"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Module 24: Scaling and Stretching

jgray — Thu, 25 Feb 2021 16:47:39 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how drawing objects are stretched and scaled to change their original shape and size.
Apply the STRETCH and SCALE commands to change the size and shape of existing objects by stretching or scaling them.

Stretching Objects

The STRETCH command has many uses. Using this command is a good way to edit the shape of objects without having to erase and redraw portions of them as shown in Figure Step 24-1. Existing objects can be stretched larger or smaller. The objects to be stretched MUST be selected using a crossing or cross polygon window. The objects that are totally inside the crossing or cross polygon window are moved and the objects that cross the window are stretched.

Scaling Objects

The SCALE command can be also be used in many ways. An object can be scaled either larger or smaller by using a scale factor or by using a reference and letting AutoCAD calculate the scale factor. See Figure 24-2. The object to be scaled is scaled around a base point. The base point is the only location that does not change as the object is scaled around it. [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="163"] Figure 24-1 Stretching[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="416"] Figure 24-2
Scaling[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As soon as you able to identify when and where to use the STRETCH and SCALE commands, your drawing speed and productivity will increase.

AutoCAD Command: STRETCH

The STRETCH command is used to stretch drawing objects either larger or smaller.

Shortcut: S [caption id="attachment_1211" align="aligncenter" width="454"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1211" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1211" align="aligncenter" width="301"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: SCALE

The SCALE command is used to scale drawing objects, around a base point, either larger or smaller. Shortcut: SC [caption id="attachment_1214" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1214" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1214" align="aligncenter" width="286"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

MUST KNOW: The STRETCH command requires the user to use a crossing or cross polygon window to select the objects. It moves the objects that are totally inside the window and stretches the objects that cross the window. A crossing or cross polygon window MUST be used at all times with the STRETCH command.

WORKALONG: Stretching and Scaling Objects

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 24-1.

Step 3

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="629"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object longer. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) Command: STRETCH Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon... Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 4 found (Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure. You MUST use a crossing window in the STRETCH command.) Select objects: Specify base point or [Displacement] : 0,0 Specify second point or : @1,0 (The lines that the crossing window cross are stretched 1 unit longer in the positive X direction. The lines totally inside the crossing window are moved 1 unit in the positive X direction.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="322"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="322"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Objects that cross the crossing window are stretched 1 inch longer and the objects that are totally inside the crossing window are moved 1 inch to the right.

Step 5

Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object higher. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) Command: STRETCH Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon... Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 4 found (Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure) Select objects: Specify base point or [Displacement] : 0,0 Specify second point or : @0,1.5 (The lines that the crossing window cross are stretched 1.5 units in the positive Y direction and the lines and circles that are totally inside the crossing window are moved 1.5 units in the positive Y direction.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="406"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="306"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="292"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Figure Step 6C[/caption] Command: STRETCH Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon... Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 3 found (Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure.) Select objects: Specify base point or [Displacement] : (end) (Snap to the end of the line.) Specify second point or : @1,0 (The lines that the crossing window crosses are stretched 1 unit, one longer and one shorter. The three lines inside the crossing window are moved 1 unit in the positive X direction.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="292"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Figure Step 6C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As you can see, lines can stretched longer or shorter.

Step 7

Using what you already learned, use the STRETCH command to stretch the object to match Figure Step 7A. See Figure Step 7B for the location of the cross polygon window that you have to use. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="412"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="350"] Figure Step 7B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 7C[/caption]

Step 8

Using what you already learned, use the STRETCH command to stretch the object to match Figure Step 8A. See Figure Step 8B for the location of the cross polygon window that you have to use. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="387"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 8B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="368"] Figure Step 8C[/caption]

Step 9

Using what you already learned, use the MIRROR command to mirror the object to match Figure Step 9A. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

Enter the SCALE command, as shown below, to scale the object on the right by a scale factor of 0.5. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C) Command: SCALE Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 13 found (Select the objects to be scaled in a window.) Select objects: Specify base point: (end) (Snap to the end of bottom left line to establish the base point. This point will remain at the same location and the remainder of the object will be scaled.) Specify scale factor or [Copy/Reference] <1.0000>: 0.5 (Scale the object by a scale factor of one-half.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="559"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="495"] Figure Step 10B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="360"] Figure Step 10C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You must be careful when using a scale factor. When you apply a scale factor of 0.5, you are scaling the object by one-half the height and one-half the width. Therefore, the object will be one-quarter of the size it was before the scale. The opposite happens when you scale the object larger. For example, when you apply the scale factor of 2, it scales the object 2 times the width and 2 times the height making the object 4 times its size before the scale.

Step 11

On layer: Construction, enable Ortho mode and draw two lines. Snap to the endpoints of existing lines, as shown in the figure, drawing one vertical line and one horizontal line. The length of the lines is not important but they must intersect. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="412"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Enter the SCALE command, as shown below, to scale using the Reference option. (Figure Step 12A, 12B, 12C, 12D, and 12E) Command: SCALE Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 13 found (Select the object on the right using a window as shown Figure Step 12A.) Select objects: Specify base point: (end) (Snap to the end of the line for the base point.) Specify scale factor or [Copy/Reference] <1.5000>: R (Use a Reference.) Specify reference length <1.0000>: (end) Specify second point: (end) (Specifying a reference length.) Specify new length or [Points] <1.0000>: (end) (Specifying the new length of the reference length.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="483"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Figure Step 12B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Figure Step 12C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="428"] Figure Step 12D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 12E[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This example instructs AutoCAD to measure the distance between the two endpoints. It then calculates the scale factor using the distance between the locations selected.

Step 13

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Rotating and Scaling Objects

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 24-2.

Step 3

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="509"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Construction, draw a line from center of the large circle to the center of the medium circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4). [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="210"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Using the ROTATE command, rotate the large circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 5). [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Using the ROTATE command, rotate the medium size circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 6). [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="210"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Using the MOVE command, move the small circle snapping the bottom quad to the intersection of the medium circle and the construction line. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="210"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Using the ROTATE command, rotate the small circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Using the SCALE command, scale the small circle, using the Reference option, to fit exactly between the other two circles. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Freeze layer: Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 24

The STRETCH command requires that a crossing or cross polygon window be used to select the objects. It moves the objects that are totally inside the window and stretches the objects that cross the window. You MUST use a crossing or cross polygon window at all times with the STRETCH command.
The SCALE command can scale an object either larger or smaller by using a scale factor or a reference and let AutoCAD calculate the scale factor. The objects to be scaled is scaled around a base point. The base point is the only location that does not change as the objects are scaled around it.
A scale factor of 0.5 scales the object by one-half its height and one-half its width and therefore scales the object one-quarter of its original size.

Lab Exercise 24-1

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 24-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="278"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check your drawing for accuracy.

Step 3

Copy the completed object 7 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="254"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Using the STRETCH command only, edit the object on the right to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="412"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

Hint 1

To draw the arc at the top, draw a construction line by snapping the first point to the center of the circle and the second point snapping it perpendicular to the inclined line. Draw a circle, on layer: Object, snapping to the center of the circle for the center point and the end of the construction line for the radius. Trim the circle. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="657"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: A line drawn from the center of the circle perpendicular to the inclined line locates the tangent point and the radius for the arc.

Hint 2

See the following steps to edit the object using the STRETCH command.

Step 1

Stretch the object 1 inch in the positive Y direction. (Figure Hint 2 - Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint 2 - Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Stretch the right side of the slot 0.25 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 2 - Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint 2 - Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Stretch the left side of the slot 0.25 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 2 - Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Hint 2 - Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Draw construction lines using the dimensioned drawing in Step 1 as a reference. (Figure Hint 2 - Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="180"] Figure Hint 2 - Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Stretch the bottom of the slot using the construction lines to snap to. Do the same for the top of the slot. (Figure Hint 2 - Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 2 - Step 5[/caption]

Lab Exercise 24-2

Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 24-2

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. This object will be referred to as the original object in this lab exercise. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="261"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1B Dimensioned Drawing[/caption]

Step 2

Copy and scale the original object in steps A to H: (Figure Step 2) A Copy the center to X4,Y9. Scale the inside array only. Use the scale factor of 1.5. Use the center as base point. B Copy the center to X4,Y13. Scale the whole object at a scale factor of 0.5. Use the center as base point. C Copy the center to X9,Y13. Scale the outside array only. Use a scale factor of 1.25 Use the center as base point. D Copy the center to X10,Y8. E Copy the center to X16.75,Y6.7. Scale the whole object at a scale factor of 2. Use the center as base point. F Copy the center to X16.5,Y13.5. Scale the inside array only at a scale factor of 3. Scale the outside array at a scale factor of 0.5. Use the center as the base point. G Copy the object and scale it to fit exactly between the existing objects B and C. Scale it to fit exactly between the midpoint on the arcs. Use the Reference option do not use math.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw a construction line between the centers of B and C.

H Copy the object and scale it to fit exactly between the closest distance between the two existing objects D and E. Rotate the object so the midpoints of the arcs are touching the existing objects. Use the Reference option. Do not use math. [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Hint 1

Using the dimensioned drawing, complete the following steps:

Step 1

Draw 2 lines and an the arc.

Step 2

Array them 16 times.

Step 3

Deleted unwanted objects and insert two 0.05 radius fillets.

Step 4

Deleted the unnecessary objects.

Step 5

Array it 16 times. [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 1 - Step 1 Figure Hint 1 - Step 2[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 1 - Step 3 Figure Hint 1 - Step 4[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Hint 1- Step 5[/caption]

Hint 2

Draw construction lines from center to center of the objects to help you complete the drawing. (Figure Hint 2) [caption id="attachment_1268" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 2[/caption]

Module 25: Text – Part 2

jgray — Sun, 28 Feb 2021 23:30:24 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a mtext object and explain how to create, edit and explode mtext.
Apply the MTEXT, QTEXT, and SPELL commands.
Describe and compare shape and true type text fonts and their characteristics.
Describe special text characters and the use of control codes.

Multiline Text

Unlike single line text, that was taught Module 19, multiline text, also called mtext, is a text object that can contain one or more lines of text. AutoCAD contains an editor that inserts and edits mtext similar to a word processor. Mtext uses the current text style for its properties, just like single line text, but it allows the font color and appearance of the text, with the same style, to be changed. This cannot be done with single line text. Mtext can be exploded using the EXPLODE command. When exploded, it is converted into single line text objects and loses all of its mtext properties except the color, height, and text style.

AutoCAD Command: MTEXT

The MTEXT command is used to insert one or more lines of multiline text objects. Each mtext is a single drawing object. Shortcut: MT [caption id="attachment_1273" align="aligncenter" width="336"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1273" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

[caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="689"] Figure 25-1 Object Snap Mode for Mtext and Single Line Text[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the MTEXT Command

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 25-1.

Step 3

Create a new text style naming it: Module 25 and assign the font: romans.shx. Set Standard as the current text style.

Step 4

Enable layout: Module Layout A.

Step 5

Set layer: Text as the current layer and while in paper space, enter the MTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 5) Command: MTEXT Current text style: "Standard" Text height: 0.2000 Specify first corner: Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width]: (Select two corners to form a window as shown in the figure. The size and location are not that important but try to match the figure the best you can.) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="304"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The window you created in the MTEXT command is called the bounding box.

Step 6

The MTEXT command will open the Text Formatting dialogue box. It works similar to a simple word processor. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Set layer: Text as the current layer. Set the text style to: Module 25, the text height to 0.4 and the color to Red as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

In the bounding box, enter the text shown below. Use uppercase letters. Do not press the Enter key at the end of the line, just keep typing. Do not correct the spelling errors in the text, type it as shown. (Figure Step 8) THIS IS MTEXT. IT IS ONE OBJICT. IF EXPLODED, IT IS CONVERTED TO SINLE LINE TEXT. [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Click OK after you have entered all the text. (Figure step 9) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

Enter the MTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 10) Command: MTEXT Current text style: "Module 25" Text height: 0.4000 Specify first corner: Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width]: (Select two corners to form a window. The size and location are not that important but try to match the figure the best you can.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="396"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Set the text style to: Titleblock, font Arial and height to 0.3 as shown in the figure. In the bounding box, enter the text shown below. Enter it in upper case characters. At the end of each line press the Enter key. Do not correct the spelling errors in the text, type it as shown. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure Step 11B[/caption] THIS IS MTEXT USING ARIAL FONT. THIS IS CITY BLUEPRINT FONT. THIS IS UNDERLIND MTEXT. THIS IS BOLD MTEXT. THIS IS SMALL MTEXT. THIS IS LARGE MTEXT. THIS MTEXT IS COLORED BLUE.

Step 12

Block the second line of the text. While it is blocked, select the font: City Blueprint. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The easiest way to block text is to hold down the left mouse button as you pass the cursor over the text you want to block.

Step 13

Block the third line. While it is blocked, click the Underline icon. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Block the forth line. While it is blocked, click the Bold icon. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Block the fifth line. While it is blocked, set the text height to 0.14. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Block the sixth line. While it is blocked, set the text height to 0.40. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Block the seventh line. While it is blocked, set the color to Blue. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

Step 18

The completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="470"] Figure Step 18[/caption]

Step 19

Save and close the drawing.

Editing Mtext

The DDEDIT command, taught in Module 19, is used to edit mtext. You can enter the DDEDIT command on the command line or enter it from one of the menus and then select the mtext to edit. A much faster method to edit mtext is to double click the mtext. When mtext is double- clicked, it will open the Text Formatting dialogue box and display the selected mtext.

AutoCAD Command: SPELL

The SPELL command is used to spell check selected text or all text in the current drawing. Shortcut: SP [caption id="attachment_1290" align="aligncenter" width="285"] Tool Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: QTEXT

The QTEXT command is used to change the display of all text objects on the drawing to rectangles that represent the location of the text. Shortcut: none

Font Types

There are two basic font types available in AutoCAD. They are shape fonts and true type fonts.

Shape Font

A shape font is a compiled font created using vector lines and arcs. The text characters in a shape font are made from lines and arcs, the same as drawings. They are created in a text file, saved as a shape file, and compiled before they can be used in a drawing. A shape file is saved with the extension .shp and after it is compiled, is given a .shx extension. See Figure 25-2. [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Figure 25-2
True Type and Shape Fonts[/caption]

True Type Fonts

A true type font is a raster font. The text characters in a raster font are created from dots or pixels. A true type font does not have a file extension assigned to the name.

A Shape Font Verses a True Type Font

The fonts available in the Text Style dialogue box are either shape fonts or true type fonts. Shape fonts have the extension .shx while true type fonts do not have an extension. That is how you can tell which font type is being used. See Figure 25-2. The main differences between shape fonts and true type fonts are as follows:

Shape fonts take much less space in an AutoCAD drawing's data base then true type
Drawings regenerate faster with shape fonts then they do with true type
True type fonts can be assigned appearances like bolding and italicized while shape fonts cannot.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: It is best to use a shape font, whenever possible, in an AutoCAD drawing.

Special Text Characters

Not all characters or symbols that are required on drawings are available on a keyboard. These characters are called special characters, see Figure 25-3. To enter them as text, control codes must be used.

Control Codes

The control code used by AutoCAD is a pair of percent signs %%. Added before a special character, AutoCAD's text commands will interpret it differently than normal text characters. Shape and true type fonts as well as single line and multiline text work differently with special characters. Therefore, you will have to experiment with the text type and font being used. [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="689"] Figure 25-3 Special AutoCAD Text Characters[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the SPELL and QTEXT Commands plus Special Characters

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 25-1. Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Enter the SPELL command. It will open the Check Spelling dialogue box. Pull down the Where to check: list and select Current space/layout. Press the Start button. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 3

One by one, the dialogue box will display the words it finds that are not in the dictionary and may suggest a replacement. You have the choice to Ignore, Change or to Add the word to the dictionary. In this case, click the Ignore All box. It will ignore all mtext words in the layout. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

This spell checker will find the next misspelled word. In this example, it is OBJICT. Click the Change box to correct the spelling to OBJECT. This spell checker will find the next misspelled word. In this example, it is SINLE. Carry on using the spell checker until it completes checking all words. When the spell checker finds ARIAL, click the Add to Dictionary box to add the word. (Figure step 4A. 4B, and 4C). [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="608"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4C[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The words in your spell checker may display in a different order than shown here.

Step 5

Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure with the spelling errors corrected. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the QTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 6) Command: QTEXT Enter mode [ON/OFF] : ON Command: REGEN Regenerating model Command: [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="244"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: After you enter the QTEXT command, you must enter the REGEN command to force the display of the text boxes.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The QTEXT command temporarily replaces the existing text on the layout with rectangular boxes. Since a large amount of text on a drawing can slow down some operations in the drawing process, replacing the text with rectangles will speed it up. Displaying rectangular boxes, at the text's location, allows the user to see the location of existing text while continuing working on the drawing. When required, simply enter the QTEXT command and turn QTEXT off.

Step 7

Enter the QTEXT and REGEN commands as shown below. (Figure Step 7) Command: QTEXT Enter mode [ON/OFF] : OFF Command: REGEN Regenerating model. Command [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="244"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Using The EXPLODE command, as shown below, explode the mtext object at the top of the drawing only. When exploded, mtext is converted into single line text. Do not explode the lower mtext object. (Figure Step 8) Command: EXPLODE Select objects: 1 found Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Open the Properties window and then select the five lines of text. While the text lines are selected, set the rotation angle to 5 degrees and the height of 0.3. Using what you learned in Module 19, edit the first two lines of the text to match the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="532"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

Edit the third line of text. Add the special characters ' %%p ' preceding the number 0.30 and execute the command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A and 10B) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="479"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="479"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

Step 11

Using what you just learned and the special character table in Figure 25-3, edit the text to appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="507"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you cannot complete Step 11, see answers below: IT IS ROTATED AT %%p5%%d%%uA DIAMETER SYMBOL IS %%c%%u

Step 12

Your finished drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="228"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Save and close the drawing.

MUST KNOW: Mtext can be one or more lines or paragraphs of text that is a single drawing object. It uses the current style properties but within the text object, the font, color and other appearance can vary. Mtext can be exploded with the EXPLODE command. When exploded, mtext will be converted to single line text objects.

USER TIP: While the DDEDIT command can be use to edit mtext, a much faster method is to double click the text. This method will open the Text Formatting dialogue box and display the text in it as soon as the mtext is double clicked.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 25

Unlike single line text, multiline text is a text object that can contain one or more lines of text and is one drawing object.
There are two basic font types available in AutoCAD. They are shape fonts and true type fonts.
Shape fonts are vector fonts and true type fonts are raster fonts.
Not all characters or symbols are available on a keyboard. These characters are called special characters. To enter them as text, the control codes ' %% ' must precede the special character.

Lab Exercise 25-1

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

Create a text style named: Module Lab 25, font: Romans. Set it as the current text style.

Step 2

Set layer: Text as the current layer. Enable layout: Module Layout A. In Paper space, insert 4 mtext objects as shown in the figure. Leave the spelling errors in the text as you enter it. Locate the text by eye to match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 2) [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Note: Not all computer systems have the same fonts loaded. This is especially true for true type fonts. If you don't have the font requested in a lab exercise, choose another one of your choice.

Step 3

Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20.

Lab Exercise 25-2 Part B

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-2

N/A

Inches

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-2.

Step 2

Spell check all text in the layout and correct all spelling errors.

Step 3

Explode the mtext that is shown in Figure Step 3 only. [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Edit the text to appear as shown in Figure Step 4. [caption id="attachment_1310" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Note: Not all computer systems have the same fonts loaded. This is especially true for true type fonts. If you don't have the font requested in a lab exercise, choose another one of your choice.

Introduction

jgray — Mon, 03 Feb 2020 22:03:16 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this introduction, you will be able to:

List the software and template files required to complete the AutoCAD 2D book.
Describe this book's philosophy and explain how to use the book to learn how to apply the AutoCAD commands and features to draw 2D drawings.
Describe the conventions and symbols used in the AutoCAD 2D book.

Software Requirements

Operating System Software Required

This book was designed to be used on AutoCAD software that was designed for the Windows operating system.

AutoCAD Software Required

This book was written to be used with AutoCAD 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018. You must have one of these software packages installed on your computer to complete the lab exercises in the book.

Template Files Required for the AutoCAD 2D book

To complete the lab exercises in this book, you must have the four template files, that accompany it, on your hard drive. Module 2 will teach you how to use them.

About the Book

Philosophy of the AutoCAD 2D book

The AutoCAD 2D Self-paced book was written as a tool to guide and teach you to master AutoCAD. No two students learn at the same pace, therefore the book was written with competency-based modules. The competency-based modules are bite-size pieces that allow you to work at your own pace. They can be used to learn by distance education, correspondence, online, instructor-lead classes, or by individuals teaching themselves to use AutoCAD in their own home or office.

Scope of the AutoCAD books

There are five AutoCAD Self-paced books. They are AutoCAD 2D, AutoCAD 3D, AutoCAD 2D Advanced, AutoCAD 3D Advanced, and AutoLISP.

Suggested Prerequisites

To get the most from this book, it is suggested that you have a working knowledge of Windows operating system. At the very least, you must have the ability to create folders plus move, copy, rename, and delete files.

Book Structure and Components

The modules in the AutoCAD 2D book were written in a very logical step-by-step order. The following information will help you get the most from this book.

The Modules

The modules in the book were written as bite-size pieces in a precise order and contain the information that is required to learn AutoCAD 2D. Do not skim through the modules. Read each page and ensure that everything is understood in each module. Do not jump around inside the module or from module to module. Work methodically through each module, page by page. As you work your way through each module, try to understand all the information it contains. To ensure that it is understood, you must be able to complete the lab exercises to prove it. Only when everything in the module is understood and you can complete the lab exercises, in the specified time limit, should you go to the next module. Each module may contain Must Know's, User Tips, Workalongs, Lessons, Key Principles, and Lab Exercises.

Must Knows

Most modules contain user Must Knows. You must understand and retain each one of these principles as you work your way through the modules. If you cannot understand any one of them, read back through the module. Do not go on until you fully understand it. Here is an example:

(Do not attempt to understand this Must Know now. It is here as an example only.)

User Tips

User Tips are in the modules to help you draw in AutoCAD. They contain tips, tricks and ways to use commands that will help you draw faster and increase your productivity. Study them and try to use the tips while completing the labs exercises. They are there to help you work smarter, not harder. Here is an example:

(Do not attempt to learn this user tip now. It is here as an example only.)

USER TIP: The function key F3 toggles the AutoSnap feature off and on. Although there are other ways to do this, try to get into the habit of using F3 as it will greatly improve your drawing speed.

Workalongs

A Workalong is an exercise that you complete by working along with the module, tutorial style, to complete a drawing using AutoCAD. Completing the Workalongs will help you understand how the commands and features being taught in that module work by actually using them in AutoCAD. This will prepare you to complete the drawings in the lab exercises without any assistance.

(Do not attempt this workalong now, it is here for an example only.)

WORKALONG: Drawing Lines Using Cartesian Coordinates - Part 1

Step 1

Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template 2D English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1. Save it in the folder CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.

Step 3

Geometry and Drafting Lessons

Some modules contain drafting and/or geometry lessons. They are included to teach users who do not have any previous drafting/design knowledge or experience. They may also be handy for drafters or designers who need a refresher lesson. If you already know and understand the theory in the lesson, you can skip it and go on to the next topic in the module. Knowing the theory taught in the lessons will help you complete the lab exercises.

(Do not attempt this geometry lesson now. It is here for an example only.)

Geometry Lesson: Circles

Key Principles

Each module contains a list of Key Principles at the end. The Key Principles are principles that you should have learned and understand in that module. It is important that you fully understand each one as you will be required to use them in future AutoCAD work.

(Do not attempt to learn the key principles now. It is here for an example only.)

Key Principles in Module 4

1. The @ symbol means "The last absolute coordinate location," or sometimes called the lastpoint. 2. To close the last line of a series of lines, enter either C (Close) or the absolute coordinate of the first. 3. To delete existing drawing objects, you can either use the ERASE command or the Delete key on the. 4. Objects can either be selected before or after a command is. 5. To unselect an drawing object, press the Esc Sometimes it has to be pressed twice.

Lab Exercises

All lab exercises have a time limit allocated to them. To complete the lab exercise in the specified time limit, you must be able to complete the drawing, check it for accuracy and make any corrections. If you cannot complete it in the time allowed, redo the entire lab exercise. It is your way of proving that you have mastered the module. Almost all modules contain at least two lab exercises. It is strongly suggested that you complete all lab exercises in the module.

Checking the Accuracy of Your Drawings

Almost all lab exercises have a key provided that you can use to check the drawing's accuracy. This is taught in Module 3: Checking the Accuracy of Your Drawings.

Competency Tests

Every fifth module is a timed competency test module. A Competency Test Module has multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the last set of modules completed. There is no key supplied with this module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing or cannot complete it in the time allowed, go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo any lab exercises to help you learn the material.

Book Conventions and Symbols

The following conventions and symbols are used in the book to help you understand the material.

New Terms: Red Italics

Words in red italics are new terms being introduced in that module. They will only appear in red italics the first time they are appear and will be defined. Here is an example: The current layer is the layer that AutoCAD will place all newly created drawing objects on.

Bolded Words and Numbers

In Workalongs, all words and numbers in bold font are input by the user. It is your way of knowing if it is your input or an AutoCAD response. Here is an example: Command: LINE Specify first point: 1.75,4 Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0 Command:

AutoCAD Commands: Uppercase

AutoCAD commands are always in uppercase. Here is an example: To construct a fillet, use the FILLET command. The rule of thumb to follow is, "If the arc you are drawing is tangent to both objects it is connecting to, use the FILLET command to insert it."

Picking Objects or Locations on the Drawing

To help understand when an object or a location is picked, the modules use the letter "P" along with a number that indicates which pick it is in the sequence of picks.

(Do not attempt this workalong now. It is here as an example only.)

Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.6000 Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: R Specify fillet radius <0.6000>: .25 (Set the radius for the fillet.) Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P1 Select second object: P2 (Pick the two lines to insert the fillet between.) Command: FILLET Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.2500 Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P3 Select second object: P4 Command:

Author's Comments: Green, Italic Text and Green Textboxes

Comments by the author, to help explain what is happening in a command, are in green italics and enclosed in parentheses. (Do not attempt these commands now. They are here for an example only.)

Specify first point: 1.75,4 (Always start with an absolute coordinate. It must be X then Y with a comma between them.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0 (Then change to relative coordinates. Note the @ first, then X and Y.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @−2.5,0 (Note the negative coordinate since we are going in the negative X direction.) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1.5 Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C (You can use a C to close the last line and return to the first point.) Command:

There are also author comments in the workalong or lab exercise to help you understand a principle or to complete a task. These will appear in a green textbox and be labelled "Author's comments." Here is an example:

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Insertion scale for the all lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book are shown in the Units column as shown in the Figure 3-1.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module Introduction 1

To complete the lab exercises in this book, you must have the four template files, that accompany it, on your hard disk drive.
Do not skim through the modules. Read and understand everything in each module. Do not jump around inside the module or from module to module. Work methodically through each module, page by page.
The modules were written as competency-based bite-size pieces to allow you to work at your own pace and learn to use AutoCAD. Do not go onto the next module until you fully understood the module you are currently working on and have completed all lab exercises.
All lab exercises have a time limit allocated to them. To complete a lab exercise in the specified time limit, you must be able to complete the drawing, check it for accuracy and make any corrections. If you cannot do this in the time allowed, redo the entire lab exercise. It is your way of proving that you mastered the module.

Do not memorize how to use AutoCAD - UNDERSTAND IT.

Have fun on your journey into the fascinating world of mastering AutoCAD.

Using AutoCAD is a never ending learning process and you will continue learning long after completing this book

Configure Your AutoCAD Software

jgray — Wed, 28 Oct 2020 21:42:14 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Configure your AutoCAD software for the AutoCAD 2D book.

IMPORTANT - PLEASE READ BEFORE COMPLETING THIS MODULE

If you are working on the AutoCAD 2D course in an instructor-led educational institute and only completing the workalongs and lab exercises on the computers at your school or college, skip this module. Go directly to Module 1. If you are working on the AutoCAD 2D book in an instructor-led educational institute and completing the workalongs and lab exercises on your personal computer, do the following:

Go to the B.C. Open Collection and search for "AutoCAD 2D." Download the Templates that are listed under "Supplemental Materials."
After you download the templates, complete the remainder of this module to configure your personal AutoCAD software. Complete Steps 1 to 48 in the next Workalong. Do not start Module 1 until you completed all 48 steps.

This book was written to be used with AutoCAD running on a computer with Windows software.

WORKALONG: Configuring Your AutoCAD Software

Step 1

Start AutoCAD by clicking the desktop icon. In AutoCAD’s Graphic window, click the New icon located in the upper left corner. It will open the Select Template dialogue box (Figure Step 1). [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

In the Select Template dialogue box, click the template file: acad.dwt (or just acad on some computers) to highlight it. Then click the Open button. This will display AutoCAD's Graphic window. (Figure Step 2)

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your dialogue box may not match the figure exactly.

[caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that display with a blue background as shown in Figure Step 3A. All features should display with a gray background as shown in Figure Step 3B. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="1024"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="1024"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

In the Command Line window, located on the bottom of the Graphic window, enter the OPTIONS command by typing it on your keyboard. This will open the Options dialogue box. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="640"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

In the Options dialogue box, enable the Profiles tab. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="720"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Click the Add to List button. This will open the Add Profile dialogue box. Enter the name: Original for the Profile name. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="387"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="652"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I am having you create a profile named Original so that you can go back to the way your AutoCAD was configured when you started this book. You will not be using this profile during the course, but at anytime (or when you complete the book) you can use this original profile to restore the original configuration.

Step 7

Using what you learned in Step 6, create a new profile named: AutoCADbook. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Click the AutoCADbook profile to highlight it. While it is selected, click the Set Current button. Ensure that the Current profile is AutoCADbook as shown across the top of the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="655"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Enable the display of the Files tab. Click the + on Customization Files to expand it. Click the + on the Main Customization File to expand it. Click the file and location to highlight it as shown in the figure. While it is selected, click the Remove button. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="" align="aligncenter" width="728"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your dialogue box may not match the figure exactly.

Step 10

Step 9 will remove the customization file and show a blank box as shown in the figure. Click the Browse button to open the Select a file dialogue box. (Figure Step 10A and 10B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="654"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="567"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

Step 11

In the Select a file dialogue box, pull down the Look in: box and find C drive. Click the folder: CAD Courses. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="572"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you used a different drive when you downloaded the templates and menu from the website, you will have to find that drive letter instead of drive C.

Step 12

Under CAD Courses, click the folder: AutoCAD 2D. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="" align="aligncenter" width="669"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Under the folder: AutoCAD 2D, click the folder: Menu. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="649"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

In the folder: Menu, click the file: AutoCADbook.CUIX and then the Open box. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="650"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

You should now see the file location: C:\CAD Course\AutoCAD 2D\Menu\AutoCADbook.CUIX. (Figure Step 15A and 15B) [caption id="" align="aligncenter" width="729"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="515"] Figure Step 15B[/caption]

Step 16

Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon on the right end of the Status bar located along the bottom of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="" align="aligncenter" width="272"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

In the Workspace pull-up menu, click Workspace Settings. This will open the Workspace Settings dialogue box. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

If you intend to use Toolbars menus to do this book, complete steps 18a and 19a. If you intend to use Ribbon menus to do this book, complete steps 18b and 19b.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: I suggest that you use Toolbar menus while working on this book.

Step 18a (Toolbar Menus)

In the Workspace Settings dialogue box, set My Workspace to: AutoCADbook. Enable Automatically save workspace changes by clicking the radio button. Click OK to close the box. (Figure Step 18a) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 18a[/caption]

Step 19a (Toolbar Menus)

Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: AutoCADbook to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside the workspace: AutoCADbook as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19a) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="311"] Figure Step 19a[/caption]

Step 18b (Ribbon Menus)

If you intend to use Ribbon menus to do this book, complete Steps 18b and 19b. If you intend to use Toolbar menus to do this book, skip to Step 20. In the Workspace Settings dialogue box, set My Workspace to the workspace: Drafting & Annotation. Enable Automatically save workspace changes by clicking the radio button. Click OK to close the box (Figure Step 18b) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 18b[/caption]

Step 19b (Ribbon Menus)

Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: Drafting & Annotation to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside the workspace: Drafting & Annotation as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19b) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="292"] Figure Step 19b[/caption]

Step 20

Click the Hamburger icon located on the far right side of the Status bar. This will display the Customization menu. Enable or disable each item in the menu until it matches the figure. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="135"] Figure Step 20[/caption]

Step 21

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Enter the following commands in the Command Line window located along the bottom of the Graphic window.

Enter the MENUBAR command and set it to 1, as shown below. Command: MENUBAR Enter new value for MENUBAR <0>: 1 Command:

Step 22

Enter the NAVBARDISPLAY command and set it to 0, as shown below. Command: NAVBARDISPLAY Enter new value for NAVBARDISPLAY <1>: 0 Command:

Step 23

Enter the VPCONTROL command and set it to OFF, as shown below. Command: VPCONTROL Enter new value for VPCONTROL : OFF Command:

Step 24 (2015)

If you are using AutoCAD 2015 execute the following command: Enter the NEWTABMODE command and set it to 0, as shown below. Command: NEWTABMODE Enter new value for NEWTABMODE <1>: 0 Command:

Step 24 (2016-2017)

If you are using AutoCAD 2016 or 2017 execute the following command: Enter the STARTMODE command and set it to 0, as shown below. Command: STARTMODE Enter new value for STARTMODE <1>: 0 Command:

Step 25

Click Tools in the Pull-down menu. In the Pull-down menu, click Options. (Figure Step 25) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Figure Step 25[/caption]

Step 26

In the Options dialogue box, enable the Files tab. Expand Template Settings and Drawing Template File Location. Highlight the current location by clicking it. Click the Remove button. (Figure Step 26) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="642"] Figure Step 26[/caption]

Step 27

It will display an empty box as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 27). [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="241"] Figure Step 27[/caption]

Step 28

Click the Browse button. In the Browse for Folders dialogue box, locate the folder: (Figure Step 28) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="644"] Figure Step 28[/caption]

Step 29

Click OK and the new location will appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 29A and 29B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="647"] Figure Step 29A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="330"] Figure Step 29B[/caption]

Step 30

Enable the display of the Display tab. (Figure Step 30) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="643"] Figure Step 30[/caption]

Step 31

In the Display resolution area, set the Arc and circle smoothness to 20000. (Figure Step 31) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="244"] Figure Step 31[/caption]

Step 32

Set the Crosshair size to 100. (Figure Step 32) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="291"] Figure Step 32[/caption]

Step 33

Click the Colors button to open the Drawing Window Color dialogue box. Highlight 2D model space, Uniform Background and then select the color White as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 33A and 33B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="238"] Figure Step 33A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="524"] Figure Step 33B[/caption]

Step 34

Click Apply and Close.

Step 35

Enable the User Preferences tab. (Figure Step 35) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 35[/caption]

Step 36

Ensure that both boxes are enabled in the Windows Standard Behavior area. Click the Right-click Customization button. Enable the box Turn on time sensitive right-click and set the Longer click duration to 250 milliseconds. (Figure Step 36A and 36B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Step 36A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 36B[/caption]

Step 37

Click Apply and Close.

Step 38

In the Insertion scale area, pull down the Source content units menu and select Inches. Do the same for the Target drawing units menu to set both to inches. (Figure Step 38A and 38B) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure 38A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="298"] Figure Step 38B[/caption]

Step 39

Enable the Drafting tab. (Figure Step 39) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="648"] Figure Step 39[/caption]

Step 40

Click the Colors box. In the Color box, pull-down the list and click Select Color. Enable the Index Color tab in the Select Color dialogue box, enter the number 253 and click OK. (Figure Step 40A, 40B, and 40C) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="291"] Figure Step 40A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="499"] Figure Step 40B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="332"] Figure Step 40C[/caption]

Step 41

Click OK and then click Apply and Close.

Step 42

Set the AutoSNAP Marker Size and the Aperture Size to approximately the sizes shown in the figures. If required, you can adjust these sizes, when required, as you work your way through the book. (Figure Step 42) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="569"] Figure Step 42[/caption]

Step 43

Enable the 3D Modeling tab. (Figure Step 43) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="647"] Figure Step 43[/caption]

Step 44

In the Display Tools in Viewport area, set it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 44) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure Step 44[/caption]

Step 45

Enable the Selection tab. (Figure Step 45) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="644"] Figure Step 45[/caption]

Step 46

Set the Pickbox Size and the Grip Size to approximately the sizes as shown in the figure. If required, you can adjust these sizes, when required, as you work your way through the book. (Figure Step 46) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="560"] Figure Step 46[/caption]

Step 47

Click the OK button on the bottom of the Options dialogue box to close it.

Step 48

Your AutoCAD software is now configured for the AutoCAD 2D book. Your Graphic window should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 48) [caption id="attachment_76" align="aligncenter" width="639"] Figure Step 48[/caption]

Step 49

Go to Module 1.

Module 11: Competency Test 2 Open Book

jgray — Thu, 25 Mar 2021 22:26:12 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a one-hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.
In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select the BEST answer.

What object snap mode is used to snap to the center point of a line?
1. Halfpoint
2. Center
3. Quadrant
4. Midpoint
5. Endpoint
What scale should almost all objects be drawn in an AutoCAD drawing?
1. 1:50
2. 1:10
3. 1:2
4. Full Scale
5. You don't draw in scale in AutoCAD
What is the name of the visual aid that helps the user locate object snap modes more efficiently?
1. Snapmode
2. AutoSnap
3. SnapAuto
4. AutoCADSnap
5. AutoMode
What coordinates are the best to set the lower left corner of the limits of the drawing?
1. 0,0
2. 2,2
3. 4,4
4. 6,6
5. 8,8
What is the smallest rectangle that will fit around all of the existing objects in the drawing called?
1. The drawing border
2. The drawing grid
3. The drawing mode
4. The drawing extents
5. The drawing size
What command sets the number of vectors that AutoCAD uses when it regenerates circles and arcs?
1. VIEWRES
2. REGEN
3. CIRCLE
4. ARC
5. VIEW
What function key toggles Autosnap on and off?
1. F1
2. F2
3. F3
4. F4
5. F5
What is the name of the four object snap mode locations that are located around the circumference of a circle?
1. Center
2. Midpoint
3. Endpoint
4. Points
5. Quadrants
Which one of the following best describes the polar coordinate @10<125?
1. From the last point, go 12.5 units at an angle of negative 10 degrees
2. From the last point, go 10 units at an angle of negative 125 degrees
3. From the last point, go 125 units at an angle of positive 10 degrees
4. From the last point, go 10 units at an angle of positive 125 degrees
5. From the last point, go 125 units at an angle of negative 10 degrees
What polar coordinate would draw the same angle as @5<225?
1. @5<-125
2. @5<-225
3. @5<-135
4. @5<-145
5. @5<-165

Lab Exercise 11-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 11-1

2D Metric

Millimeters

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	Line, circle and arcs	Red

Step 1

Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.

Step 2

Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A and 2B) [caption id="attachment_510" align="aligncenter" width="609"] Figure Step 2A[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Do not delete the construction lines.

[caption id="attachment_510" align="aligncenter" width="208"] Figure Step 2B[/caption]

Step 3

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw the construction lines (shown as dashed lines in the drawing for clarity) by snapping to the endpoints of the lines, endpoint of the 60 radius arc and the center of the 5 diameter circle. Locate the 10 diameter circles with their center located at the intersections of the construction lines.

Step 4

When complete, freeze layer: Construction.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There is no key for this lab.

Module 16: Competency Test 3 Open Book

jgray — Tue, 30 Mar 2021 18:56:58 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a one-hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.
In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select the BEST answer.

Objects can be trimmed and extended in the same command. After it is trimmed or extended, depending on the initial command entered, which key can be pressed to apply the opposite command?
1. Shift
2. Alt
3. Esc
4. Ctrl
5. Space
What extension does AutoCAD automatically add to the users assigned drawing name when a drawing is saved?
1. .drw
2. .dgw
3. .drg
4. .dwg
5. .dgn
Which one of the following statements best describes a good use for the ID command?
1. To extend an object to where it intersects another
2. To trim an object to where it intersects another
3. To insert a tangent
4. To change the properties of an
5. To set a reference
What command is used to change the global linetype scale for the current drawing?
1. LINE
2. PLINE
3. LTSCALE
4. LINETYPE
5. POLYGON
Which one of the following best describes a crossing window when selecting objects?
1. Selects all objects totally inside the window but not the ones that it crosses.
2. Selects all objects that it crosses and the ones outside the window.
3. Selects all objects totally inside the window and the ones it crosses.
4. Selects only the objects that totally cross the window.
5. Selects all the objects that are outside the window.
What type of AutoCAD drawing object does the FILLET command insert?
1. circle
2. pline
3. arc
4. line
5. point
What command is used to insert a tangent arc between two lines?
1. POLYGON
2. FILLET
3. LINE
4. TRIM
5. EXTEND
What layer will the newly constructed drawing object reside on when it is created using the OFFSET command? Select the BEST answer.
1. It won't be on any layer.
2. The same layer as the object being offset.
3. On the layer you specify in the command.
4. The current Layer
5. Layer zero
Which one of the following statements best describes the OFFSET command?
1. Creates an object perpendicular to an existing object at a specified distance.
2. Creates an object tangent to an existing object at a specified distance.
3. Creates an object parallel to an existing object at a specified distance.
4. Creates an object where it intersects an existing object at a specified distance.
5. Creates an object at the same location as the existing object.
What command is used to insert a line tangent to two circles?
1. 1. 1. 1. FILLET
      2. INSERT
      3. LINE
      4. EXTEND
      5. POLYGON

Lab Exercise 16-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 16-1

2D English

Inches

Layering Scheme
Layer Name	Objects on Layer	Color
Construction	Construction objects	253
Object	All objects	Red

Step 1

Draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_747" align="aligncenter" width="189"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_747" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]

Step 2

Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction. When complete, freeze layer: Construction.

Step 3

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: There is no key for this lab. Do not delete the construction objects.

Module 26: Competency Test 5 Open Book

jgray — Mon, 01 Mar 2021 21:38:14 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a three hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.
In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select the BEST answer.

What is the main difference between a mtext object and a regular text object?
1. Regular text can be exploded, mtext cannot.
2. Mtext cannot be edited while a regular text object can.
3. A regular text is a single object and a mtext is multiple objects.
4. Mtext can have multiple lines while regular text can only be one line.
5. Mtext can only have one font per object while a regular text can have more than one.
On what layer will the object(s) that are arrayed or mirrored, using the ARRAY and MIRROR commands, reside on? Select the best answer.
1. On layer Object
2. On the current layer
3. On the last layer used.
4. On the same layer as the objects that were selected in the ARRAY or MIRROR commands.
5. They will not be on any layer.
What object selection method must be used in the STRETCH command?
1. Individual pick
2. Crossing window
3. Window
4. Fence
5. You can use any method of the above methods.
In a rectangular array, what does a row offset with a positive value mean?
1. That the rows in the array are added downward.
2. That the rows in the array are added to the right.
3. That the rows in the array are added upward.
4. That the rows in the array are added to the left.
5. It means nothing.
What type of object will an exploded mtext be converted to?
1. lines and arcs
2. xref
3. single line text
4. block
5. A mtext object cannot be exploded.
What command is used to edit mtext?
1. DDEDIT
2. EDIT
3. MTEXTEDIT
4. TEXTEDIT
5. EDITTEXT
Which one of the following best describes the STRETCH command?
1. It moves the objects that cross the crossing window and stretches the objects that are totally inside the crossing
2. It can only stretch an object or objects
3. It can only stretch an object or objects
4. It stretches the objects that cross the crossing window and moves the objects that are totally inside the crossing
5. It can only shorten or lengthen
Which one of the following best describes the window polygon method of selecting objects?
1. Selects all the objects that are totally inside and the ones that cross a window defined by a polygon.
2. Selects all the objects that are crossed by a line or a series of lines.
3. Selects all the objects that totally inside and the ones that cross a square or rectangular window defined by two diagonal corners.
4. Selects all the objects that are totally inside a window defined by a polygon.
5. Selects all the objects are totally outside a window defined by a polygon.
What control code must be added before special characters when entering the special characters into a text or mtext object?
1. %%
2. ##
3. **
4. @@
5. $$
In a polar array, what does a positive value mean in the Angle to Fill? Select the best answer.
1. The angle must be between 180 and 360 degrees.
2. The array will be in the clockwise direction.
3. The array will be in the counterclockwise direction.
4. It does not mean anything.
5. The angle between the arrayed objects.

Lab Exercise 26-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 26-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere in Model space. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Using the MIRROR command, mirror the object and make the necessary changes to match the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Complete the object by erasing and extending all lines so they are all continuous in length. This object will be referred to as the original object in this lab exercise.

Step 4

Copy and scale the original object at a scale factor of 0.25 to a location anywhere in Model space. The smaller object (scaled object) will be referred to as the scaled object in this lab exercise. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="141"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Figure Step 4 shows the original and the scaled object.

Step 5

Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 5) A Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing. B Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing. C Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This will take 2 stretches, one from top and one from the bottom.

D Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing. E Copy the scaled object to the coordinates Stretch it to match the dimensioned shape. [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 6) F Copy the original object to the coordinates Scale it to match the dimensioned drawing. G Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Scale it to a scale factor of 5. H Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Scale the two outside ones to a scale factor of 0.5 and the center one to fit. I Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Rotate it 45 degrees and scale it to match the the figure. [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 7A and 7B) J Draw a 1.4 diameter construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the coordinate shown. Array the object to match the figure. K Draw a 1.4 diameter construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Array the object to match the figure. L Copy the original object anywhere on the drawing. Scale the object to match the given dimension. Rotate it 45 degrees. Using 2 polar arrays, complete the diagram shown below. Move the finished objects to the coordinates shown in the figure. [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="374"] Figure Step 7B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="391"] Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Construction Hint[/caption]

Step 8

Complete the following: (Figure Step 8A and 8B) M Draw a construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the four locations shown. Execute the ARRAY command, four times, to match the figure. [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="402"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 8B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Working Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1324" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Completed Drawing[/caption]

Module 27: Multiview Drawings

jgray — Mon, 01 Mar 2021 22:13:57 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a multiview drawing, the glass box principle, the three standard views, object lines, and hidden lines.
From a 3D pictorial of an object, draw a multiview drawing using the three standard views.

NOTE: If you understand multiview drawings, hidden lines, and can draw the three standard views of an object skip this module and go directly to Module 28.

Multiview Drawing

The drafting and design world uses a system of representing a three- dimensional object by drawing two-dimensional views. It is called a multiview drawing. To explain this system of drawing, the 3D wireframe model shown in Figure 27-1 will be used. To draw a two- dimensional view of one side of the object, place a imaginary plane parallel to its side and project the view of the model (perpendicular) onto the plane. This is called orthographic projection. Imagine the plane to a sheet of glass. See Figure 27-2. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="153"] Figure 27-1
Three Dimensional Wireframe Model[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="247"] Figure 27-2
Projecting the Two-Dimensional View[/caption]

The Glass Box Principle

To carry this principal further, place a plane on each side of the object for a total of six planes or sheets of glass to form a glass box. See Figure 27-3. Picture unfolding the glass box onto a flat two-dimensional plane as shown in Figure 27-4. All six views are now visible at the same time. The six views are named Top, Front, Right Side, Left Side, Rear, and Bottom. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="226"] Figure 27-3
The Glass Box Principle[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 27-4
The Glass Box Unfolded[/caption]

The Three Standard Views

In almost all objects, three views are adequate to describe it. In fact, there are many models that only need two views and some that only need one view to describe them. The three standard views are the Top, Front, and Right Side. They must be drawn in the positions shown in Figure 27-5 and must align. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure 27-5
The Three Standard Views[/caption]

Picking the Standard Three Views

The three standard views are always selected as shown in Figure 27-6. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="365"] Figure 27-6
Picking the Three Standard Views[/caption]

Drawing the Views

Usually it is best to draw the view with the most irregular shape first and then project lines to the other two views. For the object in Figure 27-7, the front view should be drawn first and then the top and right side views are projected. Notice how the views aligned. Figure 27-7 shows two different methods of projecting lines from the top view to the right side view or vise versa. The distance between the views is not important and can be easily adjusted in AutoCAD using the MOVE command. In most cases, the distances are adjusted to accommodate dimensions and notes. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure 27-7
Two Methods for View Layout and Alignment[/caption]

Drafting Lesson: Object and Hidden Lines

Lines and features that can be seen in the views are drawn with continuous or solid lines. They are called object lines. Even though they are called object lines, they can be circular in shape. To completely describe a model in a multiview drawing, you must also show all lines or features that are hidden in that view. They are called hidden lines and their linetype is dashed. Study the multiview drawing below and take note how the holes going through the object are shown with hidden lines. See Figures 27-8 and 27-9. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="286"] Figure 27-8
The Model[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="433"] Figure 27-9
The Multiview Drawing of the Model[/caption]

WORKALONG: Drawing Multiviews

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1.

Step 3

Set the insert units to inches. Open the Insert dialogue box and insert the block: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1. (Figure Step 3)

Step 4

Using The EXPLODE command, as shown below, explode the block you just inserted. Command: EXPLODE Select objects: 1found (Select the grid) Select objects: Command: [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 5

Lock layers: Grid and Border Lines. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="301"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: By locking the Grid and Border Line layers, the drawing objects on those layers cannot be accidentally moved or deleted while you are completing the drawing.

Step 6

Draw in the upper left area. On layer Object, using the isometric drawing as the object to draw, draw the outline of the Front view of the model. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="226"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: One grid on the isometric drawing is equal to one grid on the drawing. Draw the outline of the view. Do not worry about the lines on the inside of the object.

Step 7

Draw the outline of the Right Side view of the object. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The lines of the right side view must line up horizontally with the Front view.

Step 8

Draw the outline of the Top view of the object. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The lines of the Top view must line up vertically with the front view.

Step 9

Add the interior object lines in all views. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

On layer: Hidden, draw the hidden lines. In this drawing, only one line is required. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

On layer: Text, add the text 27-1 under the multiview drawing. Use text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.5 inches. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Save and close the drawing.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 27

The drafting and design world uses a system of representing a three-dimensional object by drawing two-dimensional views, called a multiview drawing.
The three standard views of a multiview drawing are the top, front, and right side.
When drawing a multiview drawing, the top, front and right side views of an object must be drawn in the correct position and must The distance between the views is not important.

Lab Exercise 27-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Step 1

Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 27-1. (Figure Step 1)

Step 2

On layer: Object and Hidden, draw a multiview drawing using the standard three views of each of the five objects in Figure 27-2 to 27-6.

Step 3

Check your answer in Figure 27-7. Do not look at the answer until you have completed your drawings. [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="197"] 27-2[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="218"] 27-3[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="194"] 27-4[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="239"] 27-5[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="215"] 27-6[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1352" align="aligncenter" width="560"] Figure 27-7 Answers[/caption]

Module 28: Grids and Snap

jgray — Fri, 05 Mar 2021 17:47:32 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe grids and snap and explain how they are used in a drawing.
Apply the commands GRID and SNAP to create a drawing.
Create a three view multiview drawing from a 3D wireframe model.
Describe how to create a three point arc by snapping to two endpoints and a midpoint.

USER TIP: Whenever possible, use the keyboard function keys to toggle features rather than using the Status bar or the applicable commands. Using a function key to toggle a feature is a much faster method and will save the wear and tear on your mouse arm. The function keys that you have learned to this point in the book are:

Using Grids and Snap

Grids are a series of dots or lines that display and overlay the Graphic window in a rectangular or square shape similar to overlaying a paper drawing with grid paper. Grids do not plot and are not part of the drawing's database, they are simply a drawing aid. The grid can be set to display using dots or lines. See Figures 28-1 and 28-2. The grid's density can be adjusted and their display can be enabled or disabled, when required. The horizontal and vertical spacing between the grid dots or lines can be different, but by default are equal. The grid display can be toggled with the F7 key, the icon on the Status bar, with the GRID command, or by using the Drafting Settings dialogue box. The size of the rectangle that the grid fills can be set to the size of the drawing limits or it can be set to fill Model space. Grids can also be displayed in a layout in Paper space. [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="231"] Figure 28-1
A Grid Using a Dotted Grid[/caption] The snap feature works in conjunction with grids. If snap is enabled, the crosshairs snaps only to grid dots, similar to object snap mode. The grid density and the snap density do not have to be set at the same value. Therefore, the crosshairs could snap to locations between the displayed grid dots. The snap can be toggled using the F9 key, with the icon on the Status bar, using the SNAP command, or with the Drafting Settings dialogue box. If snap is enabled, it snaps to the snap density even if the grid display is disabled. [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure 28-2
A Grid Using a Lined Grid[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: GRID

The GRID command is used to display a series of dots or lines in either an equal or unequal horizontal and vertical spacing. The function key F7 toggles grid mode. Shortcut: F7

AutoCAD Command: SNAP

The SNAP command is used to control and enable the snap feature. The function key F9 toggles snap mode. Shortcut: F9

WORKALONG: Using Grids and Snaps

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 28-1.

Step 3

Open the Drafting Setting dialogue box by right clicking the Snap icon in the Status bar and clicking Snap Settings. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

In the Drafting Setting dialogue box, enable the Snap and Grid tab. Set the X and Y snap and grid spacings to 0.2 and 0.1 respectfully. Check all of the other settings and change them, if necessary, to match the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="492"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you set all items in your dialogue box to match the figure.

Step 5

Enter the LIMITS command, as shown below, to set the limits to 8 1/2 X 11 inches. Command: LIMITS Reset Model space limits: Specify lower left corner or [ON/OFF] <0.0000,0.0000>: Specify upper right corner <12.0000,9.0000>: 8.5,11 Command:

Step 6

Press F7 to enable the grid display and your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="437"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

MUST KNOW: If you find your crosshairs jumping around your screen and hard to control, check to see if the snap icon is enabled on the Status bar. Some menu commands will toggle snap mode without you knowing it. Disable snap whenever you are not using it. [caption id="attachment_1364" align="aligncenter" width="488"] Snap is enabled[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1364" align="aligncenter" width="493"] Snap is disabled[/caption] Keep in mind that you can toggle the snap with F9 or by clicking the icon on the Status bar.

Step 7

Press F9 to enable the snap function.

Step 8

On layer: Construction, enter the LINE command and draw lines as shown in the figure. Locate and draw the lines by eye. Try to match the figure the best you can. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="393"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When snap is enabled, specifying locations in commands will jump or snap to the snap grid only. You cannot draw to locations between the snap spacing.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The snap is set to 0.2 and grid spacing is set to 0.1. That means the grid will display a dot every 0.1 inches and will snap to the every other grid dot.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Since you are drawing a simple electric schematic diagram in this workalong, you do not have to be concerned with exact sizes as you have being doing to this point in the book. Schematic diagrams are not real objects, therefore they do not have to be drawing with specified sizes.

Step 9

On layer: Object, use the CIRCLE and LINE commands to draw the 5 circles and three lines to form the triangle. Use the detailed figure (Figure Step 9B) to size the circles and the triangle. Snap to grid dots to draw all objects. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="545"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

On layer: Object, use the LINE command to draw the lines as shown in the figure. Snap to the grid dots for all lines. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Turn layer: Construction off and trim the any necessary lines. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="321"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Press F7 and F9 to disable the grid and the snap functions. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

On layout: Module Layout A, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 0.75:1 and lock the display. Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="429"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Save and close the drawing.

WORKALONG: Using Ortho Mode as an Aid to Draw a Multiview Drawing

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout Metric.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 28-2.

Step 3

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Study the figures. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A
Dimensioned Wireframe Model[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The three figures are a 3D wireframe model, a solid model, and a multiview drawing of the same object. In this workalong, you will be drawing the multiview drawing of the Front, Top, and Right Side views of this object using Ortho mode to assist you.

[caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 3B
Solid Model[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="452"] Figure Step 3C
Multiview Drawing[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When Ortho mode is enabled, you can shortcut coordinate input when drawing lines using the LINE command. You are only required to enter the distance in the direction of current axis. This method allow you to draw faster if the lines you are drawing are horizontal and vertical. For example, If you wanted to draw a horizontal line in the positive X direction, enable ortho mode and then move the crosshairs in the positive X direction from the lastpoint and then enter the length of the line.

Step 4

Enable Ortho mode by pressing F8. Draw the Front view by entering the LINE command shown below. (Figure Step 4A to 4H) Command: L Specify first point: 100,100 (Move the crosshairs in the positive X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 40 (Note how you only have to enter the X distance. As long as Ortho mode is enabled, you are not required to enter the @.) (See Figure Step 4A) (Move the crosshairs in the positive Y direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 20 (See Figure Step 4B) (Move the cursor in the positive X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 20 (See Figure Step 4C) (Move the crosshairs in the negative Y direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 20 (See Figure Step 4D) (Move the crosshairs in the positive X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 40 (See Figure Step 4E) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="395"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 4C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="442"] Figure Step 4D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4E[/caption] Specify next point or [Undo]: @-25,50 (The crosshairs position is not important when you enter exact coordinates. Ortho mode will be ignored when both coordinates are entered. See Figure Step 4F) (Move the crosshairs in the negative X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: 50 (See Figure Step 4G) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C (Close the line to the start point. Figure Step 4H) Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 4F[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="358"] Figure Step 4G[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="327"] Figure Step 4H[/caption]

Step 5

On layer: Construction, with Ortho mode and Osnap mode enabled, use the LINE command to draw a vertical line by snapping the first point to the end of the bottom line. The length of the line is not important. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Using what you just learned, repeat the same thing five additional times to draw vertical lines from each endpoint on the front view. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="236"] Figure Step 6[/caption]

Step 7

Using what you just learned, repeat the same thing by drawing horizontal lines from the three endpoints on the Front view. Guess at the length of the lines. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Draw a 45 degree line starting from the intersection of the construction line on the far right and the construction line on the top as shown in the figure. The line should be a least 200 units long. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Using Ortho mode, draw a horizontal line as shown in the figure. The location and length of line is not important. Try to match the figure as close as you can by eye. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

With Ortho mode enabled, draw a vertical line from the intersection of the inclined line and the line you drew in Step 9. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Using the OFFSET command, offset the line you drew in Step 9, 17.5 millimeters up. Repeat using 15 and 17.5 millimeters. (Figure step 11) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

With Ortho mode enabled, draw vertical lines from the intersection of the horizontal lines and the inclined line. Ensure that you start each line by snapping to the intersection of the lines. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Trim the lines in the top and Right Side views as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="377"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

In the Right Side view, offset the top line 10 millimeters down. With Ortho mode enabled, extend the line across the Front view. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

From the point where the line you drew in Step 14 intersect the incline lines in the Front view, use Ortho mode and draw the lines vertical across the Top view. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Figure Step 15[/caption]

Step 16

Trim the lines in the Top and Right Side views to match the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="425"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17

Change the object lines to layer: Object and the hidden lines to layer: Hidden. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="464"] Figure Step 17[/caption]

Step 18

Save and close the drawing.

Geometry Lesson: Drawing a Three Point Arc

[caption id="attachment_1404" align="alignright" width="246"] Figure 28-3
Three Point Arc[/caption] When the radius is not given for an arc, it can be drawn using with three known points on the arc. See Figure 28-3.

Step 1

Draw the construction lines to match the given dimensions.

Step 2

Enter the ARC command as shown below: Command: ARC Specify start point of arc or [Center]: (end) P1 Specify second point of arc or [Center/End]: (mid) P2 Specify end point of arc: (end) P3 Command:

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 28

If set, the grid always fills the rectangle or square shape defined by the limits of the drawing.
The grid display and the snap density do not have to be set to the same size.
The grid display is toggled with F7.
Snap mode is toggled with F9.
When Ortho mode is enabled, coordinate input can be shortcut when drawing lines. You only have to enter the distance along the direction of current axis from the lastpoint.

Lab Exercise 28-1

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 28-1

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

Using the figure, draw a multiview drawing of the object. Draw the Top, Front, and Right Side views. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Space the views 2 inches apart. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure Step 2
Location and Layout of Views[/caption]

Step 3

Draw all construction lines on layer: Construction, the object lines on layer: Object, and the hidden lines on layer: Hidden.

Step 4

Check your drawing with the key.

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

Draw the arc in the Front view using the User Tip at the start of this module. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Lab Exercise 28-2

Time allowed: 45 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 28-2

2D Layout English

Inches

Step 1

Using the figure, draw a multiview drawing of the object. Draw the Top, Front and Right Side views. (Figure Step 1), [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Space the views 2 inches apart. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="284"] Figure Step 2
Location and Layout of Views[/caption]

Step 3

Draw all construction lines on layer: Construction, the object lines on layer: Object, and the hidden lines on layer: Hidden.

Step 4

Check your drawing with the key.

AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1

[caption id="attachment_1404" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]

Module 29: Polylines

jgray — Fri, 05 Mar 2021 20:44:41 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a polyline, a 2D polyline, an open polyline, and a closed polyline.
Explain how to create, close, and edit a polyline.
Describe a donut.
Apply the PLINE, PEDIT, DONUT, FILL, EXPLODE, and BOUNDARY commands.
Explain how to work in feet and inches.

Polylines

A polyline is a series of line and/or arc segments connected to create a single drawing object. Polylines are created using the PLINE or the PEDIT command from existing straight line segments, arc segments, or a combination of the two. A polyline, usually called a pline, can be edited with the PEDIT command or the Properties window. A polyline can be given a width or can be converted back to the individual drawing object segments by exploding it with the EXPLODE command.

2D or Lightweight Polyline

Since the release of AutoCAD 14, polylines have been created as lightweight polylines. Sometimes called a 2D polyline, a lightweight polyline is greatly improved over the older heavyweight or 3D polyline which was used before AutoCAD 14. Using 2D polylines allows AutoCAD to regenerate the drawing faster, which in turn allows you to work faster. In this module, only 2D polylines are taught. 3D polylines are taught in the AutoCAD 3D book. In the AutoCAD 2D book, the terms pline or polyline refers to a 2D polyline. A 3D polyline is called a 3D polyline. [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="872"] Figure 29-1
Selecting Objects - All[/caption]

An Open Verses a Closed Polyline

A closed polyline creates a polygon. A closed polyline or a polygon has many different uses in an AutoCAD drawing but may appear exactly the same as an open polyline. It is important for you to be able to verify if a polyline is opened or closed. Polygons are assigned a Closed property. To check or change the Closed polyline property, use the Properties window. Figure 29-2 shows the selected polyline as open. On the other hand, Figure 29-3 shows how the polyline property has been changed to close the polyline. [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="592"] Figure 29-2
An Open Polyline[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="595"] Figure 29-3
A Closed Polyline[/caption]

Creating Polylines from Existing Objects

Polylines can be drawn from scratch, using the PLINE command, or they can be created from existing objects using the PEDIT or the BOUNDARY command. The PEDIT command is used to convert existing lines and arcs into polylines and the BOUNDARY command will create a closed polyline object using enclosed areas of existing lines, arcs, and/or polylines.

Editing Polylines

To edit a polyline, use the PEDIT command or the Properties window. The AutoCAD 2D book does not cover all of the editing features of PEDIT as they are every extensive. The AutoCAD 3D book covers some of the more advanced options.

A Vertex

Each endpoint of a line or an arc segment in a polyline is called a vertex. A polyline changes direction at each vertex. See Figure 29-4. [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="305"] Figure 29-4
A Vertex[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: PLINE

The PLINE command is used to create a connected sequence of line and/or arc segments to form a single object. A closed polyline is a polygon. Shortcut: PL [caption id="attachment_1413" align="aligncenter" width="477"] Draw Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1413" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1413" align="aligncenter" width="185"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: PEDIT

The PEDIT command is used to edit existing polylines or create new polylines. Shortcut: PE [caption id="attachment_1416" align="aligncenter" width="289"] Modify II Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1416" align="aligncenter" width="277"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1416" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

USER TIP: Try to avoid using the PLINE command to create polylines. They are much easier to create by drawing the individual line and arc objects using the LINE and ARC commands. Make sure that they connect exactly at their endpoints. Using either the PEDIT or BOUNDARY command, create the desired polyline using the lines and arcs you created.

WORKALONG: Using the PLINE and PEDIT Commands

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-1.

Step 3

On layer: Object, enter the PLINE command, as shown below, to draw a square 2 inches by 2 inches with a closed 2D polyline. (Figure Step 3) Command: PLINE Specify start point 1,8 Current line-width is 0.0000 (The width should be 0.) Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @2,0 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @-2,0 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: C (Closing the pline.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="137"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Without entering a command, select the polyline you drew in Step 3. Note how it is one drawing object. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="145"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Press Esc to unselect the pline. Enter the PLINE command, as shown below, to draw another polyline inside the first one. In this command, you will be assigning a width of 0.1 to the pline. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) Command: PLINE Specify start point: (mid) P1 Current line-width is 0.0000 Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: W Specify starting width <0.000>: 0.1 (Setting the width of the polyline to 0.1.) Specify ending width <0.1000>: (Press enter to set both ends of the pline to the same width.) Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P2 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P3 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P4 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: C Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="198"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="141"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how a pline can have a 0 width or be assigned a width.

Step 6

Enter the PEDIT command, as shown below, to change the width of an existing pline. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: PEDIT Select polyline or [Multiple]: P5 Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: W (Select the Width option.) Specify new width for all segments: 0.05 (Set the width to 0.05 units.) Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="175"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="143"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

Step 7

Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the outside polyline. In the Properties window, change the Global width property to 0.035. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="440"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Enter the PLINE and PEDIT commands, as shown below, to create an open polyline and then close it. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) Command: PLINE Specify start point: 5,8 Current line-width is 0.04 (Set the width to 0.04) Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @2,0 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @0,2 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @-2,0 Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (This is an open pline.) Command: PEDIT Select polyline or [Multiple]: P6 Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: C (Closing the polyline. Note how the last section has been added by this command.) Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="404"] Figure Step 8A Figure Step 8B[/caption]

Step 9

Your drawing should now appears a shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 9[/caption]

Step 10

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Using what you learned earlier in the book, draw it using lines and circles. Trim the circles to complete it. Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A and 10B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="411"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you draw the lines tangent at both ends. If you are not sure how to do that, see Module 12. Trim the circles to complete it. See Figure 29-5.

[caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="189"] Figure 29-5[/caption]

Step 11

Enter the PEDIT command, as shown below, to create a polyline using existing objects. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) Command: PEDIT Select polyline or [Multiple]: P7 (Select one of the objects.) Object selected is not a polyline Do you want to turn it into one? Y Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: J (Enter the Join option.) Select objects: P8 1 found Select objects: P9 1 found, 2 total Select objects: P10 1 found, 3 total Select objects: 3 segments added to polyline (Joining the 4 objects to form one pline.) Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="277"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="296"] Figure Step 11B[/caption]

Step 12

Without entering in a command, select the polyline that you created in Step 11. In the Properties window, check to ensure that it is a closed polyline. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="564"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

Enter the PEDIT command as shown below. Using the ALL object selection method, create a polyline with the joining objects. (Figure Step 13) Command: PE Select polyline or [Multiple]: P11 Object selected is not a polyline Do you want to turn it into one? (Press enter to accept Yes.) Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: J Select objects: ALL (Selecting all of the visible objects in the drawing.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="273"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The PEDIT command will find the objects that are connected exactly at their endpoints and join them to form the polyline.

Step 14

Using the Properties window, check to ensure that the polyline you created in Step 13 was created and is closed. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="595"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Save and close the drawing.

Donuts

A donut is simply a circular closed polyline, with an assigned width. Donuts are created with the DONUT command. They can be drawn with a width or completely filled in so that they appear as a solid circle. Since a donut is a polyline, it can be edited with the PEDIT command and exploded with the EXPLODE command. See Figure 29-6 for three donut examples. [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="296"] Figure 29-6
Donuts[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DONUT

The DONUT command is used to create donuts. Shortcut: DO [caption id="attachment_1436" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Draw pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1436" align="aligncenter" width="181"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: BOUNDARY

The BOUNDARY command is used to create a closed polyline using existing objects that form an enclosed area on the drawing. Shortcut: BO [caption id="attachment_1438" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1438" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: FILL

The FILL command is used to toggle the solid fill display inside polylines, solid, and hatches. Shortcut: none

AutoCAD Command: EXPLODE

The EXPLODE command is used to convert polylines plus many other AutoCAD objects back into individual objects. Shortcut: X [caption id="attachment_1441" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Home Ribbon[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1441" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1441" align="aligncenter" width="717"] Modify Toolbar[/caption]

[caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="645"] Figure 29-7
Object Snap Modes for Polylines[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the DONUT, FILL, EXPLODE and BOUNDARY Commands

Step 1

Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-2. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="411"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

On layer: Construction, draw a construction line diagonally from corner to corner in both squares as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the DONUT command, as shown below, to draw two donuts with their centers located in the center of the squares. Snap to the midpoint of the construction lines when locating the centers. (Figure step 3A and 3B) Command: DONUT Specify inside diameter of donut <0.5000>: 0 (Setting the inside diameter to 0.) Specify outside diameter of donut <0.8000>: 1 (Setting the outside diameter to 1.) Specify center of donut or : (mid) P1 Specify center of donut or : Command: DONUT Specify inside diameter of donut <0.0000>: .5 (Setting the inside diameter to 0.5) Specify outside diameter of donut <1.0000>: (Press enter to accept default.) Specify center of donut or : (mid) P2 Specify center of donut or : Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Turn layer: Construction off and enter the commands below to see the results of using the FILL command. (Figure Step 4A and 4B Command: FILL Enter mode [ON/OFF] : OFF (Disabling fill mode.) Command: REGEN (Regenerating to display fill mode.) REGEN Regenerating model. Command: FILL Enter mode [ON/OFF] : ON (Enabling fill mode.) Command: REGEN (Regenerating to display fill mode.) REGEN Regenerating model. Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="410"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Enabling and disabling fill can help you become more productive. When fill is disabled, a drawing will regenerate faster. Fill can them be enabled after you complete the drawing.

Step 5

Using what you learned earlier in the book, mirror the lower object to match the dimensions shown in the figure. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="450"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

Step 6

Enter the EXPLODE command, as shown below, to explode the 5 plines back to their individual objects. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: EXPLODE Select objects: P3 1 found Select objects: P4 1 found, 2 total Select objects: P5 1 found, 3 total Select objects: P6 1 found, 4 total Select objects: P7 1 found, 5 total Select objects: Command [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="451"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="450"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: An exploded pline will lose its assigned width and all plines and donuts will be converted back to lines, circles and arcs.

Step 7

Erase the inside arcs and lines from the object on the right as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7). [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="472"] Figure Step 7[/caption]

Step 8

Copy the object on the right locating the center of the large radius at X5,Y3.5 and then rotate it -45 degrees as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="472"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Step 9

Mirror and copy the object to match the dimensions as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="282"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="466"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]

Step 10

Set layer: Boundary as the current layer. Enter the BOUNDARY command. It will open the Boundary Creation dialogue box. Ensure that the settings in your dialogue box matches the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="314"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Click the Pick Points icon and select the locations P7, P8 and P9 as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11) Command: BOUNDARY Pick internal point: Selecting everything... Selecting everything visible... Analyzing the selected data... Analyzing internal islands... Pick internal point: P7 Analyzing internal islands... Pick internal point: P8 Analyzing internal islands... Pick internal point: P9 BOUNDARY created 3 polylines Command: [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="333"] Figure Step 11[/caption]

Step 12

Note how the BOUNDARY command creates closed polylines using the boundary of the selected areas. The plines are located on layer: Boundary, colored blue. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="271"] Figure Step 12[/caption]

Step 13

To prove that you have created polylines, move them away from the object using the MOVE command as shown in the figure. The exact location where you move them is not important. Using the Properties window, confirm that they are closed polylines. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 13[/caption]

Step 14

Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 14[/caption]

Step 15

Save and close the drawing.

Working in Feet and Inches

Up to this point in the book, all working units have been inches or millimeters. They both use the Length Type of Decimals. To work in feet and inches, the first thing you have to do is change the Length Type to Architectural. This is done using the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, pull-down the Length Type box and select Architectural as shown in Figure 29-8. Pull-down the Length Precision box and select 0'-0 1/16" as shown in Figure Step 29-9. The precision can be changed as required. Even though the length units have been set to Architectural, AutoCAD continues to work in inches. Therefore, when a number is entered and nothing else, AutoCAD will assume the number is inches. i.e. [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="367"] Figure 29-8
Drawing Units Dialogue Box[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="158"] Figure 29-9
Setting Precision[/caption] Command: LINE Specify first point: 2,2 (AutoCAD interprets this number as 2",2") Specify next point or [Undo]: @4,0 (AutoCAD interprets this as go 4" in the X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: To enter feet and inches, enter a ' (single quote) after the number of feet and a " (double quote) after the number of inches. For example: Command: LINE Specify first point: 2'3",4'6" (AutoCAD interprets this number as 2 feet 3 inches.,4 feet 6 inches) Specify next point or [Undo]: @5'2",0 (AutoCAD interprets this as go 5 feet 2 inches in the X direction.) Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: To work in fractions of an inch, enter the number as follows: 3'2-1/2" or 3'2.5"

MUST KNOW: When using the PEDIT command to convert existing objects into a polyline, the objects must be drawn perfectly with their endpoints meeting exactly. If they overlap, have a gap between them, or are stacked on top of a another, the PEDIT command will not create the polyline.

USER TIP: When editing polylines, it is sometimes easier to use the Properties window rather than the PEDIT command. The Properties window cannot do everything the PEDIT command can do. While a polyline cannot be created using the Properties window, it can do the following:

Change its width.
Change the vertex locations.
Open or close the pline.

USER TIP: After the text is entered to complete one titleblock, the text can easily be copied to the next drawing. It is much easier to copy the titleblock text and then edit it to describing the drawing then entering new text for each titleblock. Ensure that titleblocks are copied from English units to English units and metric units to metric units.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 29

A polyline is a series of line and/or arc segments connected to create a single object. Polylines can be created using the PLINE command drawing straight line segments, arc segments or a combination of the two. A polyline can be exploded back to its individual objects with the EXPLODE command.
A closed polyline creates a polygon. A polygon has many different uses in an AutoCAD drawing but will appear exactly the same as an open polyline. Therefore, it is important to be able to verify if a polyline is opened or closed. This is done using the Properties window.
Polylines can be drawn from scratch, using the PLINE command, but it is easier to create them using the PEDIT or BOUNDARY commands from existing objects.
AutoCAD always works in inches. If you want to enter numbers in feet and inches, you must change the Length Type settings to Architectural in the Drawing Units dialogue box.

Lab Exercise 29-1

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-1

2D Layout Metric

Millimeters

Step 1

On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]

Hint 1

Create the objects to be arrayed in 3 steps as shown in the following figures. Once they have all be created, you will only have to use the ARRAY command twice to complete the drawing. (Figure Hint 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1C[/caption]

Lab Exercise 29-2

Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-2

N/A

Millimeters

Step 1

Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-2. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure Step 1[/caption]

Step 2

Using the PEDIT command and the All method of selecting, create a closed pline from the objects that form the perimeter of the object. Change the pline to layer: Pline. Using the MOVE command, move the pline 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]

Step 3

Using the PEDIT command, 6 times, and the pick method of selecting the objects, create 6 closed plines of the slots. Copy the 6 plines 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. Change the layer of the copied plines to layer Pline. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

Set layer: Pline as the current layer. Using the BOUNDARY command, 7 times, create a pline around and inner shapes to create 7 closed plines. Move the 7 plines 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Save and close the drawing.

Lab Exercise 29-3

Time allowed: 90 minutes.

Drawing Name

Template

Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3

2D Layout English

Feet/Inches

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template shown above.

Step 2

Using the UNITS command, change the linear units to Architectural with a precision of 1/16".

Step 3

Using Steps 4 to 9, draw the floor plan of the house shown the figure. Use the LINE command to draw it. Use feet and inches as input units. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]

Step 4

On layer: Floor Plan, draw lines around the outside boundary of the house. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 4[/caption]

Step 5

Offset the outside boundary 6 inches toward the inside of the house. Trim or extend the lines to clean up the corners. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 5[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The outside walls are 6" wide.

Step 6

On layer: Construction, draw lines in the center location of the inside walls. Use Figure Step 6B to help you. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="353"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 6C[/caption]

Step 7

Offset the center lines 2 inches on each side the centerline to create 4 inch walls. (Figure step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="362"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="155"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The inside walls are 4" wide.

Step 8

Turn layer: Construction off. Using the TRIM and EXTEND commands, clean up the corners of all walls and change layer of all wall lines to layer: Floor Plan. Figure step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="367"] Figure Step 8B - Detail[/caption]

Step 9

Using Figure 9A, 9B and 9C, cut the door openings in the walls. (Figure step 9A, 9B, 9C, and 9D) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] To draw a door, where the walls are horizontal or vertical , draw a line from the midpoint of the door opening with ortho mode enabled. Offset the line one-half the door width on each side and trim. (Figure Step 9B) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9B[/caption] When the walls are inclined, draw a line from a point in space, perpendicular to the line. Move the line by snapping its endpoint to the midpoint of the line. Offset the line by one-half of the door width on each side and trim. (Figure Step 9C and 9D) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="490"] Figure Step 9C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 9D[/caption]

Step 10

Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport and set the scale to 1/4"=1'-0". Lock the display. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1487" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Step 11

Save and close the drawing.

Module 30: Regular Polygons

jgray — Mon, 08 Mar 2021 20:30:45 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a regular polygon and the methods used to construct them.
Apply the POLYGON command to create regular polygons using three methods.
Apply the ELLIPSE command to create ellipses.
Apply the RECTANGLE command to create rectangles.
Apply the AREA command to measure areas and perimeters.
Describe how to work with and add and subtract angles with degrees minutes and seconds.

Drawing Regular Polygons

A regular polygon is a closed polyline having between 3 and 1,024 equal-length sides. Regular polygons can be drawn using the POLYGON command. Using the POLYGON command to create polygons is a fast and simple way to draw squares, equilateral triangles, hexagons, octagons, and any other regular polygon. See Module 14. [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 30-1
A Regular Polygon[/caption] A polygon drawn using the POLYGON command constructs a closed pline. Polygons can be constructed using the inscribed, circumscribed, or the edge method. See Figure 30-1 and 30-2. Since the polygon drawn by the POLYGON command is a polyline, it is one object in AutoCAD. It can be exploded into individual lines using the EXPLODE command. Even though a square can be constructed using the POLYGON command, they are easier to draw using the RECTANGLE command. [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="399"] Figure 30-2
Drawing a Regular Polygon - Edge Method[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: POLYGON

The POLYGON command is used to create closed polylines to form regular polygons that have between 3 to 1024 sides. Shortcut: POL

AutoCAD Command: RECTANGLE

The RECTANGLE command is used to construct a 4 sided polygon using a closed polyline in the shape of a rectangle or a square. Shortcut: REC

AutoCAD Command: ELLIPSE

The ELLIPSE command is used to construct ellipses or elliptical arcs. Shortcut: EL

Geometry Lesson: Ellipse

An ellipse is determined by two axes that define its length and width. The longer axis is called the major axis, and the shorter one is the minor axis. The center of the ellipse is located at the intersection of the axes. The rotation angle of the ellipse determines length of the minor axis compared to the length of the major axis. See Figure 30-3. [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 30-3
An Ellipse[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="1017"] Figure 30-4
Object Snap Location for Ellipses[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the POLYGON, RECTANGLE and ELLIPSE Commands

Step 1

Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.

Step 2

Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1.

Step 3

On layer: Construction, draw two horizontal and 3 vertical lines as shown in the dimensioned drawing. Where you start the drawing is not important. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]

Step 4

Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and left line. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="178"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="425"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: An inscribed polygon is dimensioned between two opposite points on the polygon. An circumscribed polygon is dimensioned between opposite sides.

Step 5

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: An inscribed polygon is dimensioned between two opposite points on the polygon. An circumscribed polygon is dimensioned between opposite sides.

Step 5

Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw the hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and the center line. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) Command: POL Enter number of sides <8>: 6 (Enter the number of sides of the polygon.) Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: (int) (Snap to the intersection of the two lines.) Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] : C (This is a circumscribed polygon.) Specify radius of circle: @0.5<0 (Radius of the circumscribed circle.) Command:
Step 6
Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and the right line. (Figure Step 6A and 6B) Command: POL Enter number of sides <8>: 6 Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: (int) Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] : I Specify radius of circle: @0.5<90 (Radius and location of the corner of the polygon.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="248"] Figure Step 6A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how the corner of a polygon can be located by entering a coordinate to locate the radius.

Step 7
Using what you learned in Steps 4 to 6, draw the three regular polygons and locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]
Step 8
On layer: Object, enter the RECTANGLE command, as shown below, to draw the rectangle. (Figure Step 8) Command: RECTANGLE Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width]: 1,2.5 Specify other corner point or [Area/Dimensions/Rotation]: 7.5,6 Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
On layer: Construction, draw diagonal lines by snapping from corner to corner of the rectangle. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
On layer: Object, using the figure as a reference, enter the ELLIPSE command, as shown below, to draw the ellipse. (Figure Step 10A and 10B) Command: ELLIPSE Specify axis endpoint of ellipse or [Arc/Center]: C Specify center of ellipse: (int) (Snap to the intersection of the two diagonal lines to located the center of the ellipse.) Specify endpoint of axis: @2,0 Specify distance to other axis or [Rotation]: @0,1 Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="321"] Figure Step 10A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="354"] Figure Step 10B[/caption]
Step 11
Trim the construction lines inside the ellipse. (Figure step 11) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="354"] Figure Step 11[/caption]
Step 12
Using what you learned earlier in this workalong, on layer: Object, draw the four polygons shown in the figure. Locate the centers of the polygons at the midpoint of each construction line. (Figure Step 12A and 12B) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="350"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]
Step 13
Turn layer: Construction off. Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon using the Edge method. (Figure 13A and 13B) Command: POL POLYGON Enter number of sides <8>: 6 Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: E Specify first endpoint of edge: (end) P1 Specify second endpoint of edge: (end) P2 Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="235"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Figure Step 13B[/caption]
Step 14
Explode both polygons and delete the lines they share. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="255"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
Step 15
Using what you learned in Module 29, use the PEDIT command to create a closed polyline. Using the Properties window, confirm that the polygon you just created is closed. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="456"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
Step 16
The bottom section of your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="418"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
USER TIP: While the ELLIPSE command can be used to draw elliptical arcs, it is much easier to draw full ellipses and then trim or break them to the desired size.

AutoCAD Command: AREA

The AREA command is used to find the area or perimeter of a series of coordinates, a closed polyline, circle or ellipse. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1528" align="aligncenter" width="240"] Measurement Tools Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1528" align="aligncenter" width="292"] Tools Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1528" align="aligncenter" width="299"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

MUST KNOW: The EXPLODE command converts an open or closed polyline back into their individual line objects. When exploded, polylines will lose their assigned width.

WORKALONG: Using the AREA Command

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="267"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area of the rectangle using the Corner Point method. (Figure Step2) Command: AREA Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: (end) P1 Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P2 Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P3 Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P4 Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (press Enter) (You do not have to snap back to the start point. The AREA command will go back to the first point and calculate the area and perimeter.) Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000 Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This is an example of using the point method of finding the area and the perimeter of a series of coordinate locations. The corner point method only works for an area containing lines. It does not work if any one of the sides is an arc.

Step 3
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area and perimeter of the rectangle using the Object method. (Figure Step 3) Command: AREA Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: O (Using the Object method.) Select objects: P5 (Select the object. It must be a closed polygon, a circle or an ellipse.) Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000 (This answer will match the results found in Step 2) Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="289"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area of the rectangle subtracting objects from the overall area. (Figure Step 4) Command: AREA Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: A (Specifying you want to be in Add mode.) Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: O (ADD mode) Select objects: P6 (Add in the rectangle area.) Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000 Total area = 22.7500 (ADD mode) Select objects: (Press enter to end the Add mode) Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: S (Beginning the Subtract mode.) Specify first corner point or [Object/Add]: O (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P7 Area = 0.1591, Perimeter = 1.8187 Total area = 22.5909 (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P8 Area = 0.3183, Perimeter = 2.1000 Total area = 22.2726 (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P9 Area = 6.2832, Perimeter = 9.6884 Total area = 15.9894 (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P10 [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="352"] Figure Step 4[/caption] Area = 0.6365, Perimeter = 3.5000 Total area = 15.3529 (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P11 Area = 0.2450, Perimeter = 1.9799 Total area = 15.1079 (SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: (Press Enter to end the Subtract mode.) Total area = 15.1079 (The area of the overall object minus the 5 inner objects is 15.1079 square inches.) Command:
Step 5
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure and add the areas of three individual objects. (Figure Step 5) Command: AREA Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: A (Enter the Add mode.) Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: O (ADD mode) Select objects: P12 Area = 0.1591, Perimeter = 1.8187 Total area = 0.1591 (ADD mode) Select objects: P13 Area = 0.2450, Perimeter = 1.9799 Total area = 0.4041 (ADD mode) Select objects: P14 Area = 0.6365, Perimeter = 3.5000 Total area = 1.0407 (The total area of the three objects combined is 1.0407 square inches.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="478"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The area and perimeter can also be obtained by using the Properties window. The areas to be measured must be closed polygons.

Step 6
Open the Properties window and select the large rectangle. The area and the perimeter (length) will display. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="582"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Unselect the rectangle and select the object in the bottom right. The area and the perimeter (length) will display. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="470"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Geometry Lesson: Degrees Minutes and Seconds
Since a full degree is not always precise enough to measure an angle, you must be able to work to a more precise measurement. Degrees are broken down to smaller and more precise units of minutes and seconds. 1 degree is divided into 60 minutes and 1 minute is divided into 60 seconds: 1 degree = 60 minutes 1 minute = 60 seconds Therefore, 1 degree = 3600 seconds. Degrees are written 1E, minutes are written 01' and seconds 01". Combined: 1<01'01". Here are some examples of adding and subtracting angles with degree minutes and seconds. Study them and then solve problems A to F below.
Adding and Subtracting Degrees Minutes Seconds
Solve the following problems of adding and subtracting degrees, minutes and seconds. The answers are shown below.
Answers to Adding and Subtracting Degrees Minutes Seconds:
A 105E23'09" B 45E07'25" C 256E42'44" D 26E24'14" E 147E18'22" F 105E19'46"
Working in Degrees Minutes and Seconds
Up to this point in the book, all of the angles have been entering using degrees and decimals of a degree. The values of degrees can also be entered using degree/minutes/seconds. The Drawing Units dialogue box must be set to report angular units and precision in degree/minutes/seconds. The Angle Type must be set to Deg/Min/Sec and the Precision set to the value that you want it reported. See Figure 30-5. Since there is no degree symbol on the keyboard, enter the letter ‘ d ‘ after the number when entering degrees in response to an AutoCAD prompt. For example: 34d [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="368"] Figure 30-5
Setting the Angle Type and Precision[/caption] To specify the number of minutes, enter a ' (single quote) after the number and to enter seconds, enter a " (double quote) after the number. See Figure 30-6. For example: 34d56'32" Command: LINE Specify first point: 2,2 Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<34d56'32" Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="285"] Figure 30-6
An Angle Using Deg/Min/Sec[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="1025"] Figure 30-7
Object Snap Location for Geometric Center
Note: Geometric Center osnap mode snaps to the centroid of any closed polyline.[/caption]
Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 30

A regular polygon is a closed polyline having between 3 and 1,024 equal-length sides and is drawn using the POLYGON command.

The EXPLODE command converts a polygon made from an open or closed polyline back into its individual line objects. When exploded, polylines will lose their assigned widths.

Lab Exercise 30-1
Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-1 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="271"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]
Step 2
On layer: Boundary, using the PEDIT command, create a closed polygon of the outside outline of the object. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="268"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
To the precision of 4 decimal places, find the area and perimeter of the closed polygon created in Step 2. A Area = ___________________ B Perimeter = ___________________
Step 4
Change the square and the heptagon to appear as shown in the figure. On layer Boundary, using the BOUNDARY command, create a closed polygon of the new shape. (Figure Step 4)
Step 5
To the precision of 6 decimal places, find the area and perimeter of the closed polygon created in Step 4. A Area = ___________________ B Perimeter = ___________________ [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1
To draw the 3 radius tangent arc on the top right side of the object, you must draw a tangent circle and then trim it. The FILLET command cannot be used as it will draw the fillet on the inside. Use the CIRCLE command and the TTR option to insert the tangent circle and then trim it. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="610"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]
Lab Exercise 30-2
Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-2 2D Layout English Feet

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template shown above. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1
All Dimensions in are Feet[/caption]
Step 2
Using the UNITS command, set the Length type to Engineering, the Angle type to Deg/Min/Sec and Units to scale inserted content: to Inches, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="369"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You are going to be working in the units of feet and decimals of a foot in this drawing. Keep in mind that AutoCAD always wants to work in inches, therefore, all numbers that you input must be followed by the foot mark character. i.e. 500.0'

Step 3
On layer: Lot Lines, draw the first line of the model, as shown below: (Figure Step 3A and 3B) Command: LINE Specify first point: 200.0',1200.0' (Make sure that all numbers are followed by the ' character.) Specify next point or [Undo]: @1200.0',0' Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: ZOOM Specify corner of window, enter a scale factor (nX or nXP), or [All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Previous/Scale/Window/Object] : E Regenerating model. Command: [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="374"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The first line you draw will not appear in the current zoomed state of the drawing. After you draw the line, you have to enter the ZOOM Extents command so that you can view it and complete the drawing.

Step 4
On layer: Lot Lines, complete the model using the dimensioned drawing shown in Step 1. The input must be is feet and decimals of a foot. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="435"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS MINI-SURVEY PLAN LESSON: The length of the lots, on survey maps, are dimensioned by placing the length dimension parallel and along the lot line it is referring to. The length is measured from corner of the lot to corner of the lot. In Figure 30-8, the distance is 500.0 feet. The pin, small circles at the ends, have nothing to do with the dimensions. They only show where the surveyor has placed a metal pin in the ground when the survey was completed. When you draw the map, draw all the lines and then insert 10 feet diameter circles snapping their centers at the ends of the lines. [caption id="attachment_1551" align="aligncenter" width="371"] Figure 30-8[/caption]

Step 5
On layer: Lot Pins, draw circles, with 10 foot diameters, to indicate the location of the survey pins. Hint: Draw one circle and copy it to the other locations. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
With INSUNITS set to Inches, insert the key to check your model for accuracy.
Step 7
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1200 or 0.000833 and lock the display. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
Using the AREA command, find the area of each of the 10 lots. On layer: Text, in paper space, insert the text as shown in the figure. Edit the text with the applicable area. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="496"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
In Paper space, on layer: Lot Dimensions, insert the dimensions of the lot lines as shown in the figure. On layer: Lot Labels, insert text of the street name and the lot numbers. Create your own text style, pick the font and select the text height. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="473"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hints to help you.

Hint 1
To draw the arc in the center, first draw two 150 foot diameter circles on layer: Construction. Use the ends of the lot lines as the center locations. Where the circles intersect is the center of the 150 foot diameter arc. Draw a circle and then trim it. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B). [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="213"] Figure Hint 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="209"] Figure Hint 1B[/caption]
Hint 2
Figure Hint 2A to 2F will help you calculate the angles. [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="376"] Figure Hint 2A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 2B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="281"] Figure Hint 2C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="435"] Figure Hint 2D[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 2E[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Hint 2F[/caption]

Module 31: Competency Test 6 Open Book

jgray — Tue, 09 Mar 2021 19:13:51 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a two hour time limit, complete a written exam and a lab exercise without the aid of a key.

The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material. If you are Completing this book:

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.

In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions
Select the BEST answer.

Which one of the following commands can be used to find the perimeter of a closed polyline?

PERIMETER

AREA

DIST

INQUIRY

LENGTH

Which one of the following commands can be used to control the size the grid displays on a drawing? Select the best answer.

POINT

SNAP

UNITS

LIMITS

PEDIT

Which one of the following commands can be used to convert a polyline back to its original objects?

ERASE

EXPLODE

PEDIT

BOUNDARY

POLYGON

Which two of the following commands can be used to toggle a pline's width off and on?

FILL and EXPLODE

PEDIT and FILL

REGEN and PEDIT

EXPLODE and FILL

FILL and REGEN

What are the minimum and maximum number of sides that a polygon can be drawn using the POLYGON command?

3 and 512

3 and 1024

3 and 256

4 and 2048

4 and 1024

Which one of the following function keys toggles snap mode?

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

Which one of the following commands can be used to draw a square as a closed polygon?

INSERT

SQUARE

RECTANGLE

BLOCK

FILL

Which two commands can be used to toggle the display of a donut's solid fill off and on?

FILL and EXPLODE

PEDIT and FILL

FILL and REGEN

EXPLODE and FILL

REGEN and PEDIT

Which one of the following function keys toggles the grid display?

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

When the PEDIT command is used to create a pline, what are the only two types of drawing objects that can be selected by the user?

ellipses and arcs

arcs and circles

lines and arcs

lines and circles

lines and ellipses

Lab Exercise 31-1 Open Book

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 31-1 2D Layout Metric Millimeters

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Step 2
Change the width of the two regular polygons to a width of 1 and 2 as shown in Figure Step 1B) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="293"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]
Step 3
Copy all objects, except the circles, 200 mm to the right. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Using the PEDIT command, change the widths of all plines, in the copied figure, to the width of 0. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
On layer: Boundary, create a closed polyline of the outside perimeter of the copied object. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Enable layout: Module Layout A2. On layer: Viewport, create three viewports. Set the scale of the viewports as shown in the figure and lock their display. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Find the areas and perimeter shown in the figure. Set the current text style to: 2D Modules. In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the text in the bottom left corner of the layout and include your answers. Set a text height that appears best on the drawing. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="1135"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the scales of each viewport as shown in the figure. Set a text height that appears best on the drawing.
Step 9
On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock using the standard shown in Module 20.
Step 10
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1567" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 10[/caption]

Module 32: Hatching

jgray — Tue, 09 Mar 2021 20:38:44 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe crosshatching, hatching boundaries, hatching patterns, and associative and nonassociative hatching.

Explain sectional views, sections, and hatching in sectional views.

Apply the HATCH and HATCHEDIT commands to insert and edit crosshatching patterns.

Crosshatching
Many drawings require areas to be filled with a pattern. This is called crosshatching or just hatching. There are many uses for hatch patterns on a drawing including displaying an object's material type, the solid material that was cut through in the sectional view, difference materials used in one area to another, plus many other applications.
Hatching Boundaries
The HATCH command is used to insert hatch patterns. It allows you to select two different methods of selecting the boundary of the area to be filled in with the hatch pattern. The first method is picking an internal point and allow the HATCH command to find an enclosed boundary and the second method involves using an existing closed polyline to define the hatching boundary. The first method works well most of the time but for more complicated drawings, the second method must be used.
Hatching Patterns
There are many predefined hatch patterns including ANSI standards, ISO standards, and a solid fill pattern that are part of AutoCAD's software. All hatch patterns are constructed using lines but hatch patterns are inserted as a single drawing object. This helps them to be easily manipulated and also keeps the drawing's database small. A hatching pattern can be exploded, using the EXPLODE command, to convert it to individual lines.
Associative Verses Nonassociative Hatching
An associative hatch will automatically adjust when the boundary, that was used to create it, is moved or changed. A nonassociative hatch remains the same size and in the same location regardless of the changes made to the hatch's boundary. An associative hatch is the default in the HATCH command. An associative hatch can be changed to a nonassociative hatch by changing the properties of the object with the Properties window or with the HATCHEDIT command. A nonassociative hatch can never be changed to a associative hatch. It would have to be deleted and reinserted.

AutoCAD Command: HATCH

The HATCH command is used to insert a hatch pattern. Shortcut: H [caption id="attachment_1580" align="aligncenter" width="693"] Draw Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1580" align="aligncenter" width="184"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1580" align="aligncenter" width="234"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: HATCHEDIT

The HATCHEDIT command is used to edit an existing hatch pattern. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1583" align="aligncenter" width="259"] Modify II Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1583" align="aligncenter" width="286"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1583" align="aligncenter" width="366"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

Drafting Lesson: Cross Sections - Part 1
When a view of an object requires a clearer description of its interior or it is hard to dimension because of the hidden lines, a cross section view can be drawn in place of the normal multiview. See Figure 32-1 [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Figure 32-1
Normal Front and Right Side View of an Object[/caption] A cross section view, also called a section, is a view of the object as if it were cut along a cutting plane and the two pieces pulled apart exposing the inside of the object. See Figure 32-2 and 32-4. [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure 32-2
A Front view and Right Side Section View[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="277"] Figure 32-3
3D Model of the Object Showing the Cutting Plane Line[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="224"] Figure 32-4
3D Model of the Object Showing it Cut on the Cutting Plane Line[/caption] A cutting plane line is the line along the object where the cut would have been made. See Figure 32-2 and 32-3. The arrows point in the direction that you are looking when drawing the section view. The surfaces of the object that are solid, when cut, are crosshatched.
WORKALONG: Inserting Hatch Patterns

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Step 2
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1.
Step 3
Enter the HATCH command. It will open the Hatch and Gradient dialogue box. The More/Less icon, in the bottom right corner of the dialogue box, is used to open or close the advanced portion of the dialogue box. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
MUST KNOW: A hatch object is constructed using lines but acts as a single drawing object. This helps you manipulate the hatch object and also keeps your drawing's database small. A hatch object can be exploded into individual line objects with the EXPLODE command. If exploded, its associativity will be lost.

Step 4
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="267"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
Using the ROTATE command, rotate the diamond 45 degrees, using its center as the base point, to change it to a square. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="210"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Using the COPY command, copy the bottom object three times locating them by eye. Align the copies and center them using what you have learned to this point in the book. Their exact location is not important for this exercise but ensure that they are aligned.
Step 7
Erase the 6 regular polygons above the rectangles. On layer: Text, using the DTEXT command, add the text in each copy. Use the text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.25. Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="467"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
Set the current layer to layer: Hatch. Enter the HATCH command. In the Hatch and Gradient dialogue box, set the Type and pattern to ANSI31. In the Angle and scale box, set the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 1. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]
Step 9
In the Options box, ensure that Associative is enabled. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="176"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When a hatch pattern is created as an associative, it will automatically adjust when the boundary, that was used when it was created, is moved or changed. A nonassociative hatch remains the same size and in the same location regardless of the changes made to the hatch's boundary.

Step 10
In the Boundaries box, click the Add Pick points icon and then pick the point P1 in Part A as shown in the figure. The hatch pattern will hatch the ellipse, without hatching over the text. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="187"] Figure Step 10 A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 10B Figure Step 10C[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The area to be hatched can be hatched using either the Pick Point method or the Select Object method. They will produce very different results and are used for different purposes as you will see as you work your way through this module.

Step 11
Click OK to complete the command.
Step 12
Enter the HATCH command again. In the Hatch dialogue box, set the Pattern to ANSI31, the Angle to 45 degrees and the Scale to 0.5. (Figure step 12) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Click the Add Select objects icon and when prompted, select the ellipse in Part B as shown in the figure. The hatch pattern will ignore everything inside the object as you can see in the figure. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, and 13C) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="670"] Figure Step 13B Figure Step 13C[/caption]
Step 14
Enter the HATCH command. Click the ... icon at the end of the Pattern box. This will open the Hatch Pattern Palette dialogue box. Select the AR-HBONE pattern. (Figure Step 14A and 14B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="388"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]
Step 15
With the AR-HBONE pattern selected, set the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 0.01. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
Step 16
Using what you just learned, insert the hatching patterns in Part A using the Select Object method. Use the following specifications: (Figure Step 16) Triangle - Pattern Hr-HBone Angle - 0 Scale - 0.1 Square - Pattern Honey Angle - 0 Scale - 0.5 Hexagon - Pattern Gravel Angle - 0 Scale - 0.25 8 Sided Polygon - Pattern Solid, Angle N/A - Scale - N/A [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="503"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
Step 17
On layer: Object, draw a 1 inch diameter circle in the center of the ellipses in Part C and Part D. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
Step 18
Enter the HATCH command. Ensure that the Islands box is set to Normal as shown in the figure. Set the Types and pattern to Stars, the Angle to 0 and Scale to 0.5. (Figure Step 18A and 18B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="278"] Figure Step 18A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 18B[/caption]
Step 19
Click the Add Pick points icon. In Part C, select inside the rectangle as shown by P4. Part C should hatch as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19A and 19B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="643"] Figure Step 19A Figure Step 19B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When the Islands display style is set to Normal, the hatching pattern will hatch every other island.

Step 20
Enter the HATCH command and set the Islands display style to Ignore. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="269"] Figure Step 20[/caption]
Step 21
Click the Add Pick points icon and select the location P5 in Part D. (Figure Step 21A and 21B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="668"] Figure Step 21A Figure Step 21B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note how all islands are ignored.

Step 22
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="674"] Figure Step 22[/caption]
Step 23
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: The FILL command controls the fill of a hatching pattern plus other feature in AutoCAD. If toggled off, hatch patterns will not appear on the drawing. This can help you work faster since the drawing regenerates faster. Do not forget to turn the FILL on when finished. The REGEN command must be executed to display the current fillmode after the FILL command has been executed.

WORKALONG: Using the HATCHEDIT Command

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-2. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="674"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Enter the HATCHEDIT command, as shown below. (Figure Step 2) Command: HATCHEDIT Select hatch object: P1 (Select the hatching pattern inside the ellipse of PART A. This will open the Hatch Edit dialogue box.) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="335"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
In the Angle and scale box change the Angle to 135 and the Scale to 2 as shown in Figure Step 3A. Click OK. Notice the change to the hatching pattern. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="336"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]
Step 4
To edit the hatching pattern for Part B, double click the pattern to open the Hatchedit dialogue box. On the pull-down list for Pattern, select Net. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="299"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="336"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
In the Angle and scale box, change the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 3. Click OK. Note the change to the hatching pattern. (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]
Step 6
Delete the hatch in Part D. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Enter the HATCH command and click the Inherit Properties icon. Select the Net hatch pattern in Part B. With the paint brush graphic cursor, select inside the ellipse in Part D. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="131"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="286"] Figure Step 7B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="302"] Figure Step 7C[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="610"] Figure Step 7D[/caption]
Step 8
Enter the commands shown below. Note how the hatching patterns will not display when Fill is Off and display when it is On. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) Command: FILL Enter mode [ON/OFF] : OFF Command: REGEN Regenerating model. Command: FILL Enter mode [ON/OFF] : ON Command: REGEN Regenerating model. Command [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="391"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="392"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: To speed drawing regeneration, turn Fill off and on while you are working on the drawing. Turn it on when you complete the drawing and are ready to plot.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 32

When using the Select object method to hatch, a closed polyline must be created before executing the HATCH command. Since a circle, rectangle, or an ellipse are closed objects, they can be used as a closed polyline.

All hatch patterns are constructed using lines but the hatch pattern is created as a single object in the drawing. This helps to manipulate the hatch patterns and keep the drawing's database smaller. A hatching pattern can be exploded back into its individual line objects using the EXPLODE command.

An associative hatch will automatically adjust when the boundary, that was used when it was created, is moved or changed. A nonassociative hatch remains the same size and in the same location regardless of the changes made to the hatch boundary.

Lab Exercise 32-1
Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-1 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the top and front views of the object shown in figures. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Use the spacing between views as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="361"] Figure Step 2
Top and Front View Locations[/caption]
Step 3
On the Front view, add the full cross section. The cutting plane line is shown in Figure Step 3A. On layer: Hatch, insert the cross hatching pattern using the pattern ANSI31. Select an appropriate scale. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="330"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="280"] Figure Step 3B
Completed Drawing[/caption]
AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hints to help you.

Hint 1
If you have trouble visualizing the object and the section view you have to draw, study the solid models of the object shown below. The solid modeling views were done using AutoCAD. Solid Modeling is taught in the AutoCAD 3D book. [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="299"] Solid Model Isometric View[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="357"] Solid Model Sliced on Cutting Plane Line[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="339"]
Solid Model View from Bottom[/caption]
Lab Exercise 32-2
Time allowed: 50 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-2 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the Front and Right Side views of the figure. Draw the Right Side view as a full section. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="287"] Figure Step 1A
Location of the Views[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1C
Detail of Gear Teeth[/caption]
Step 2
On layer: Hatch, insert the cross hatching pattern using the pattern ANSI32 at a scale of 0.5. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hint. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hint to help you.

Hint 1
To draw the gear teeth, see the five steps in the figure. Step 1 - Draw one line of the teeth. Step 2 - Array the line 64 times. Step 3 and 4 - Add lines to create one tooth and the repeat pattern. Erase the unwanted lines. Step 5 - Array the tooth 32 times. (Figure Hint 1) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Hint 1[/caption]
AUTHOR'S CONSTRUCTION HINTS: Do your best to complete the lab exercise drawing without using the following hints. If you get stuck and cannot complete it on your own, use the following hints to help you.

Hint 2
If you have trouble visualizing the object, study the solid models of the object shown below. The solid modeling views were done using AutoCAD. Solid Modeling is taught in the AutoCAD 3D book. [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Solid Model of Object[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Solid Model of Object[/caption]
Lab Exercise 32-3
Time allowed: 80 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3 2D Layout Metric Millimeters

[caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="479"] Figure Step 1A[/caption]
Step 1
Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, on layer: Lot Lines, draw only the four outside lot lines or the boundary of the lot. The dimensions on the drawing are in meters but the input is in millimeters so you must be careful. 1 meter = 1000 millimeters (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 1B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When the dimension of a line is 14.02, draw the line 14020 mm.

Step 2
Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, on layer: Object, draw the lines and arcs of the driveway, garage, house and patio. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="259"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
On layer: Boundary, use the BOUNDARY command to create a closed pline around each of the seven areas shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="227"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Turn layer: Object off.
Step 5
On layer: Lot Hatch, insert the hatch patterns in the seven areas as follows: A Grass B AR-CONC C Net D Net - at an angle of 45 degrees E Gravel F AR-HBONE G Solid (Figure Step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="224"] Figure Step 5A[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will have to adjust the scale of each hatch pattern. Insert them and then edit them until they appear correct on your drawing. If HATCH will not insert them at the scale you selected, change the scale and try again.
[caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="309"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]
Step 6
Enable layout: Module Layout A2. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport and set the scale to 1:100 (0.01). (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Find the areas and of the seven areas. Set the text style to:2D Modules. In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the text as shown in the figure and include your answers. Set an appropriate text height. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="263"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock using the standard shown in Module 20.
Step 9
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1649" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Save and close the drawing.

Module 33: Blocks

jgray — Wed, 10 Mar 2021 18:19:33 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe a block and explain how blocks are stored and inserted in a drawing file.

Describe how blocks work with layers.

Apply the BLOCK and INSERT commands.

Explain the importance of layer 0 when blocks are created.

Blocks
A block is a collection of drawing objects that acts as one object. After defining a block, it can be inserted into the current drawing as many times as required. It can also be inserted into other drawings or shared with other users. Regardless of the number of times a block has been inserted into the drawing, it will not significantly change the size of the drawing's database. The EXPLODE command can be used to explode a block back into its individual drawing objects. Every drawing file has an invisible data area called the block definition table. The block definition table stores all block definitions in that drawing and contains all of the data associated with each block. It is these block definitions that the INSERT command refers to when it is used to insert a block into the drawing. The only way to remove a block from the definition table is to purge it using the PURGE command. All inserted blocks must be deleted before the block definition can be purged from the drawing. Purging is taught in Module 34. The BLOCK command is used to create a block in the definition table. The INSERT command is used to insert a block, from the definition table, into the drawing. A block can be scaled and/or rotated when it is inserted or it can be scaled and/or rotated after it has been inserted by changing the block's properties or by using the SCALE and ROTATE commands. There are two methods available to edit an existing block. The first is to insert the block into the drawing, explode it, and make the necessary changes. After the changes are made, redefine the block and assign the original name. When a block is edited and redefined, it will overwrite the block definition in the block definition table and all insertions of that block will change to appear as the revised block. The second method is to use the BEDIT command. BEDIT is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book. Blocks can also have intelligence, called attributes, attached to them. After blocks with assigned attributes are defined and inserted into a drawing, the data attached to them can be extracted. Attributes and data extraction are taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book. It is essential to know how blocks and layers work in a drawing. When a block is inserted in a drawing, it will reside on the current layer but it is more important to know what layer the drawing objects, that were used to create the block, were drawn on. See Figure 33-1. [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="914"] Figure 33-1
Blocks and Layers[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="914"] Figure 33-2
Object Snap Mode - Blocks[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: BLOCK

The BLOCK command is used to create a block in the block definition table in the current drawing. Shortcut: B [caption id="attachment_1656" align="aligncenter" width="387"] Block Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1656" align="aligncenter" width="364"] Draw Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1656" align="aligncenter" width="289"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: INSERT

The INSERT command is used to insert a block into the current drawing from the current drawings block definition table. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1659" align="aligncenter" width="313"] Insert Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1659" align="aligncenter" width="266"] Insert Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1659" align="aligncenter" width="290"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Layer 0 (zero), colored white/black, is a special layer and color for blocks. When inserted, a block defined using drawing objects drawn on layer 0 (colored white/black), will take the properties of the layer it is inserted on. If the block is exploded, the individual drawing objects will reside on layer 0 (colored white/black). If a block is defined, using objects drawn on any other layer, and inserted it will display the color that it was constructed on and not the color assigned to the layer it resides on.

WORK ALONG: Creating and Inserting Blocks

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Step 2
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 33-1.
Step 3
On layer: Construction, draw the three horizontal and 3 vertical lines shown in the dimensioned drawing. Start the first line anywhere in model space. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="466"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
On layer: 0, draw the three polygons as shown in the figure. Draw them anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="434"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="519"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Enter the BLOCK command. It will open the Block Definition dialogue box. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="586"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
In the Name box, enter the name: Module 33 Triangle for the name of the block. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="276"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Click the Pick point icon to select the Base point for the block. When prompted for the base point, snap to the top corner of the triangle. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="193"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="167"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The base point of a block is important since it is the same point as the insert point you will be using when you insert the block.

Step 8
In the Objects area, click the Select objects icon. When prompted to select objects, use a window to select the triangle. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="175"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="180"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]
Step 9
In the Objects area, enable the Delete button. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="179"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Delete - the objects used to create the block will be deleted. Retain - the objects used to create the block will remain in as individual objects. Convert to block - the objects that were used to create the block are converted to a block.

Step 10
In the Settings area, set the Block unit to Inches and in the Description area, enter the description as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="555"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Block unit refers to the units that the block is drawn in. If they match the Insertion scale, when the block is inserted, the block will be inserted at full size or a scale factor of 1.

MUST KNOW: A block is a collection of drawing objects that acts as one object. Every drawing file has an invisible data area called the block definition table. The block definition table stores all the block definitions in that drawing. When a block is inserted into the drawing, it will reside on the current layer. A block can be exploded with theEXPLODE command. When a block is exploded, it loses all of its block properties and it is converted back to the original drawing objects and properties that it had when it was created.

Step 11
Except for the Base point, the Block Definition dialogue box should now match the figure. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 11[/caption]
Step 12
Click OK and your drawing should now appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Using what you just learned, create a block from the hexagon and the octagon. For both, use the center of the object as the base point. To do that, you must first draw a construction line so that you can snap to its midpoint when specifying the base point. Ensure that you do not select the construction line as one of the block objects. Name the blocks: Module 33 Hexagon and Module 33 Octagon. (Figure Step 13A and 13B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="203"] Figure Step 13A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="202"] Figure Step 13B[/caption]
Step 14
Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
Step 15
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion scale to Inches. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="368"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The Insertion scale units are the units that the blocks are inserted in the current drawing. If they match the Block unit of the block being inserted, the block will be inserted at full size or a scale factor of 1. If not, a scale factor will be applied when the block is inserted.

Step 16
Set layer: 0 as the current layer. Enter the INSERT command to open the Insert dialogue box. In the Name: box, pull down the list and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="336"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
Step 17
Set the Insert point, Scale and Rotation boxes as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="468"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
Step 18
Click OK and when prompted for the insertion point, snap to the intersection of the upper left construction lines. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The base point you selected when creating the block will be located at the insertion point.

Step 19
Enter the INSERT command and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. Set the Angle to 45. Insert the block locating the insertion point as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19A and 19B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="495"] Figure Step 19A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="346"] Figure Step 19B[/caption]
MUST KNOW: Layer 0 (zero), assigned the color white/black, is a special layer and color for blocks. An inserted block that was created using objects drawn on layer 0 will reside on and take the properties of the layer that it is inserted on. If the block is exploded, the individual objects belonging to that block, will reside on layer 0 (colored white/black). When a block is created using objects drawn on any other layer, it will display the properties of that layer even though it is inserted on the layer with a different color assigned to it. If it is exploded, the individual objects will reside on the layer that they were originally drawn on.

Step 20
Enter the INSERT command and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. Set the Angle to 180, the X Scale to 2 and enable Uniform Scale. Insert the block as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20A and 20B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="498"] Figure Step 20A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="446"] Figure Step 20B[/caption]
Step 21
Set layer: Blocks as the current layer. Using what you just learned, insert three: Module 33 Hexagon blocks locating the insert point at the intersections of the construction lines as shown in the figure. The left and center blocks are inserted at scale factor of 1 and the one on the right at a scale factor of 1.5. Set the appropriate angles to match the figure. (Figure Step 21) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="424"] Figure Step 21[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that when you insert a block on layer Blocks, it takes the color of that layer.

Step 22
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Using what you just learned, insert three: Module 33 Octagon blocks placing the insert point as shown in the figure. The left and center blocks are inserted at a scale factor of 1 and the one on the right at a scale factor of 1.25. Set the appropriate angle to match the figure. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="405"] Figure Step 22[/caption]
Step 23
Explode the left block: Module 33 Octagon as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 23) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="405"] Figure Step 23[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Note that when the block is exploded, the drawing objects reside on layer 0 and display the color black/white.

Step 24
Turn layer: Construction off. (Figure Step 24) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="266"] Figure Step 24[/caption]
Step 25
Insert a block: Module 33 Triangle anywhere in model space. Explode the block and change the objects to layer: Object. On layer: Object, draw lines from each corner to the midpoint of the opposite line. (Figure Step 25). [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="133"] Figure Step 25[/caption]
Step 26
Using the BLOCK command, create a block of the triangle that you created in Step 25. Assign it the name: Module 33 Triangle. Keep the same base point (top corner of triangle). When you execute the command, the alert box will open warning you that a block with the same name is already defined in the drawing. Click Yes to accept. Take note how all of the blocks, named: Module 33 Triangle, will now display the new block definition. (Figure Step 26A and 26B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="378"] Figure Step 26A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="405"] Figure Step 26B[/caption]
Step 27
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP:The location of the base point that is selected when creating a block is important. Each block is unique and has a best location for its base point. When selecting the location for a base point, imagine what location would be best when the block is inserted into a drawing. Study the blocks below and the base point locations that were selected for each of them.

MUST KNOW: To insert a block with different X and Y scales, disable the Uniform scale box and enter the scales and as shown in the figures below.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 33

A block is a collection of objects that acts as one object. Regardless of the number of times the block has been inserted into the drawing, it will not significantly change the size of the drawing's database.

The only way to remove a block from the block definition table is to purge it with the PURGE command.

Layer 0 (zero), assigned the color black/white, is a special layer and color for blocks. A block that was created using objects drawn on layer 0 will reside on and take the properties of the layer it is inserted on.

Lab Exercise 33-1
Time allowed: 90 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 N/A Feet and /Inches

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1.
Step 3
Make the changes to the floor plan as shown in the figure. Note the size changes and some walls were removed. Use the STRETCH command to make all of the size changes. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Draw the 10 objects shown in the figures anywhere in model space. Draw them on layer: 0. Ensure it is assigned the color Black/White. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4C[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The plant block can be drawn by eye. Draw a construction circle and draw random lines. Use a 3 point arcs to complete it. (Figure Hint 1)

Step 5
Create a block from each object. Use the following: A Name the block as shown under the B Set the BLOCK command to delete the blocks after C Set the base point as shown on the D Give the block a description and set the Block unit to
Step 6
On layer: Furniture, insert the blocks as shown in the figure. Match the drawing the best that you can by eye. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Insert one block for each required object and then use the ARRAY or COPY commands to speed the insert process.

Step 7
Enable layout: Module Layout D. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport setting its scale to 1/2"=1'-0" and lock the display. In Paper space, on layer: Text, label the rooms as shown. Pick your own text size and font. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
Turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
Save and close the drawing.
Lab Exercise 33-2
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-2 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
Open the Drafting Setting dialogue box. Set the grid and snap spacing to 0.05 units and any other settings to match the figure. Ensure that you disable the Adaptive grid and the Display grid beyond Limits box. (Figure step 1) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="493"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
With the grid and snap enabled, draw the five symbols shown below anywhere in model pace. Draw them on layer 0. You will have zoom in close to draw the symbols. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Step 2[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you draw each symbol by snapping to grid points as shown below. Notice how each of the connecting points of the symbols are located on a grid point.

Step 3
Make a block of each symbol. Name them with the name shown below the drawing. Set the Block units to Inches. Delete the objects when you the block is created.
Step 4
Set the grid to 0.1 and the snap to 0.05. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="497"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: To draw the solid areas of the symbols, first draw the outside shape with polylines or circles and then hatch them with a solid pattern..

Step 5
On layer: Object, draw the lines and the terminating circles for the schematic diagram. Draw it by eye but do your best to match the figure. Ensure that you snap to grid point for the endpoints of all lines. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
On layer: Symbols, insert the blocks and trim the lines. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="606"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
On layer: Viewport, create viewport setting the scale to 1.25:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="314"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
In Paper space, on layer: Text, add the text as shown in the figure. Pick your own font and text height. Fill in the titleblock and turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure step 8) [caption id="attachment_1711" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8[/caption]

Module 34: Drawing Utilities

jgray — Thu, 11 Mar 2021 23:50:13 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Explain drawing and file maintenance to help manage and control AutoCAD drawing files.

Describe a nested object.

Apply the TIME, PURGE, and RENAME commands.

Drawing Utilities
It is very important for you as the AutoCAD Operator to maintain your drawings and drawing files on a regular basis. It is very easy, while working day-to-day producing drawings, to let things slide and not correct small items in the drawings or the drawing files. If left unchecked, this habit can lead to a large problem in the future, sometimes almost impossible to correct. Take a few minutes, while working on each drawing, to maintain objects, layers, blocks, xref, names, and the different styles. For the drawing files, create an organized logical folder structure making more folders rather than less and dividing drawing files into smaller organized groups. Create a good naming system for the folders and drawings. Give them descriptive names that can be sorted alphabetically. Remove unwanted files, and keep your .bak files under control by deleted ones that are no longer required. AutoCAD has several utilities that are helpful to organize and maintain drawings. File Explorer can be used to maintain the drawing files. In this module, the PURGE and RENAME commands are covered to help you in your day-to-day drawing maintenance.
Nested Objects
A nested object is a named object referencing another named object. One example of a nested object would be an object in a block located on layer Object but the block is on layer Block. The Object layer would appear not to have any objects on it, but in fact, an object in the block is on that layer and that makes it a nested object. Sometimes it is desirable to nest items to help draw and design more efficiently. An example of this is as follows: A drawing has several components. Draw each component separately and create a block of each. Assemble all the blocks and then make a block of the assembly. The blocks inserted in the assembly block are nested blocks. Nested objects are not necessarily a bad thing, but they can cause problem if they are not used correctly or carelessly inserted. AutoCAD does not allow a block to be created using a block that references itself. An example of this would be a block created using an object that contains a block with the same name. One the most common errors in block creation is creating a block selecting a block as one of the selected objects. Ensure that all drawing objects are exploded before creating a block using them.

AutoCAD Command: TIME

The TIME command is used to display and track the amount of time that a drawing file is opened in AutoCAD. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1714" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Tools Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: PURGE

The PURGE command is used to remove block definitions, dimension styles, groups, layers, linetypes, text styles, zero-length geometry, and empty text objects. Shortcut: PU [caption id="attachment_1715" align="aligncenter" width="511"] File Pull-down[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: RENAME

The RENAME command is used to rename such things as block definitions, dimension styles, layers, linetypes, text styles, UCS's, viewports, and views. Shortcut: REN [caption id="attachment_1716" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Format Pull-down[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using the TIME, PURGE and RENAME Commands

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Step 2
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 34-1.
Step 3
Enter the TIME command, as shown below. Command: TIME Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:49:30:937 AM Times for this drawing: Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:48:42:453 AM Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:48:42:453 AM Total editing time: 0 days 00:12:48:672 Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:12:48:484 Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:09:13:172 Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: Command:
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your answers will differ from this example.

Step 4
Enter the PURGE command. It will open the Purge dialogue box. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="388"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You can only purge items from a drawing if they are NOT being used at the time. For example, an item that CAN be purged is a block that is defined but is not inserted in the drawing or a layer that was created but does not contain any objects. The items that can be purged will display with a + (plus sign) preceding them.

Step 5
Ensure that the View items you can purge is enabled. (Figure Step 5) You can only purge items from a drawing if they are NOT being used at the time. For example, an item that CAN be purged is a block that is defined but is not inserted in the drawing or a layer that was created but does not contain any objects. The items that can be purged will display with a + (plus sign) preceding them. [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="151"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Expand All items and then Blocks by clicking the + (plus sign) preceding each. When you see the - (minus sign), the item is expanded and will display all of the items that can be purged. All of the blocks in the Block Definition table that are NOT inserted in the drawing will display. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="390"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your list may differ from this example.

Step 7
Select the item Blocks. Click the Purge All button. When asked to confirm the purging, click Purge all items. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="392"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: After you complete the purge, note how the item Blocks no longer has a + (plus sign) proceeding it.

Step 8
Enable the View items you cannot purge button. The items that you CANNOT purge will display in the Purge dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="162"] Figure Step 8A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="389"] Figure Step 8B[/caption]
Step 9
Close the dialogue box. Enter the TIME command as shown below. Command: TIME Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:04:49:703 PM Times for this drawing: Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Total editing time: 0 days 15:43:42:157 Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 15:43:42:141 Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:07:33:123 Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: R (Reset the timer to zero. This is an elapsed timer which allows you to time a special event while the total time the drawing is active is also being timed.) Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: D (The Display option simply forces the command line to display the time values.) Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:05:08:312 PM Times for this drawing: Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Total editing time: 0 days 00:44:00:766 Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:00:08:437 Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:07:33:123 Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: Command:
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your answers will differ.

Step 10
On layer: 0, draw the three objects shown in the figure. Draw the circle 1 inch in diameter and the length of each side of the square and the diamond 1 inch. The location where you draw them is not important. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="455"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
Create three blocks, one from each object, and name them: Circle, Square, and Diamond respectfully. Delete the drawing objects when you create the block for each. After you have created all three blocks, your drawing should appear blank.
Step 12
Check to ensure that the blocks were created by entering the INSERT command. In the list of names, you should only see the three blocks. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="497"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Enter the RENAME command. It will open the Rename dialogue box. Select Blocks in the Named Objects column. The three blocks you created in Step 11 will display in the Items column. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="420"] Figure Step 13[/caption]
Step 14
Click the block: Diamond in the Items column. Note how it now appears in the Old Name: box. Enter the new block name: Rotated Square in the Rename To: box. Click the Rename To: button to execute the name change. The renamed block will now appear in the Items box. (Figure Step 14A and 14B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="386"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="257"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]
Step 15
Using the INSERT command, insert the blocks: Square and Rotated Square. The location where you insert them is not important. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="325"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
MUST KNOW: The PURGE command removes unwanted items from the drawing. In some cases, it is the only way to remove them. If an item is being used in the drawing, it cannot be purged. For example, a layer with an object on it cannot be purged, nor can a block that has been inserted onto the drawing.

Step 16
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, enable View items you can purge. Expand the item Blocks and the Circle block should display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 16[/caption]

Step 17
Using what you learned earlier in this workalong, purge the block: Circle from the drawing.
Step 18
Enter the TIME command as shown below. Command: TIME
Currenttime: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:30:21:015PM Times for this drawing: Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM Total editing time: 0 days 01:09:13:485 Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:25:21:156 Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:02:58:672 Command:
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Your answers will differ from this example.

Step 19
Find the record the following answers in your drawing: A Total editing time in the drawing. B Time in Elapsed timer.
Step 20
Save and close the drawing.
Drafting Lesson: Cross Sections - Part 2

Types of Section Views
There are many types of section views that can be drawn. The full, half, aligned and revolved section, as shown in figures below, are the most common ones.
Full Section
A full section is the most commonly used cross section. It cuts completely through the object along the cutting plane. See Figure 35-1. [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="356"] Figure 35-1
Full Section[/caption]
Half Section
The half section only cuts through half of the object. It is used to section a symmetrical object where both halves are identical. See Figure 35-2. [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="352"] Figure 35-2
Half Section[/caption]
Aligned Section
An aligned section is used to align spokes along the cutting plane on a symmetrical object. Take note how the spokes are not on the cutting plane but are aligned in the section view. See Figure 35-3. [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="371"] Figure 35-3
Aligned Section[/caption]
Revolved Section
A revolved section is a simple way to show the shape of an object i.e. A spoke. Revolve the section on the object as shown in Figure 35-4. [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="342"] Figure 35-4
Revolved Section[/caption]
USER TIP: When entering names for drawings, blocks, layers, and other items it is important to name them so they are descriptive and can be found easily. Naming them so they group together or are easy to find in a search is important. They should also be unique to your company and can be listed in alphabetical order. Let's assume that you are a house designer and the name of your company is House Designer Ltd. For a naming scheme on layers in your drawings you might want to name all your layers starting with the letters HDL. Such as HDL Floor Plan, HDL Furniture, etc. Notice how they appear on the layer list, shown on the right, and how they are grouped together, easy to find and unique to your company. To name the drawings you create for your company. Use a naming scheme such as HDL House 0203, HDL House 3252, HDL House 2143 etc. On the left, is a partial list of how your drawing files would appear in Windows Explorer.

USER TIP: When an item you wish to purge from a drawing is listed in the items you cannot purge, click the item and Purge dialogue box will display tips why the item cannot be purged as you can see below. Using these tips, you can then figure out what changes would have to be made to the drawing before the items can be purged.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 34

The PURGE command removes unwanted items from the drawing. In some cases, it is the only way to remove them. If an item is being used, it cannot be purged.

Lab Exercise 34-1
Time allowed: 60 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-1 2D Layout Metric Millimeters

Step 1
On layers: Object and Hidden, draw the Front and Right Side view as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="417"] Figure Step 1B
Completed Drawing[/caption]
Step 2
On layers: Object and Hatch, draw a full section and a half section. Use hatching pattern: ANSI32. Select an appropriate scale to match the figure the best that you can. (Figure Step 2A and 2B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="319"] Figure Step 2A
Detail of Key[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 2B[/caption]
Hint 1
To help you visualize the object that you are drawing. (Figure Step 1A and 1B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Figure Hint 1A
Solid Model[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="153"] Figure Hint 1B
Solid Model[/caption]
Lab Exercise 34-2
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-2 N/A Feet/Inches

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-2.
Step 3
Reset the elapsed timer to zero.
Step 4
Delete all existing blocks named: File Cabinet that are on the drawing. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="422"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
Purge the block: File Cabinet from your drawing.
Step 6
Rename the following blocks: A From: Desk to 48X28 Desk B From: Conference Table to 10 Ft. Diameter Table
Step 7
On layer: 0, draw the plant shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="231"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="360"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Draw a circle and one-quarter of the inside. Then array it. Draw it by eye, using lines.

Step 8
Redefine the block in the drawing named: Plant with the plant you drew in Step 7. All existing plant blocks should change to the new plant block. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1748" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
Using the elapsed timer, record the amount of time you took to do this lab exercise.
Step 10
Save and close the drawing.

Module 35: Reference Files

jgray — Sat, 13 Mar 2021 16:27:46 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe reference files and explain how they are used in an AutoCAD drawing.

Apply the XREF command.

Reference Files
An external reference file is a drawing file linked to the current drawing. It acts as one object similar to a block and appears to be part of the current drawing. Usually called a reference file or a xref, it is quite different from a block. A reference file updates itself whenever the drawing it is linked to is opened. It can also be updated manually by the CAD operator. If the drawing that is attached as an xref is changed, the changes will appear when the drawing it is attached to is opened or reloaded. Since it is only linked to the drawing, it does not add a significant amount of data to the drawing's database. The XREF command is used to manage the reference files that are linked to the current drawing. You can attach more than one reference file at the same time. All objects in the reference file must be in Model space. Reference files can be scaled or rotated when they are attached with the XREF command or after they are attached with the SCALE and/or ROTATE commands. You can snap to the object snap modes of objects in the reference files. A reference file can be edited in the current drawing with the changes going back to the original drawing file. This is done with the REFEDIT command.
Xref Dependant Named Objects
Xref dependent named objects are the layers, linetypes, dimension styles, blocks, and text styles of the reference file. They are added to the drawing they are attached to as non-graphical object information. The names are changed so that no two names are the same. Table 35-1 shows how the non-graphical names are dealt with by AutoCAD. This table demonstrates how AutoCAD names the xref dependent named objects for layers, linetypes, dimension styles, blocks, and text styles. In this table, the name of the attached xref file drawing is House Plan and a layer in that drawing is First Floor and a block named Coffee Table. For a reference file, the name of the non-graphical object is changed to the name ' drawing name|object '. If it is bound to the drawing, it is renamed ' name$n$objectname '. The ' n ' starts with zero and increases by one if the same name is encountered.
Binding a Reference File
A reference file can be bound to the current drawing it is attached to with the XREF command. When a reference drawing is bound to the drawing, the XREF command converts it into a block. The xref dependent named objects are renamed according to Table 35-1. A block can be exploded to convert the objects into single objects and they become part of the drawing. When a reference file is bound, it can either be bound or inserted. Inserting a reference file converts it into a block but it strips the named non-graphical objects back to their original names. See Table 35-1 [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="919"] Table 35-1
Naming of Xref Dependent Named Objects[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: XREF

The XREF command is used to manage reference files in the current drawing. Shortcut: XREF or XR [caption id="attachment_1753" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Insert Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1753" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Reference Toolbar[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using Reference Files

Step 1
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3.
Step 2
Open the Units dialogue box and set the Insertion scale to millimeters.
Step 3
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing four times to create four identical drawings with the following names: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D
Step 4
Close drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3.
Step 5
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Step 7
Turn layer: Lot Lines off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Step 8
Turn layer: Lot Lines on. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Step 10
Save and close the drawing.
Step 11
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B.
Step 12
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Step 13
Turn layer: Object off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Step 14
Turn layer: Object on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="183"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
Step 15
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Step 16
Save and close the drawing.
Step 17
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C.
Step 18
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Step 19
Turn layer: Boundary off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Step 20
Turn layer: Boundary on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="181"] Figure Step 20[/caption]
Step 21
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Step 22
Save and close the drawing.
Step 23
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D.
Step 24
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Step 25
Turn layer: Lot Hatch off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects in the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Step 26
Turn layer: Lot Hatch on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 26) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="179"] Figure Step 26[/caption]
Step 27
Save and close the drawing.
Step 28
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout Metric.
Step 29
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1.
Step 30
Open the Units dialogue box and set the Insertion scale to millimeters.
Step 31
Enter the XREF command to open the External References window. (Figure Step 31) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="478"] Figure Step 31[/caption]
Step 32
Click the Attach DWG icon. (Figure Step 32) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="243"] Figure Step 32[/caption]
Step 33
In the Select Reference File dialogue box, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A.dwg. (Figure Step 33) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 33[/caption]
Step 34
In the Attach External Reference dialogue box, set your dialogue box to match the figure. (Figure Step 34) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 34[/caption]
Step 35
In the External References window, you should see the drawing you just attached and the drawing you currently have open. (Figure Step 35) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="537"] Figure Step 35[/caption]
Step 36
Enter the ZOOM Extents command. (Figure Step 36) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="148"] Figure Step 36[/caption]
Step 37
Using what you just learned, attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B as a reference file. (Figure Step 37) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="194"] Figure Step 37[/caption]
Step 38
Attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C as a reference file. (Figure Step 38) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 38[/caption]
Step 39
Attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D as a reference file. (Figure Step 39) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 39[/caption]
Step 40
The External Reference window should match the figure. (Figure Step 40) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="620"] Figure Step 40[/caption]
Step 41
In the External Reference window, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, click Detach. (Figure Step 41A and 41B) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 41A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="187"] Figure Step 41B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When a drawing is detached, it is removed as a reference file.

Step 42
Open the Layer Properties Manager window. Take note of the layer names of the layers of the attached referenced files. (Figure Step 42) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="594"] Figure Step 42[/caption]
Step 43
In the External Reference window, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, click Bind. (Figure Step 43) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 43[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: When a drawing is bound into the current drawing, it is inserted as a block.

Step 44
In the Bind Xrefs dialogue box, enable Bind and click OK. (Figure Step 44) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="314"] Figure Step 44[/caption]
Step 45
The External Reference window should match the figure. (Figure Step 45) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 45[/caption]
Step 46
Your drawing should as shown in the figure. (Figure step 46) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="223"] Figure Step 46[/caption]
Step 47
In Layer Properties Manager window, turn off layer: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D|Lot Hatch. (Figure Step 47) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="594"] Figure Step 47[/caption]
Step 48
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure step 48) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="194"] Figure Step 48[/caption]
Step 49
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: To completely remove a reference file from the current drawing, you must detach it using the XREF command. Erasing a reference file does not remove it completely from the drawing. All the named objects definitions associated with an erased xref remain. Using the Detach option removes the selected xref and all associated information.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 35

An external reference file is a drawing file linked to the current drawing. It acts as one object similar to a block and appears to be part of the current drawing.

A reference file can be bound to the drawing it is attached to with the XREF command. When a reference drawing is bound to the drawing, the XREF command converts it into a block.

To completely remove a reference file from the current drawing, it must be detached using the XREF command.

Lab Exercise 35-1
Time allowed: 50 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 35-1 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the Polygon Multi-Tool shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 1A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Figure Step 1C
Polygon Multi-Tool[/caption]
Step 2
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Lab Exercise 35-2
Time allowed: 50 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 35-2 2D Layout Metric Millimeters

Step 1
On layer: Object, draw the Double Hexagon Wrench shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D) [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="470"] Figure Step 1B
Detail[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The double hexagon shape is drawn with two hexagons at 60 degrees offset. The inner lines are then trimmed to complete the double hexagon.
[caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="331"] Figure Step 1C
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1784" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 1D
Double Hexagon Wrench[/caption]
Step 2
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.

Module 36: Competency Test 7 Open Book

jgray — Sat, 13 Mar 2021 17:38:55 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a three hour time limit, complete a written exam and the lab exercise without the aid of a key.

The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material. If you are Completing this book:

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.

In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions
Select the BEST answer.

What term is used to describe a block within block?

Nested object

Hatched object

Xref object

Bound object

Insert object

What command is used to establish a block's base point?

XREF

BLOCK

INSERT

PEDIT

POINT

Where are block definitions stored in a drawing's database?

Block location table

Block definition table

Block database table

Block table

Block database

What command is used to edit existing hatch patterns?

EDITHATCH

BHATCH

EDIT

PEDIT

HATCHEDIT

From what drawing object are all hatch patterns created from?

Plines

Arcs

Lines

Splines

None of the above.

What command is used to totally remove a block definition from the current drawing?

TAKEOUT

PURGE

DELETE

REMOVE

BLOCK

What command is used to change the name of a block definition in the current drawing?

INSERT

NAME

CHANGE

RENAME

PURGE

What must be done to completely remove a reference file from the current drawing?

Detach it using the XREF command.

Detach it using the XBIND command.

Erase it using the ERASE command.

Detach it using the BLOCK command.

Detach it using the BIND command.

What two commands are used to toggle the display of the existing hatching patterns on or off?

FILL and EXPLODE

PEDIT and FILL

REGEN and PEDIT

EXPLODE and FILL

FILL and REGEN

When a reference file is bound to a drawing that it is attached to, what drawing object type is the xref converted into?

Individual objects

Line

Block

Pline

Hatch

Lab Exercise 36-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 36-1 N/A Feet and Inches

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 36-1.
Step 3
Draw the three doors, shown in the figure, anywhere in Model space. Draw them on layer: 0. Ensure that the color assigned to layer: 0 is black/white. (Figure Step 3A and 3B) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 3A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="539"] Figure Step 3B[/caption]
Step 4
Create a block from each of the three doors that you drew in Step 3. Use the following: A Name each block as shown below the drawing. B Set the BLOCK command to delete the objects after creation. C Set the base point of the blocks as shown on the drawing. D Give each block a description and set the Block units to Inches.
Step 5
On layer Doors, insert the door blocks to match the door opening size. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Insert the blocks near the door openings and then use the ROTATE and MOVE commands to locate them.

Step 6
On layer Hatch, insert the pattern: Net in the areas shown in the figure. Set the scale to match the hatch to the figure the best you can by eye. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Insert the blocks near the door openings and then use the ROTATE and MOVE commands to locate them.

Step 7
On layer: Boundary, draw a closed pline, at a width of 1", around the 4 rooms and the hallway. Ensure that you snap to the corners of the walls. Find the area of each closed pline in Sq Ft to two decimal places of precision. Record the results. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport at a scale of 3/8"=1'-0" and lock the display. In Paper space, on layer: Text, add the room name and square footage that you found in Step 7. Using the standards in Module 20, fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you insert the text for both the rooms and titleblock in Paper space.

Step 9
Turn layers: Viewport and Boundary off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Change the current space to Model. You drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1795" align="aligncenter" width="677"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
Saved and close the drawing.

Module 37: Dimensioning- Part 1

jgray — Sat, 13 Mar 2021 19:45:40 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Define the 11 basic dimensioning terms.

Describe the properties of associative and exploded dimensions.

Apply the DIMASSOC and DIMSTYLE commands to control and modify the appearance of dimensions.

Create a dimension style and set the dimension variables for both an english and metric drawing.

Apply the BREAK and DIMCENTER commands to draw center lines.

Dimensioning
Dimensioning is the process of adding size descriptions to objects in the drawing. After the dimensioned are inserted, the layout can be plotted and used for construction or reference. Up to this point in the book, only shape description have been defined to the object by describing its size and location. Since AutoCAD knows the exact size of the objects in the drawing, you only have to enter the type and location of the dimension you want to insert and AutoCAD will do the rest. Since there is a lot to learn, dimensioning is a complex but not a difficult subject. Therefore, in the AutoCAD 2D book, only learning to control the appearance, inserting, and editing the basic dimension types is taught. When you complete the AutoCAD 2D book, you will be able to completely dimension a drawing for most applications.
Associative verses Exploded Dimensions
An associative dimension is intelligent, similar to an associative hatch pattern. They are tied to the object they are dimensioning. An exploded dimension is simply a collection of AutoCAD drawing objects indicating a measurement on the object. It has no relation to the object it is dimensioning. An associative dimension and exploded dimension do not appear any different on the drawing and you cannot tell them apart by looking at them. The differences between them are as follows:

The dimensions of objects dimensioned with associative dimensions, when modified with most editing commands, will change to reflect the changes to the size of the object. The dimensions of objects that are dimensioned with an exploded dimension, when modified, will not change.

Associative dimensions are harder to edit than exploded dimensions because they are inserted as blocks. An exploded dimension is inserted with individual drawing objects. If an associative dimension is exploded, it will be converted into an exploded dimension.

If the properties of the dimensioning style of an associative dimension is modified, all dimensions on the drawing, using that style, will change. For example, if the user changes the height of dimension text, change it once in the dimensioning style and all existing associative dimensions, using that style, will automatically display the new size.

Definition Points
Definition points are points that are automatically inserted on the drawing when an associative dimension is inserted. One definition point is inserted for each end of an extension line or on opposite sides of a circle or an arc. The points are automatically placed on layer Defpoints. If the Defpoints layer does not exist in the drawing, it will be created automatically when the first associative dimension is inserted on that drawing. The Defpoints layer cannot be deleted or purged. These inserted points are the intelligent part of the associative dimension. It is these points that cause the dimension to automatically update since they are moved in the object editing commands and the dimension follows them. In an associative dimension, the points are attached to the object. Therefore, almost all editing commands move the points with the object. The definition points will not plot and are not affected by the point type and size appearance. If you explode an associative dimension, the points attached to it will automatically be erased.
Dimensioning Styles
A dimensioning style is similar to a text style. A dimensioning style controls the way dimensions appear on your drawing. There are many different settings in a dimensioning style so it will take you a lot of practice to get used to setting them. New styles can be created or existing dimensioning styles edited with the DIMSTYLE command. AutoCAD uses the current dimensioning style properties when inserting dimensions with any dimensioning command. By modifying a dimension style, you can update all existing associative dimensions on the drawing inserted with that style.
Standard Dimensioning Style
The Standard dimensioning style exists in every drawing and cannot be deleted. Even though the Standard style can be used, it is not a good practice to use it. Create and name your own styles.
USER TIP: Use the Styles toolbar or the Home ribbon to pull down a list and select a name to change the current dimensioning style for the current drawing. When the list is not currently being pulled down, it displays the current dimension style. [caption id="attachment_1800" align="aligncenter" width="625"] Styles Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1800" align="aligncenter" width="422"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

Drafting Lesson: Basic Dimensioning Terms
Figure 37-1 shows the 11 basic dimensioning terms that you should know when setting dimensioning styles. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure 37-1 Basic Dimensioning Terms[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMASSOC

The DIMASSOC system variable is used to enable either associative, non-associative, or exploded dimensions being inserted by dimensioning commands. Command: DIMASSOC Enter new value for DIMASSOC <2>: 0 Command: 0 - Dimensions will be inserted as exploded dimensions. 1 - Dimensions will be inserted as non-associative dimensions. 2 - Dimensions will be inserted as associative dimensions.

AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Every AutoCAD drawing contains the Standard dimensioning style. It cannot be deleted and must be present so that additional styles can be created. I recommend that you never use the Standard dimensioning style. It is best to create your own styles, assigning them suitable names. Although the Standard style could be used, there is a very good reason not to. It is a common practice in industry to combine two or more drawings to form one drawing. In most cases, they are drawings created by different operators and a lot of the time, working at different companies. If the drawings, to be combined, each assign the Standard dimensioning style to dimensions on the drawings, all dimensions on the drawing, being added, would take the style properties of the drawing that it is added to. That can produce very unwanted results.

AutoCAD Command: DIMSTYLE

The DIMSTYLE command is used to create or modify dimensioning styles. Shortcut: DDIM [caption id="attachment_1804" align="aligncenter" width="456"] Styles Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1804" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Dimension Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1804" align="aligncenter" width="424"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

WORKALONG: Creating and Editing Dimension Styles

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Step 2
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1.
Step 3
Enter the DIMSTYLE command. It will open the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="535"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Notice the graphic in the Preview of: window. It displays a pictorial view of how the dimensions, using current dimensioning style, would appear on a drawing. As changes are made to the current dimensioning style, the preview window will change to reflect those changes. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="232"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
Click the New button. It will open the Create New Dimension Style dialogue box. In the New Style Name: box, enter the name: Module 37 and then click the Continue button. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="387"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The AutoCAD 2D book only covers the first five tabs in the Dimensioning Styles dialogue box. When you can set the variables in these five tabs, you will be able to use the styles to dimension any drawing using standards dimensioning techniques.

Step 6
In the Dimension Style dialogue box, enable the Lines tab. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
In the Extension lines area, change the Extend beyond dim lines: box to 0.1750 and the Offset from origin: box to 0.075. Figure Step 7B shows which dimension style variables you are setting. (Figure Step 7A and 7B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="233"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="384"] Figure Step 7B[/caption]
Step 8
Enable the Symbols and Arrows tab. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="581"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
In the Arrowheads area, set the Arrow size: to 0.1750. (Figure Step 9A and 9B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="266"] Figure Step 9A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="236"] Figure Step 9B[/caption]
Step 10
In the Center marks area, enable Line and set it to 0.1000 as shown in Figure Step 9A. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="150"] Figure Step 10[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="585"] Figure Step 11[/caption] Enable the Text tab. (Figure Step 11)
Step 12
In the Text appearance area and Text style box, select the ... box. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="274"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Step 12 will open the Text Style dialogue box. This is the same dialogue box that you open when you use the STYLE command. Using what you already learned, set the current text style to: 2D Text English with the font: romans.shx. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13[/caption]
Step 14
In the Text appearance area, pull down the list of available text styles in the Text style box and select style: 2D Text English. Set the text height to 0.1500 in the Text height box. (Figure Step 14A and 14B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="259"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="310"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]
Step 15
In the Text placement area, set the Offset from dim line to 0.1000. (Figure Step 15A and 15B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="328"] Figure Step 15B[/caption]
Step 16
Enable the Fit tab. Ensure that the settings in your dialogue box match the figures. Ensure that the Use of Overall scale of is set to 1.00000. (Figure Step 16A and 16B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="590"] Figure Step 16A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="254"] Figure Step 16B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The scale of dimension features is the scale applied to features only. For example, arrowheads, text, and offsets. It has no effect to the scale of the model itself.

Step 17
Enable the Primary Units tab. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="584"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
Step 18
In the Linear dimensions area, set the Precision to two decimal places. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="272"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
Step 19
In the Angular dimensions area, set the Units format to Degrees Minutes Seconds and set the Precision to 0d00'00". (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Figure Step 19[/caption]
Step 20
Click OK and you will return to the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. Click Close. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="539"] Figure Step 20[/caption]
Step 21
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: A very common error, when using the DDIM command, is not setting the current style. Ensure that the style you want to use is the current dimension style. In this case, it is 2D English.

Drafting Lesson: Center Lines
In multiview drawings, the center line is used to indicate the location of the axis of symmetry. Placing center lines on all objects that have a symmetrical shape will help the reader and save the you from inserting a lot of dimensions as you will see in future modules. Below are some examples of typical applications of the use of center lines in a multiview drawing. A ' C ' with an ' L ' through it is the symbol for a center line. Center lines are drawn as repeating long and short lines. See Figure37-2. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="448"] Figure 37-2[/caption] Figure 37-3 shows a center line indicating the center of the circle with two short lines called a center mark intersecting at the center. Note in the right sideview, the center line follows the length of the cylinder. When the symmetry ends, so does the center line. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 37-3[/caption] Note how the center line ends on the left side of the arc. See Figure 37-4 [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="209" class="page-break-after"] Figure Step 37-4[/caption] Figure 37-5 shows the center lines along with the hidden lines that indicate a hole going through the object. The center line on the top and bottom circles stops at the circle. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 37-5[/caption] In Figure 37-6, note how center lines are drawn for an array of circles. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="296"] Figure Step 37-6[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMCENTER

The DIMCENTER command is used to insert center lines or center marks on circles or arcs. Shortcut: none [caption id="attachment_1836" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Dimension toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1836" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Dimension Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1836" align="aligncenter" width="494"] Annotate Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: BREAK

The BREAK command is used to break an object into two objects. Shortcut: BR [caption id="attachment_1839" align="aligncenter" width="373"] Modify Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1839" align="aligncenter" width="219"] Modify Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1839" align="aligncenter" width="351"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

USER TIP: To avoid unwanted results, disable object snap when using the BREAK command.

WORKALONG: Drawing Center Lines

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-2. With the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-2 as the current drawing, using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, use a window and select all drawing objects.
Step 2
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="195"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-2.
Step 4
Enable layout: Module Layout A. Change the current space to Paper. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 0.75:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="307"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Complete the remainder of this workalong by drawing in Paper space on the layout.

Step 5
Using the DDIM command, open the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. Set the current dimensioning style: Module 37. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="534"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Ensure that the current space is set to Paper.

Step 6
On layer: Construction, draw a construction circle using the center of the small circle as the center and select the radius by eye. Make it a short distance outside of the arc. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Set layer: Center Lines as the current layer.
Step 8
Enter the DIMCENTER command. When prompted, select the circle. It will insert center lines in the circle. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
Draw two lines from the center of the small circle to the center of the small arcs as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Using the EXTEND command, extend the lines to the large construction circle. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="334"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
Turn layer: Construction off. Draw a circle on layer: Center Lines with the center at the center of the small circle and the radius as the center of the arc. Ensure that you use snap mode to snap to the exact centers of the circle and the arc. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="312"] Figure Step 11[/caption]
Step 12
Ensure that object snap is disabled and enter the BREAK command as shown below. Make sure that you select location P1 first and then P2. Since arcs are constructed counterclockwise, you also have to break them counterclockwise. (Figures Step 12A and 12B) Command: BREAK select object: P1 Specify second break point or [First point]: P2 (The locations P1 and P2 can be selected by eye. This is a center line so the exact length is not that important. Try to match the figure as best you can.) Command: [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 12A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="211"] Figure Step 12B[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you have object snap is disabled when you use the BREAK command.

Step 13
Using the BREAK command, break the end off of the center line. Select the location P3 for the first point and for the second point, select anywhere past the end of the line. This will remove everything to the end of the line from point P3. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13[/caption]
Step 14
Using the BREAK command, break the end off of the other center line. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
Step 15
Zoom in on the small arc and break a small part of the line as shown in the figure. Do that 7 more times to draw the center lines for the arcs. It is best to zoom in close and break the lines by eye. The more you practice this, the better you will get doing it. (Figure Step 15A, 15B, and 15C) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 15A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="237"] Figure Step 15B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="222"] Figure Step 15C[/caption]
Step 16
Using what you learned in this workalong, draw the center line for the slot at the top. The center line runs from the center of the circle perpendicular to the line, then extend it. You will have to add a construction line to extend to. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="316"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: If you use the perp object snap mode it is easy to draw the line.

Step 17
The layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
Step 18
Change the current space to Model. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. Since the center lines are in Paper space, the should not display. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="297"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
Step 19
Change the current space back to Paper space. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 19[/caption]
Step 20
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: The Standard dimensioning style is a special style and exists in every drawing. It cannot be deleted or purged from the drawing. Even though the Standard dimensioning style can be used, it is not a good practice to do this. It is much better to create your own styles, giving them descriptive names. If you are everrequired to merge your drawings together with a client's drawings (this is a very common practice), you will not have conflicting style names and all dimensions on the merged drawing will appear as they did in the original drawings.

MUST KNOW: The Scale for Dimension Features area, located on the Fit tab, allows you to select the scale factor you want applied to the dimensioning features when a dimension is inserted. This can be a very useful item and will save you time. For example, if you set a dimension style for drawing units in inches and you want the samefeature sizes for a millimeter drawing, set the Use of overall scale of 25 since there are 25.4 mm in an inch. Experiment with this number until you like the look of your dimensions. This number does not effect the actual dimensions, only the dimension features.

MUST KNOW: The Measurement Scale box allows you to set the scale you want to apply to the object measurements when inserting dimensions. This is a very important setting and in almost cases it should be set to 1. If the drawing objects are constructed at full scale (actual size), then a setting of 1 inserts dimensions of the real size of the object.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 37

Associative dimensions are dimensions that are intelligent, similar to an associative hatch pattern and are tied to the object they are dimensioning. An exploded dimension is simply a collection of AutoCAD objects indicating a measurement on the object and has no relation to the object it is dimensioning.

Definition points are points that are automatically inserted, on layer Defpoints, on the drawing by dimensioning commands for associative dimensions. The Defpoints layer cannot be deleted or purged from the drawing.

A dimensioning style controls the way your dimensions appear in your drawing. When a dimension is inserted, it is assigned the property of the current dimension style and uses the style properties.

Lab Exercise 37-1
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Step 2
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.5:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="526"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Ensure that the current space is Paper

Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Save and close the drawing.
Lab Exercise 37-2
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2 2D Layout Metric Millimeters

Step 1
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Step 2
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="160"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Enable layout: Module Layout A3. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.2:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="479"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Ensure that the current space is Paper

Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure. Figure Step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Save and close the drawing.
Lab Exercise 37-3
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3 2D Layout English Inches

Step 1
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Step 2
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="355"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.25:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Important Ensure that the current space is Paper.

Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure. [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="407"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1872" align="aligncenter" width="448"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Save and close the drawing.

Module 38: Dimensioning – Part 2

jgray — Sun, 14 Mar 2021 01:38:09 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe the six basic dimensioning types.

Apply the DIMLINEAR, DIMALIGNED, DIMANGULAR, DIMDIAMETER, DIMRADIUS, and QLEADER commands to dimension a drawing.

Edit inserted dimensions using the Properties window.

Drafting Lesson Basic Dimension Types
Figure 38-1 shows the six basic dimension types that will be taught in this module. They are the linear, aligned, angular, diameter, radius, and leader dimensions. [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure 38-1
Basic Dimensioning Types[/caption]
Inserting Dimensions
In this module, inserting and editing linear, aligned, angular, radius, diameter, and leader dimensions will be taught. When a dimension is inserted, it resides on the current layer and assumes the color of that layer.
USER TIP: The current dimensioning style will appear in the Dimensioning toolbar, the Styles toolbar, and Home ribbon. A quick way to check or change the current dimensioning style is with one of these drop-down menus. Try to get into the habit of using the Dimensioning toolbar or the Home ribbon to insert dimensions. It will speed your drawing productivity. [caption id="attachment_1879" align="aligncenter" width="625"] Style Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1879" align="aligncenter" width="667"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1879" align="aligncenter" width="271"] Home Ribbon[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1879" align="aligncenter" width="422"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

MUST KNOW: Before dimensioning a drawing, it is important to check the following settings:

The current layer. That is the layer that the inserted dimensions will reside on.

The current dimensioning style. The dimensions that you insert, with any dimensioning command, will use the properties of the current dimensioning style.

The DIMASSOC setting. This setting controls whether the inserted dimensions will be inserted as associative dimensions or exploded dimensions.

AutoCAD Command: DIMLINEAR

The DIMLINEAR command is used to insert a linear dimension. A linear dimension is a dimension that is either horizontal or vertical. Shortcut: DIMLIN [caption id="attachment_1883" align="aligncenter" width="329"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1883" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Dimension Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1883" align="aligncenter" width="308"] Linear Dimension[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1883" align="aligncenter" width="252"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMALIGNED

The DIMALIGNED command is used to insert an aligned dimension. Shortcut: DIMALI [caption id="attachment_1887" align="aligncenter" width="354"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1887" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Dimension Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1887" align="aligncenter" width="250"] Aligned Dimension[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1887" align="aligncenter" width="251"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMANGULAR

The DIMANGULAR command is used to insert an angular dimension. Shortcut: DIMANG [caption id="attachment_1891" align="aligncenter" width="409"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1891" align="aligncenter" width="216"] Dimension Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1891" align="aligncenter" width="267"] Angular Dimension[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1891" align="aligncenter" width="251"] Home Ribbon[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMDIAMETER

The DIMDIAMETER command is used to insert a diameter dimension. Shortcut: DIMDIA [caption id="attachment_1895" align="aligncenter" width="667"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1895" align="aligncenter" width="309"] Diameter Dimension[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: DIMRADIUS

The DIMRADIUS command is used to insert a radius dimension. Shortcut: DIMRAD [caption id="attachment_1899" align="aligncenter" width="417"] Dimension Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1899" align="aligncenter" width="305"] Radius Dimension[/caption]

WORKALONG: Inserting Linear, Aligned, Angular, Diameter and Radius Dimensions

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="317"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 38-1.
Step 3
Enter the DIMASSOC system variable, as shown below, and ensure that it is set to 2. This will enable associative dimensions. Command: DIMASSOC Enter new value for DIMASSOC <1>: 2 Command:
Step 4
Enable the display of the Dimension toolbar. Set the current dimensioning style to: Module 37. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="650"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
Set layer: Dimensions as the current layer and set Paper space as the current space.
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Ensure that you are working in Paper space when inserting dimensions and snap to Model space objects when placing the dimensions. Do not snap to Paper space objects.

Step 6
Delete the center lines for the circle. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="253"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: You will see later in the workalong why you are doing this.

Step 7
Turn layer: Center Lines off.

Step 8
Enter the DIMLIN command, as shown below, to insert a linear dimension. (Figure Step 8) Command: DIMLIN Specify first extension line origin or : (end) P4 Specify second extension line origin: (end) P5 Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P6 Dimension text = 4.66 Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
Using what you just learned, add the aligned dimensions to match the figure. (Figure Step 11). [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="426"] Figure Step 11[/caption]
Step 12
Enter the DIMDIA command, as shown below, to insert a diameter dimension as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12) Command: DIMDIA Select arc or circle: P7 Dimension text = 1.00 Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P8 Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Enter the DIMRAD command, as shown below, to insert a radius dimension. (Figure Step 13) Command: DIMRAD Select arc or circle: P9 Dimension text = 2.56 Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P10 Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 13[/caption]
Step 14
Using what you just learned, add a second radius dimension to match the figure. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="474"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
Step 15
Enter the DIMANG command, as shown below, to insert an angular dimension. (Figure Step 15) Command: DIMANG Select arc, circle, line, or : P11 Select second line: P12 Specify dimension arc line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P13 Dimension text = 75d0'0" Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="691"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
Step 16
Your drawing should be similar to the figure. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="480"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: After you have inserted all the required associative dimensions, make any corrections that are required to them by changing the properties of the dimensions that need correcting using the Properties window.

Step 17
Open the Properties window. Select the two radius dimensions shown in the figure. Set the Center mark property to None. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: This step will remove the center line inserted with the radius dimension.

Step 18
Select the two linear dimensions shown in the figure. Set the Ext line offset property to 0.1800. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
MUST KNOW: When AutoCAD finds the dimension or measures the object in a dimensioning command, it does not display the actual number. It displays the symbol <>. This symbol means default or the actual measurement. To add the text REF after the actual measurement, enter it as: <> REF.

Step 19
Select the aligned dimension shown in the figure. Set the Text override property to < > REF. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 19[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The <> means default or the actual dimension that AutoCAD measured. If sometime in the future the size changes, the dimension will also change.

USER TIP: The fastest way to dimension an object is to dimension it very quickly, inserting all the required dimensions. When all the dimensions are inserted, change them using the Properties window, if necessary. This is much faster than fixing the dimensions as they are inserted.

Step 20
Select the aligned dimension shown in the figure. Change the property Ext Line 2 to Off. This will turn off the display of one of the extension lines since it is on object line. Depending on the order that you used when inserting the dimension, you may have to set Ext Line 1 instead. (Figure Step 20) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 20[/caption]
Step 21
Turn layer: Center Lines on. Your drawing should match the figures. (Figure Step 21) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="528"] Figure Step 21[/caption]
Step 22
Using what you learned earlier, insert the angular dimension as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="359"] Figure Step 22[/caption]
Step 23
Your drawing should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 23A and 23B) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 23A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="294"] Figure Step 23B[/caption]
Step 24
Turn layer: Viewport off. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 24) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 24[/caption]
Step 25
Save and close the drawing. [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="982"] Figure 38-2
Object Snap Mode - Near[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: QLEADER

The QLEADER command is used to a leader dimension. Shortcut: none

USER TIP: The snap mode nearest can be used for many purposes while drawing in AutoCAD. To snap to an object, but not any particular location on that object, use the nearest snap mode. It is best to manually type the near snap mode, when required, rather then including it in the Autosnap settings. i.e. Command: LINE Specify first point: near to

WORKALONG: Inserting Leaders

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 38-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="258"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Enter the QLEADER command, as shown below, and enter the Settings option. It will open the Leader Settings dialogue box. Enable the Annotation tab. Ensure that the dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 2) Command: QLEADER Specify first leader point, or [Settings]: S Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Enable the Leader Line and Arrow tab. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Enable the Attachment tab. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
Step 5
Enter the QLEADER command, as shown below, to insert the leader. (Figure Step 5) Command: QLEADER Specify first leader point, or [Settings] : (near) P13 (Use the Near osnap mode) Specify next point: P14 Specify next point: P15 (I enabled Ortho mode to ensure the line is horizontal.) Specify text width <0.0000>: Enter first line of annotation text : MATCHING Enter next line of annotation text : EDGE Enter next line of annotation text: Command: [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="300"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Using what you just learned, add the leader START X5.5Y4.5 as shown in the figure. Your completed drawing shown now appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="459"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 38

When AutoCAD finds the dimension or measures the object in a dimensioning command, it does not display the actual number. The symbol <> is displayed. This symbol means default or the actual measurement.

To make corrections to inserted associative dimensions, change the properties of the dimension using the Properties window.

Lab Exercise 38-1
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-1 N/A Inches

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-1.
Step 2
Set the current dimension style to: 2D English.
Step 3
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of the DIMASSOC system variable.
Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="318"] Figure Step 4A
Completed Drawing[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Step 6
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.
Lab Exercise 38-2
Time allowed: 30 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-2 N/A Millimeters

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-2.
Step 2
Set the current dimension style to: 2D Metric.
Step 3
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of the DIMASSOC system variable.
Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. Figure step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="283"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Step 6
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.
Lab Exercise 38-3
Time allowed: 40 minutes.

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-3 N/A Inches

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-3.
Step 2
Set the current dimension style to: 2D English.
Step 3
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of DIMASSOC.
Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 4A and 4B) [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="326"] Figure Step 4A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1934" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 4B[/caption]
Step 5
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Step 6
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.

Module 39: DesignCenter®

jgray — Sun, 14 Mar 2021 20:18:40 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe how DesignCenter can be used to increase drawing productivity,

Apply the ADCENTER command.

DesignCenter
DesignCenter, Figure 39-1, organizes access to drawings, blocks, layers, and other drawing content. From DesignCenter, you can insert, copy, or drag and drop objects from open drawings, filed drawings, a network, or even the internet into your current drawing. Drag and drop is the process of dragging an object, such as a block, from one drawing and dropping it into another. Another important feature of DesignCenter is being able to copy and paste or drag and drop layer definitions, dimensioning styles, linetypes, layouts, text styles, and xrefs between drawings. A important feature of DesignCenter is that the drawings being copying from do not have to be open at the time, however, the drawing that the items are pasted into, must be open and the current drawing. DesignCenter can also be used to open drawing files. [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="264"] Figure 39-1
DesignCenter[/caption]

AutoCAD Command: ADCENTER

The ADCENTER command is used to open the DesignCenter window. Shortcut: ADC or CTRL+2 [caption id="attachment_1940" align="aligncenter" width="482"] Standard Toolbar[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1940" align="aligncenter" width="398"] Tools Pull-down[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1940" align="aligncenter" width="359"] View Ribbon[/caption]

WORKALONG: Using DesignCenter

Step 1
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Step 2
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1.
Step 3
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1. You now have two drawings open at the same time. To confirm that, click the Windows pull-down. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="279"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Set the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 as the current drawing. (Figure Step 4) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="384"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The current drawing's name is preceded with the checkmark icon as shown in Figure Step 3. The drawing AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 should now display in the Graphic window.

Step 5
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, purge all blocks that can be purged in the current drawing.
Step 6
Enter the ADCENTER command. It will open the DesignCenter window. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="312"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: The folder structure will display differently on your computer than shown in Figure Step 6.

Step 7
Enable the Open Drawings tab. It will display the two drawings that are currently open in your AutoCAD session. (Figure Step 7) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="358"] Figure Step 7[/caption]
Step 8
Click the + sign beside the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1.dwg to expand it as shown in the figure. It will now display the - sign preceding it to display the items in the drawing. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="358"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
Select the item Blocks to highlight it. Along the right side of the window the icons of the blocks that are currently defined in the drawing's block definition table will display. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="333"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Expand the window as shown in the figure. Click the Views icon and in the Pull-down list, enable Large Icons. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="584"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
Disable the Description icon and enable the Preview icon. (Figure Step 11A and 11B) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="422"] Figure Step 11A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="440"] Figure Step 11B[/caption]
Step 12
Resize the window as shown in the figure. Click the Chair icon and it will display a preview of the Chair block in the lower right corner of the window. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="331"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
Set the drawing AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1 as the current drawing.
Step 14
Right click the Chair icon. In the Right-click menu, click Insert Block. When the Insert dialogue box opens, set it as shown in the figure. Click the OK button. (Figure Step 14A and 14B) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 14A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 14B[/caption]
Step 15
Using the crosshairs, select any location on the drawing and press the pick button. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="546"] Figure Step 15[/caption]
Step 16
Use the drag and drop method of copying a block from one drawing to another. In DesignCenter, click the Desk icon and while holding down the left mouse button, drag the icon into the current drawing and release the button.
Step 17
Using the methods you just learned, copy the eight additional blocks into your drawing. Copy four with each method. Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 17) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 17[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Another way to work with DesignCenter is to work using drawings that are not open at the time.

Step 18
Enable the Folders tab and then find the Lab Exercises folder as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="423"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
Step 19
In the folder, locate the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-2.dwg. Expand the drawing and expand Blocks as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="359"] Figure Step 19[/caption]
Step 20
Using the Insert block method, insert all of the blocks from the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-2.dwg into the current drawing. Insert them anywhere in the Model space at a scale of 100. (Figure Step 20A and 20B) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 20A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 20B[/caption]
Step 21
Delete all blocks in the drawing but do not purge them. They are still in the block definition table. Your drawing should appear blank.
Step 22
Enable the Open Drawings tab and expand the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1. Right-click the View icon and in the right-click menu, select List. (Figure Step 22) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 22[/caption]
Step 23
Set the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 as the current drawing.
Step 24
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, purge all layers that can be purged from the drawing.
Step 25
In the Open Drawings tab, expand the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1 and the item Layers. (Figure Step 25) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="372"] Figure Step 25[/caption]
Step 26
Select all layers and using the drag and drop method drag method, drag them into the current drawing. (Figure Step 26) [caption id="attachment_1961" align="aligncenter" width="383"] Figure Step 26[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: As you see, items from any of the 9 areas can be copied from one drawing to another.

Step 27
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: A good way to use the DesignCenter window is to dock it along the left side of the graphic window as shown below.

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 39

The most powerful use of DesignCenter is being able to copy blocks, layers, dimensioning styles, linetypes, layouts, text styles and xrefs from one drawing to another. Using it will improve your overall drawing speed and production.

Module 40: Layouts – Part 2

jgray — Sun, 14 Mar 2021 21:08:47 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Describe lineweights and their use in a plotted drawing.

Describe and apply the object and color methods of assigning lineweights in a drawing.

Explain how to calculate and set customs viewport scakes.

Drafting Lesson: Lineweights
Industry standards have assigned a type, weight, and width to each drawing object on a plotted drawing. This makes the plotted drawings much easier to read and understand. It is important to follow those standards when printing a layout. The AutoCAD 2D book Lineweights chart, Figure 40-1, shows the basic linetypes and their assigned lineweight in both inches and millimeters. [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="985"] Figure 40 -1
AutoCAD 2D book Lineweight Chart[/caption]
Lineweights
Assigning and displaying lineweight is not important when creating and editing a drawing, but are very important when the layout of that drawing is printed. Lineweights are normally assigned by a company's standard. The AutoCAD 2D book Lineweight Chart is shown in Figure 40-1. The two methods of assigning lineweight are by object or by color.
Assigning Lineweights by Object
One method of assigning lineweights is to assign a lineweight to each drawing object. When the layout is plotted, the plotter simply prints the drawing object with its assigned lineweight. When lineweights are assigned using this method, the lineweight can be displayed in both the Graphics window and the paper print. The lineweights can be assigned to each drawing object individually or ByLayer. ByLayer is much easier and is the method practiced in most companies including the AutoCAD 2D book.
Assigning Lineweights by Color
Assigning the lineweight by color is the most popular method used in the CAD world. Using a company standard chart, as shown in Figure 40-1, lineweights are assigned to each color. When the layout is plotted, the plotter looks at the color of each drawing object and prints it with the lineweight assigned to that color. When lineweights are assigned using this method, the lineweight cannot be displayed in the Graphic window. They only appear on the paper print. The color can be assigned ByObject or ByLayer. ByLayer is used by most companies and used in throughout the AutoCAD 2D book.
WORKALONG: Assigning Lineweights

Step 1
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-1.
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 40-1. (Figure Step 2) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="225"] Figure Step 2[/caption]
Step 3
Enable layout: Module Layout B. Create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale to 1.5:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="408"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines on the views.
Step 5
Set the current dimensioning style to: 2D English. In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown on the figure. (Figure step 5A and 5B) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="400"] Figure Step 5A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 5B[/caption]
Step 6
Enter the LINEWEIGHT command to open the Lineweight Settings dialogue box. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="432"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: Lineweight units are normally expressed in millimeters.

Step 7
Open the Layer Properties Manager window. Select layer: Center Lines to highlight it. Click Default in the Lineweight column to open the Lineweight dialogue box. Select 0.30 mm. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="574"] Figure Step 7A[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="574"] Figure Step 7B[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="574"] Figure Step 7C[/caption]
Step 8
Using what you just learned, change the lineweight of the layers: Dimensions, Hidden, and Object to the lineweights shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 8[/caption]
Step 9
To enable the display of lineweights, enable the LWT icon on the Status bar. (Figure Step 9) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="482"] Figure Step 9[/caption]
Step 10
Enable layout: Module Layout B and move the cursor onto the tab for that layout. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, select Page Setup Manager. (Figure Step 10) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="532"] Figure Step 10[/caption]
Step 11
In the Page Setup Manager dialogue box, select: Module Layout B and then click Modify. (Figure Step 11) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="473"] Figure Step 11[/caption]
Step 12
In the Pager Setup - Module Layout B dialogue box, pull down the Plot style table list and click New. (Figure Step 12) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 12[/caption]
Step 13
In the Add Color Dependent Plot Style Table dialogue box, enable Start from scratch and click Next. (Figure Step 13) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 13[/caption]
Step 14
Enter the name: Module 40 and click Next. (Figure Step 14) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 14[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: After configuring and saving the plot style, it can be used to plot other drawings.

Step 15
Click the Plot Style Table Editor box. (Figure Step 15) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="587"] Figure Step 15[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="698"] Figure 40-2
AutoCAD 2D book Lineweight Standards by Color Chart[/caption]
Step 16
In the Plot styles list, select Color 1 (Red) and then pull down the Lineweight list, select 0.5000 mm. (Figure Step 16) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="490"] Figure Step 16[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: All drawing objects that display red will plot at the line width of 0.5000 mm.

Step 17
Using the chart shown in Figure 40-2, set the six remaining colors.
Step 18
Click Save & Close. (Figure Step 18) [caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 18[/caption]
Step 19
Click OK to close the box.
Step 20
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW:The display of the lineweights assigned to objects in the drawing is enabled or disabled by toggling the LT con in the Status bar.

USER TIP: T o copy an object(s) from Model space to Paper space or vise versa, use the principles of the copy and paste method that was covered in Module 20. Remember that you have to have Model space as the working space to select model objects and then change the working space to Paper before pasting theobject(s). You can also copy and paste objects from Paper space to Model space. The properties of the objects will be converted into the type of space they are being pasted into.

:MUST KNOW: When setting the custom scale property of a viewport, it is important that the length units precision is set to 8 decimal places first using the UNITS command. For example, to set the custom scale of 1:1500, divide 1 by 1500 =0.00066666. To see what could happen if the wrong precision setting is used see below [caption id="attachment_1989" align="aligncenter" width="296"] The Same Custom Scale Displayed
with 8 Decimal Places of Precision[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1989" align="aligncenter" width="296"] The Same Custom Scale Displayed
with 8 Decimal Places of Precision[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1989" align="aligncenter" width="298"] Correct Custom Scale[/caption]

MUST KNOW: Before plotting any layout, the user must choose between plotting it with object lineweights or with a plot style color table. This can be set in the Plot options area in the Page Setup dialogue box. When setting plot by plot style, ensure that the plot style table is set to the desired table. [caption id="attachment_1992" align="aligncenter" width="207"] Setting the Plot Style[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1992" align="aligncenter" width="206"] Setting to Plot with the Assigned Plot Style[/caption] [caption id="attachment_1992" align="aligncenter" width="204"] Setting to Plot with Lineweight by Object[/caption]
[caption id="attachment_1995" align="aligncenter" width="975"] Figure 40-3
Standard Drawing Paper Sizes[/caption]
Geometry Lesson: Setting Custom Viewport Scales
When setting the scale for a viewport and the required scale not listed in the Standard scale property list, you must calculate a custom scale. The custom scale is simple to calculate. It is the scale factor or a ratio of the scale related to 1. For example, to calculate the scale of: 1/4" -= 1'-0" 1/4"=1'-0" or 1/4"=12" or 1=48 or 1:48 To get the scale factor in decimal format, divide: 1 by 48 = 0.0208 The custom scale would be set at 0.0208 Here are some additional examples: 3/4" = 1'-0" or 3/4"=12" or 48 divided by 3 = 1:16 = 0.0625

3/4"=1" 1 divided by 0.75 = 1.33333333

1:1.5 1 divided by 0.75 = 0.6666666

1:5 1 divided by 5 = 0.2000000

1:75 1 divided by 75 = 0.013333333

1:500 1 divided by 500 = 0.00200000

1:1500 1 divided by 1500 = 0.00066666

15:1 15 divided by 1 = 15

Key Principles

Key Principles in Module 40

There are two methods of assigning lineweight to an object. They are lineweight by color and lineweight by object.

The display of the lineweights assigned to objects in the drawing is enabled or disabled by toggling the LWT icon on the Status bar.

Before plotting a drawing, choose between plotting it with object lineweights or with a plot style color table.

When setting the custom scale for a viewport, ensure that the precision is set to 8 decimal places in the Units dialogue box.

Module 41: Competency Test 8 Open Book

jgray — Sun, 14 Mar 2021 23:46:40 +0000

Learning Outcomes

When you have completed this module, you will be able to:

Within a two hour time limit, complete a written exam and the lab exercise without the aid of a key.

The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material. If you are Completing this book:

Without the Aid of an Instructor, complete the written test and the lab exercise.

In a Classroom with an Instructor, the instructor will give instructions on what to do after this module has been completed.

Multiple Choice Questions
Select the BEST answer.

What snap mode is used to snap to a point located on an object that is the closest to the current location of the cursor?

Node

Point

Nearest

Closet

On

What AutoCAD window is used to copy blocks from one drawing to another?

Layer Property Manager

Properties

DesignCenter

External Reference

There is no window to do this.

When associative dimensions are inserted, they insert points at the dimension's location. What are these points called?

Definition Points

Dimension Points

Extension Points

Insert Points

Assoc Points

On what layer are the points in question 3 inserted on?

The current layer

Layer Dimpoints

Layer 0

Layer Defpoints

Layer Dimension

Which one of the following best describes one difference between an associative and an exploded dimension?

Exploded dimensions are inserted as blocks.

Associative dimensions are inserted as xrefs.

Exploded dimensions are inserted as xrefs.

Associative dimensions are inserted as blocks.

Associative dimensions are inserted as individual objects.

Which one of the following cannot be dragged and dropped from one drawing to another using DesignCenter?

text style

dimensioning style

plot styles

layouts

layers

If the scale of a viewport is set 1:800, what number is entered for the custom scale?

800

0.008

0.0125

0.00125

0.125

What characters are used in the Text Override property to represent the actual dimension measured by AutoCAD?

< >

" "

{ }

[ ]

# #

Which one of the following statements is true?

If a lineweight is not assigned to a layer, the layer is automatically set to zero lineweight.

Color is used to assign lineweights to a drawing when plotted.

Lineweights cannot be displayed in a drawing.

Only layers can be used to assign lineweights in a drawing.

Lineweights can only be assigned with layers.

Which one of the following can be used to copy an object from model space to paper space?

Copy and Paste

COPY command

COPYMODEL command

MVIEW command

This cannot be done.

Lab Exercise 41-1 OPEN BOOK

Drawing Name Template Units

AutoCAD 2D Lab 41-1 N/A Millimeters

Step 1
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-1. (Figure Step 1) [caption id="attachment_2003" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 1[/caption]
Step 2
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 41-1.
Step 3
In the layout: Module Layout A3, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports as shown in the figure. Set the scale as follows and lock their display. (Figure Step 3) Left Viewport Scale: 1:1.5 Right Viewport Scale: 2.5:1 [caption id="attachment_2003" align="aligncenter" width="470"] Figure Step 3[/caption]
Step 4
Using Figure Step 4:

A In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, add the center

B In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, add the dimensions in each

C In Paper space, on layer: Text, add the title and scale of the views. Use your own text style and text height. (Figure Step 4)

[caption id="attachment_2003" align="aligncenter" width="256"] Figure Step 4[/caption]
AUTHOR'S COMMENTS: All dimensions and text MUST be in Paper space. Ensure that you snap to model space objects when inserting the dimensions.

Step 5
Turn Layer: Viewport off and fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 5) [caption id="attachment_2003" align="aligncenter" width="600"] Figure Step 5[/caption]
Step 6
Change to Model space. Your figure should match the figure. (Figure Step 6) [caption id="attachment_2003" align="aligncenter" width="500"] Figure Step 6[/caption]
Step 7
Save and close the drawing.

Authors

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Cover

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Table of Contents

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

About

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Buy

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Access Denied

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Book Information

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:41:13 +0000

Accessibility Statement

jgray — Wed, 21 Jul 2021 17:46:06 +0000
BCcampus Open Education believes that education must be available to everyone. This means supporting the creation of free, open, and accessible educational resources. We are actively committed to increasing the accessibility and usability of the textbooks we produce.
Accessibility of This Textbook
This textbook is an adaptation of an existing textbook that was not published by us. Due to its size and the complexity of the content, we did not have capacity to remediate the content to bring it up to our accessibility standards at the time of publication. This is something we hope to come back to in the future. In the mean time, we have done our best to be transparent about the existing accessibility barriers and features below:
Accessibility Checklist

Element Requirements Pass?

Headings Content is organized under headings and subheadings that are used sequentially. Yes

Images Images that convey information include alternative text descriptions. These descriptions are provided in the alt text field, in the surrounding text, or linked to as a long description. No

Images Images and text do not rely on colour to convey information. Yes

Images Images that are purely decorative or are already described in the surrounding text contain empty alternative text descriptions. (Descriptive text is unnecessary if the image doesn’t convey contextual content information.) Yes

Tables Tables include row and/or column headers that have the correct scope assigned. Yes

Tables Tables do not have merged or split cells. Yes

Tables Tables have adequate cell padding. Yes

Links The link text describes the destination of the link. Yes

Links Links do not open new windows or tabs. If they do, a textual reference is included in the link text. Yes

Links Links to files include the file type in the link text. Yes

Font Font size is 12 point or higher for body text. Yes

Font Font size is 9 point for footnotes or endnotes. Yes

Font Font size can be zoomed to 200% in the webbook or book formats. Yes

Known Accessibility Issues and Areas for Improvement

The book relies heavily on screenshots from the AutoCAD software. These screenshots do not have alt text. While many of the screenshots are described in the surrounding text, the book has not been reviewed to ensure that the surrounding text is an adequate alternative for all images in the book.

Let Us Know if You are Having Problems Accessing This Book
We are always looking for ways to make our textbooks more accessible. If you have problems accessing this textbook, please contact us to let us know so we can fix the issue. Please include the following information:

The name of the textbook

The location of the problem by providing a web address or page description.

A description of the problem

The computer, software, browser, and any assistive technology you are using that can help us diagnose and solve your issue (e.g., Windows 10, Google Chrome (Version 65.0.3325.181), NVDA screen reader)

You can contact us one of the following ways:

Web form: BCcampus OpenEd Help

Web form: Report an Error

This statement was last updated on November 3, 2021. The Accessibility Checklist table was adapted from one originally created by the Rebus Community and shared under a CC BY 4.0 License.

For Students: How to Access and Use this Textbook

jgray — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:17:03 +0000
This textbook is available in the following formats:

Online webbook. You can read this textbook online on a computer or mobile device in one of the following browsers: Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Safari.

PDF. You can download this book as a PDF to read on a computer (Digital PDF) or print it out (Print PDF).

Mobile. If you want to read this textbook on your phone or tablet, you can use the EPUB (eReader) file.

HTML. An HTML file can be opened in a browser. It has very little style so it doesn't look very nice, but some people might find it useful.

For more information about the accessibility of this textbook, see the Accessibility Statement. You can access the online webbook and download any of the formats for free here: Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D. To download the book in a different format, look for the "Download this book" drop-down menu and select the file type you want.
How can I use the different formats?

Format Internet required? Device Required apps Features

Online webbook Yes Computer, tablet, phone An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari) Option to enlarge text, and compatible with browser text-to-speech tools.

PDF No Computer, print copy Adobe Reader (for reading on a computer) or a printer Ability to highlight and annotate the text. If reading on the computer, you can zoom in.

EPUB No Computer, tablet, phone An eReader app Option to enlarge text, change font style, size, and colour.

HTML No Computer, tablet, phone An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari) Compatible with browser text-to-speech tools.

Tips for Using This Textbook

Search the textbook.

If using the online webbook, you can use the search bar in the top right corner to search the entire book for a key word or phrase. To search a specific chapter, open that chapter and use your browser's search feature by hitting [Cntr] + [f] on your keyboard if using a Windows computer or [Command] + [f] if using a Mac computer.

The [Cntr] + [f] and [Command] + [f] keys will also allow you to search a PDF, HTML, and EPUB files if you are reading them on a computer.

If using an book app to read this textbook, the app should have a built-in search tool.

Navigate the textbook.

This textbook has a table of contents to help you navigate through the book easier. If using the online webbook, you can find the full table of contents on the book's homepage or by selecting "Contents" from the top menu when you are in a chapter.

Annotate the textbook.

If you like to highlight or write on your textbooks, you can do that by getting a print copy, using the Digital PDF in Adobe Reader, or using the highlighting tools in eReader apps.

About BCcampus Open Education

jgray — Wed, 21 Jul 2021 17:54:20 +0000
The open publishing of Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D by Wally Baumback was funded by BCcampus Open Education. BCcampus Open Education began in 2012 as the B.C. Open Textbook Project with the goal of making post-secondary education in British Columbia more accessible by reducing students’ costs through the use of open textbooks and other OER. BCcampus supports the post-secondary institutions of British Columbia as they adapt and evolve their teaching and learning practices to enable powerful learning opportunities for the students of B.C. BCcampus Open Education is funded by the British Columbia Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Training and the Hewlett Foundation. Open educational resources (OER) are teaching, learning, and research resources that, through permissions granted by the copyright holder, allow others to use, distribute, keep, or make changes to them. Our open textbooks are openly licensed using a Creative Commons licence and are offered in various book formats free of charge, or as printed books that are available at cost. For more information about open education in British Columbia, please visit the BCcampus Open Education website. If you are an instructor who is using this book for a course, please fill out our Adoption of an Open Textbook form.
This book was produced using the following styles: AutoCAD 2D Style Sheet [Word file]

Part 1

jgray — Wed, 28 Oct 2020 18:33:18 +0000

Part 2

jgray — Tue, 30 Mar 2021 18:25:04 +0000

Part 3

jgray — Fri, 04 Dec 2020 19:21:06 +0000

Part 4

jgray — Fri, 15 Jan 2021 19:19:41 +0000

Part 5

jgray — Fri, 05 Feb 2021 19:11:56 +0000

Part 6

jgray — Mon, 01 Mar 2021 22:12:40 +0000

Part 7

jgray — Tue, 09 Mar 2021 20:38:13 +0000

Part 8

jgray — Sat, 13 Mar 2021 19:44:46 +0000

H5P listing

bpayne — Wed, 03 Nov 2021 20:49:04 +0000

3/4"=1"	1 divided by 0.75	= 1.33333333
1:1.5	1 divided by 0.75	= 0.6666666
1:5	1 divided by 5	= 0.2000000
1:75	1 divided by 75	= 0.013333333
1:500	1 divided by 500	= 0.00200000
1:1500	1 divided by 1500	= 0.00066666
15:1	15 divided by 1	= 15

Element	Requirements	Pass?
Headings	Content is organized under headings and subheadings that are used sequentially.	Yes
Images	Images that convey information include alternative text descriptions. These descriptions are provided in the alt text field, in the surrounding text, or linked to as a long description.	No
Images	Images and text do not rely on colour to convey information.	Yes
Images	Images that are purely decorative or are already described in the surrounding text contain empty alternative text descriptions. (Descriptive text is unnecessary if the image doesn’t convey contextual content information.)	Yes
Tables	Tables include row and/or column headers that have the correct scope assigned.	Yes
Tables	Tables do not have merged or split cells.	Yes
Tables	Tables have adequate cell padding.	Yes
Links	The link text describes the destination of the link.	Yes
Links	Links do not open new windows or tabs. If they do, a textual reference is included in the link text.	Yes
Links	Links to files include the file type in the link text.	Yes
Font	Font size is 12 point or higher for body text.	Yes
Font	Font size is 9 point for footnotes or endnotes.	Yes
Font	Font size can be zoomed to 200% in the webbook or book formats.	Yes

Format	Internet required?	Device	Required apps	Features
Online webbook	Yes	Computer, tablet, phone	An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari)	Option to enlarge text, and compatible with browser text-to-speech tools.
PDF	No	Computer, print copy	Adobe Reader (for reading on a computer) or a printer	Ability to highlight and annotate the text. If reading on the computer, you can zoom in.
EPUB	No	Computer, tablet, phone	An eReader app	Option to enlarge text, change font style, size, and colour.
HTML	No	Computer, tablet, phone	An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari)	Compatible with browser text-to-speech tools.